diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c2c3a814a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+; STM32L1xx Ultra Low Power High-density Devices vector table for MDK ARM_MICRO toolchain
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+; All rights reserved.
+;
+; Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+; modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+;
+; 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+; 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+; and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+; 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+; may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+; without specific prior written permission.
+;
+; THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+; AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+; IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+; DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+; FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+; DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+; SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+; CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+; OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+; OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+; Amount of memory (in bytes) allocated for Stack
+; Tailor this value to your application needs
+; Stack Configuration
+; Stack Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8>
+;
+
+Stack_Size EQU 0x00000400
+
+ AREA STACK, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3
+ EXPORT __initial_sp
+
+Stack_Mem SPACE Stack_Size
+__initial_sp EQU 0x20014000 ; Top of RAM (80 KB for STM32L152RE)
+
+
+; Heap Configuration
+; Heap Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8>
+;
+
+Heap_Size EQU 0x00000000
+
+ AREA HEAP, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3
+ EXPORT __heap_base
+ EXPORT __heap_limit
+
+__heap_base
+Heap_Mem SPACE Heap_Size
+__heap_limit
+
+ PRESERVE8
+ THUMB
+
+
+; Vector Table Mapped to Address 0 at Reset
+ AREA RESET, DATA, READONLY
+ EXPORT __Vectors
+ EXPORT __Vectors_End
+ EXPORT __Vectors_Size
+
+__Vectors DCD __initial_sp ; Top of Stack
+ DCD Reset_Handler ; Reset Handler
+ DCD NMI_Handler ; NMI Handler
+ DCD HardFault_Handler ; Hard Fault Handler
+ DCD MemManage_Handler ; MPU Fault Handler
+ DCD BusFault_Handler ; Bus Fault Handler
+ DCD UsageFault_Handler ; Usage Fault Handler
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD SVC_Handler ; SVCall Handler
+ DCD DebugMon_Handler ; Debug Monitor Handler
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD PendSV_Handler ; PendSV Handler
+ DCD SysTick_Handler ; SysTick Handler
+
+ ; External Interrupts
+ DCD WWDG_IRQHandler ; Window Watchdog
+ DCD PVD_IRQHandler ; PVD through EXTI Line detect
+ DCD TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler ; Tamper and Time Stamp
+ DCD RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler ; RTC Wakeup
+ DCD FLASH_IRQHandler ; FLASH
+ DCD RCC_IRQHandler ; RCC
+ DCD EXTI0_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 0
+ DCD EXTI1_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 1
+ DCD EXTI2_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 2
+ DCD EXTI3_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 3
+ DCD EXTI4_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 4
+ DCD DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 1
+ DCD DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 2
+ DCD DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 3
+ DCD DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 4
+ DCD DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 5
+ DCD DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 6
+ DCD DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 7
+ DCD ADC1_IRQHandler ; ADC1
+ DCD USB_HP_IRQHandler ; USB High Priority
+ DCD USB_LP_IRQHandler ; USB Low Priority
+ DCD DAC_IRQHandler ; DAC
+ DCD COMP_IRQHandler ; COMP through EXTI Line
+ DCD EXTI9_5_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 9..5
+ DCD LCD_IRQHandler ; LCD
+ DCD TIM9_IRQHandler ; TIM9
+ DCD TIM10_IRQHandler ; TIM10
+ DCD TIM11_IRQHandler ; TIM11
+ DCD TIM2_IRQHandler ; TIM2
+ DCD TIM3_IRQHandler ; TIM3
+ DCD TIM4_IRQHandler ; TIM4
+ DCD I2C1_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Event
+ DCD I2C1_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Error
+ DCD I2C2_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Event
+ DCD I2C2_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Error
+ DCD SPI1_IRQHandler ; SPI1
+ DCD SPI2_IRQHandler ; SPI2
+ DCD USART1_IRQHandler ; USART1
+ DCD USART2_IRQHandler ; USART2
+ DCD USART3_IRQHandler ; USART3
+ DCD EXTI15_10_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 15..10
+ DCD RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler ; RTC Alarm through EXTI Line
+ DCD USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB FS Wakeup from suspend
+ DCD TIM6_IRQHandler ; TIM6
+ DCD TIM7_IRQHandler ; TIM7
+ DCD SDIO_IRQHandler ; SDIO
+ DCD TIM5_IRQHandler ; TIM5
+ DCD SPI3_IRQHandler ; SPI3
+ DCD UART4_IRQHandler ; UART4
+ DCD UART5_IRQHandler ; UART5
+ DCD DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 1
+ DCD DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 2
+ DCD DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 3
+ DCD DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 4
+ DCD DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 5
+ DCD AES_IRQHandler ; AES
+ DCD COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler ; Comparator Channel Acquisition
+
+__Vectors_End
+
+__Vectors_Size EQU __Vectors_End - __Vectors
+
+ AREA |.text|, CODE, READONLY
+
+; Reset handler
+Reset_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT Reset_Handler [WEAK]
+ IMPORT __main
+ IMPORT SystemInit
+ LDR R0, =SystemInit
+ BLX R0
+ LDR R0, =__main
+ BX R0
+ ENDP
+
+; Dummy Exception Handlers (infinite loops which can be modified)
+
+NMI_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT NMI_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+HardFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT HardFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+MemManage_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT MemManage_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+BusFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT BusFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+UsageFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT UsageFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+SVC_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT SVC_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+DebugMon_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT DebugMon_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+PendSV_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT PendSV_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+SysTick_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT SysTick_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+
+Default_Handler PROC
+
+ EXPORT WWDG_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT PVD_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT FLASH_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RCC_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI0_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT ADC1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_HP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_LP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DAC_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT COMP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI9_5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT LCD_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM9_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM10_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM11_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C1_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C1_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C2_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C2_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI15_10_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM6_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM7_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SDIO_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT UART4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT UART5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT AES_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+
+WWDG_IRQHandler
+PVD_IRQHandler
+TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler
+RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler
+FLASH_IRQHandler
+RCC_IRQHandler
+EXTI0_IRQHandler
+EXTI1_IRQHandler
+EXTI2_IRQHandler
+EXTI3_IRQHandler
+EXTI4_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler
+ADC1_IRQHandler
+USB_HP_IRQHandler
+USB_LP_IRQHandler
+DAC_IRQHandler
+COMP_IRQHandler
+EXTI9_5_IRQHandler
+LCD_IRQHandler
+TIM9_IRQHandler
+TIM10_IRQHandler
+TIM11_IRQHandler
+TIM2_IRQHandler
+TIM3_IRQHandler
+TIM4_IRQHandler
+I2C1_EV_IRQHandler
+I2C1_ER_IRQHandler
+I2C2_EV_IRQHandler
+I2C2_ER_IRQHandler
+SPI1_IRQHandler
+SPI2_IRQHandler
+USART1_IRQHandler
+USART2_IRQHandler
+USART3_IRQHandler
+EXTI15_10_IRQHandler
+RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler
+USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler
+TIM6_IRQHandler
+TIM7_IRQHandler
+SDIO_IRQHandler
+TIM5_IRQHandler
+SPI3_IRQHandler
+UART4_IRQHandler
+UART5_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler
+AES_IRQHandler
+COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler
+
+ B .
+
+ ENDP
+
+ ALIGN
+ END
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l1xx.sct b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l1xx.sct
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39a6b4566b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l1xx.sct
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+; Scatter-Loading Description File
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+; All rights reserved.
+;
+; Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+; modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+;
+; 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+; 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+; and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+; 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+; may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+; without specific prior written permission.
+;
+; THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+; AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+; IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+; DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+; FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+; DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+; SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+; CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+; OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+; OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+; STM32L152RE: 512KB FLASH (0x80000) + 80KB RAM (0x14000)
+; STM32L152RC: 256KB FLASH (0x40000) + 32KB RAM (0x08000)
+
+;LR_IROM1 0x08000000 0x80000 { ; load region size_region
+ LR_IROM1 0x08000000 0x40000 { ; load region size_region
+; ER_IROM1 0x08000000 0x80000 { ; load address = execution address
+ ER_IROM1 0x08000000 0x40000 { ; load address = execution address
+ *.o (RESET, +First)
+ *(InRoot$$Sections)
+ .ANY (+RO)
+ }
+
+ ; 73 vectors = 292 bytes (0x124) to be reserved in RAM
+; RW_IRAM1 (0x20000000+0x124) (0x14000-0x124) { ; RW data
+ RW_IRAM1 (0x20000000+0x124) (0x08000-0x124) { ; RW data
+ .ANY (+RW +ZI)
+ }
+
+}
+
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb665909b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library - stackheap
+ * Setup a fixed single stack/heap memory model,
+ * between the top of the RW/ZI region and the stackpointer
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+
+extern char Image$$RW_IRAM1$$ZI$$Limit[];
+
+extern __value_in_regs struct __initial_stackheap __user_setup_stackheap(uint32_t R0, uint32_t R1, uint32_t R2, uint32_t R3) {
+ uint32_t zi_limit = (uint32_t)Image$$RW_IRAM1$$ZI$$Limit;
+ uint32_t sp_limit = __current_sp();
+
+ zi_limit = (zi_limit + 7) & ~0x7; // ensure zi_limit is 8-byte aligned
+
+ struct __initial_stackheap r;
+ r.heap_base = zi_limit;
+ r.heap_limit = sp_limit;
+ return r;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6cd13c930f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+; STM32L1xx Ultra Low Power High-density Devices vector table for MDK ARM_STD toolchain
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+; All rights reserved.
+;
+; Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+; modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+;
+; 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+; 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+; and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+; 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+; may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+; without specific prior written permission.
+;
+; THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+; AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+; IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+; DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+; FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+; DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+; SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+; CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+; OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+; OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+__initial_sp EQU 0x20014000 ; Top of RAM (512 KB)
+
+ PRESERVE8
+ THUMB
+
+
+; Vector Table Mapped to Address 0 at Reset
+ AREA RESET, DATA, READONLY
+ EXPORT __Vectors
+ EXPORT __Vectors_End
+ EXPORT __Vectors_Size
+
+__Vectors DCD __initial_sp ; Top of Stack
+ DCD Reset_Handler ; Reset Handler
+ DCD NMI_Handler ; NMI Handler
+ DCD HardFault_Handler ; Hard Fault Handler
+ DCD MemManage_Handler ; MPU Fault Handler
+ DCD BusFault_Handler ; Bus Fault Handler
+ DCD UsageFault_Handler ; Usage Fault Handler
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD SVC_Handler ; SVCall Handler
+ DCD DebugMon_Handler ; Debug Monitor Handler
+ DCD 0 ; Reserved
+ DCD PendSV_Handler ; PendSV Handler
+ DCD SysTick_Handler ; SysTick Handler
+
+ ; External Interrupts
+ DCD WWDG_IRQHandler ; Window Watchdog
+ DCD PVD_IRQHandler ; PVD through EXTI Line detect
+ DCD TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler ; Tamper and Time Stamp
+ DCD RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler ; RTC Wakeup
+ DCD FLASH_IRQHandler ; FLASH
+ DCD RCC_IRQHandler ; RCC
+ DCD EXTI0_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 0
+ DCD EXTI1_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 1
+ DCD EXTI2_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 2
+ DCD EXTI3_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 3
+ DCD EXTI4_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 4
+ DCD DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 1
+ DCD DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 2
+ DCD DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 3
+ DCD DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 4
+ DCD DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 5
+ DCD DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 6
+ DCD DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 7
+ DCD ADC1_IRQHandler ; ADC1
+ DCD USB_HP_IRQHandler ; USB High Priority
+ DCD USB_LP_IRQHandler ; USB Low Priority
+ DCD DAC_IRQHandler ; DAC
+ DCD COMP_IRQHandler ; COMP through EXTI Line
+ DCD EXTI9_5_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 9..5
+ DCD LCD_IRQHandler ; LCD
+ DCD TIM9_IRQHandler ; TIM9
+ DCD TIM10_IRQHandler ; TIM10
+ DCD TIM11_IRQHandler ; TIM11
+ DCD TIM2_IRQHandler ; TIM2
+ DCD TIM3_IRQHandler ; TIM3
+ DCD TIM4_IRQHandler ; TIM4
+ DCD I2C1_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Event
+ DCD I2C1_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Error
+ DCD I2C2_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Event
+ DCD I2C2_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Error
+ DCD SPI1_IRQHandler ; SPI1
+ DCD SPI2_IRQHandler ; SPI2
+ DCD USART1_IRQHandler ; USART1
+ DCD USART2_IRQHandler ; USART2
+ DCD USART3_IRQHandler ; USART3
+ DCD EXTI15_10_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line 15..10
+ DCD RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler ; RTC Alarm through EXTI Line
+ DCD USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB FS Wakeup from suspend
+ DCD TIM6_IRQHandler ; TIM6
+ DCD TIM7_IRQHandler ; TIM7
+ DCD SDIO_IRQHandler ; SDIO
+ DCD TIM5_IRQHandler ; TIM5
+ DCD SPI3_IRQHandler ; SPI3
+ DCD UART4_IRQHandler ; UART4
+ DCD UART5_IRQHandler ; UART5
+ DCD DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 1
+ DCD DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 2
+ DCD DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 3
+ DCD DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 4
+ DCD DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Channel 5
+ DCD AES_IRQHandler ; AES
+ DCD COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler ; Comparator Channel Acquisition
+
+__Vectors_End
+
+__Vectors_Size EQU __Vectors_End - __Vectors
+
+ AREA |.text|, CODE, READONLY
+
+; Reset handler
+Reset_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT Reset_Handler [WEAK]
+ IMPORT __main
+ IMPORT SystemInit
+ LDR R0, =SystemInit
+ BLX R0
+ LDR R0, =__main
+ BX R0
+ ENDP
+
+; Dummy Exception Handlers (infinite loops which can be modified)
+
+NMI_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT NMI_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+HardFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT HardFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+MemManage_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT MemManage_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+BusFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT BusFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+UsageFault_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT UsageFault_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+SVC_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT SVC_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+DebugMon_Handler\
+ PROC
+ EXPORT DebugMon_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+PendSV_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT PendSV_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+SysTick_Handler PROC
+ EXPORT SysTick_Handler [WEAK]
+ B .
+ ENDP
+
+Default_Handler PROC
+
+ EXPORT WWDG_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT PVD_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT FLASH_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RCC_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI0_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT ADC1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_HP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_LP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DAC_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT COMP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI9_5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT LCD_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM9_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM10_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM11_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C1_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C1_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C2_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT I2C2_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USART3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT EXTI15_10_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM6_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM7_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SDIO_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT TIM5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT SPI3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT UART4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT UART5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT AES_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+ EXPORT COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+
+WWDG_IRQHandler
+PVD_IRQHandler
+TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler
+RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler
+FLASH_IRQHandler
+RCC_IRQHandler
+EXTI0_IRQHandler
+EXTI1_IRQHandler
+EXTI2_IRQHandler
+EXTI3_IRQHandler
+EXTI4_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler
+DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler
+ADC1_IRQHandler
+USB_HP_IRQHandler
+USB_LP_IRQHandler
+DAC_IRQHandler
+COMP_IRQHandler
+EXTI9_5_IRQHandler
+LCD_IRQHandler
+TIM9_IRQHandler
+TIM10_IRQHandler
+TIM11_IRQHandler
+TIM2_IRQHandler
+TIM3_IRQHandler
+TIM4_IRQHandler
+I2C1_EV_IRQHandler
+I2C1_ER_IRQHandler
+I2C2_EV_IRQHandler
+I2C2_ER_IRQHandler
+SPI1_IRQHandler
+SPI2_IRQHandler
+USART1_IRQHandler
+USART2_IRQHandler
+USART3_IRQHandler
+EXTI15_10_IRQHandler
+RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler
+USB_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler
+TIM6_IRQHandler
+TIM7_IRQHandler
+SDIO_IRQHandler
+TIM5_IRQHandler
+SPI3_IRQHandler
+UART4_IRQHandler
+UART5_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler
+DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler
+AES_IRQHandler
+COMP_ACQ_IRQHandler
+
+ B .
+
+ ENDP
+
+ ALIGN
+ END
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l1xx.sct b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l1xx.sct
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..266482f56a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l1xx.sct
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+; Scatter-Loading Description File
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+; All rights reserved.
+;
+; Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+; modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+;
+; 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+; 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+; this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+; and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+; 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+; may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+; without specific prior written permission.
+;
+; THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+; AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+; IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+; DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+; FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+; DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+; SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+; CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+; OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+; OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+LR_IROM1 0x08000000 0x80000 { ; load region size_region (512 KB)
+
+ ER_IROM1 0x08000000 0x80000 { ; load address = execution address
+ *.o (RESET, +First)
+ *(InRoot$$Sections)
+ .ANY (+RO)
+ }
+
+ ; 73 vectors = 292 bytes (0x124) to be reserved in RAM
+ RW_IRAM1 (0x20000000+0x124) (0x14000-0x124) { ; RW data
+ .ANY (+RW +ZI)
+ }
+
+}
+
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb665909b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library - stackheap
+ * Setup a fixed single stack/heap memory model,
+ * between the top of the RW/ZI region and the stackpointer
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+
+extern char Image$$RW_IRAM1$$ZI$$Limit[];
+
+extern __value_in_regs struct __initial_stackheap __user_setup_stackheap(uint32_t R0, uint32_t R1, uint32_t R2, uint32_t R3) {
+ uint32_t zi_limit = (uint32_t)Image$$RW_IRAM1$$ZI$$Limit;
+ uint32_t sp_limit = __current_sp();
+
+ zi_limit = (zi_limit + 7) & ~0x7; // ensure zi_limit is 8-byte aligned
+
+ struct __initial_stackheap r;
+ r.heap_base = zi_limit;
+ r.heap_limit = sp_limit;
+ return r;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c32259ba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * A generic CMSIS include header
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBED_CMSIS_H
+#define MBED_CMSIS_H
+
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+#include "cmsis_nvic.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2da63fc9af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * CMSIS-style functionality to support dynamic vectors
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "cmsis_nvic.h"
+
+#define NVIC_RAM_VECTOR_ADDRESS (0x20000000) // Vectors positioned at start of RAM
+#define NVIC_FLASH_VECTOR_ADDRESS (0x08000000) // Initial vector position in flash
+
+void NVIC_SetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t vector) {
+ uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t *)SCB->VTOR;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+ // Copy and switch to dynamic vectors if the first time called
+ if (SCB->VTOR == NVIC_FLASH_VECTOR_ADDRESS) {
+ uint32_t *old_vectors = vectors;
+ vectors = (uint32_t*)NVIC_RAM_VECTOR_ADDRESS;
+ for (i=0; iVTOR = (uint32_t)NVIC_RAM_VECTOR_ADDRESS;
+ }
+ vectors[IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET] = vector;
+}
+
+uint32_t NVIC_GetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn) {
+ uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t*)SCB->VTOR;
+ return vectors[IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET];
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..232bc2ca2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * CMSIS-style functionality to support dynamic vectors
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBED_CMSIS_NVIC_H
+#define MBED_CMSIS_NVIC_H
+
+// STM32F152RE
+// CORE: 16 vectors = 64 bytes from 0x00 to 0x3F
+// MCU Peripherals: 57 vectors = 228 bytes from 0x40 to 0x123
+// Total: 73 vectors = 292 bytes (0x124) to be reserved in RAM (see scatter file)
+#define NVIC_NUM_VECTORS 73
+#define NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET 16
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void NVIC_SetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t vector);
+uint32_t NVIC_GetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..921bf1a790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file misc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on
+ * to CMSIS functions).
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC
+ * @brief MISC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ *
+@verbatim
+ *******************************************************************************
+ ##### Interrupts configuration functions #####
+ *******************************************************************************
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts
+ (IRQ).The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+ (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+ function according to the following table.
+ The table below gives the allowed values of the preemption priority
+ and subpriority according to the Priority Grouping configuration
+ performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function.
+ ============================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
+ ============================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for preemption priority
+ | | | 4 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for preemption priority
+ | | | 3 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for preemption priority
+ | | | 2 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for preemption priority
+ | | | 1 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for preemption priority
+ | | | 0 bits for subpriority
+ ============================================================================================================================
+
+
+ (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
+
+ -@- When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no any nested interrupt,
+ the IRQ priority will be managed only by subpriority.
+ The sub-priority is only used to sort pending exception priorities,
+ and does not affect active exceptions.
+ -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
+ -@- Priority Order:
+ (#@) Lowest Preemption priority.
+ (#@) Lowest Subpriority.
+ (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
+
+@endverbatim
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the priority grouping: preemption priority and subpriority.
+ * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
+ * 4 bits for subpriority.
+ * @note When NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no be any nested
+ * interrupt. This interrupts priority is managed only with subpriority.
+ * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for preemption priority.
+ * 3 bits for subpriority.
+ * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for preemption priority.
+ * 2 bits for subpriority.
+ * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for preemption priority.
+ * 1 bits for subpriority.
+ * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for preemption priority.
+ * 0 bits for subpriority.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup));
+
+ /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */
+ SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct.
+ * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+ * function should be called before.
+ * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint8_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd));
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority));
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority));
+
+ if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/
+ tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08;
+ tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority);
+ tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority;
+
+ tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre;
+ tmppriority |= (uint8_t)(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub);
+ tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04;
+
+ NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority;
+
+ /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/
+ NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
+ (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/
+ NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
+ (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset.
+ * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM: Vector Table in internal SRAM.
+ * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH: Vector Table in internal FLASH.
+ * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab));
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset));
+
+ SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode.
+ * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND: Low Power SEV on Pend.
+ * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP: Low Power DEEPSLEEP request.
+ * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT: Low Power Sleep on Exit.
+ * @param NewState: new state of LP condition.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
+ * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource));
+
+ if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK)
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74d7b29e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/misc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file misc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous
+ * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions).
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __MISC_H
+#define __MISC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup MISC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type
+ (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please
+ refer to stm32l1xx.h file) */
+
+ uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel
+ specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
+ between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
+
+ uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified
+ in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
+ between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
+
+ FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel
+ will be enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
+} NVIC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ *
+@verbatim
+ The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+ to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function
+ ============================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
+ ============================================================================================================================
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 4 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 3 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 2 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 1 bits for subpriority
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+ | | | 0 bits for subpriority
+ ============================================================================================================================
+@endverbatim
+*/
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Vector_Table_Base
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \
+ ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup System_Low_Power
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \
+ ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \
+ ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Preemption_Priority_Group
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+ 4 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+ 3 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+ 2 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+ 1 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+ 0 bits for subpriority */
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \
+ ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \
+ ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \
+ ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \
+ ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4))
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x0005FFFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SysTick_clock_source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB)
+#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup);
+void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct);
+void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset);
+void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MISC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..65093609bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6355 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File.
+ * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits
+ * definitions and memory mapping for STM32L1xx High-density, Medium-density
+ * and Medium-density Plus devices.
+ *
+ * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
+ * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
+ * - Configuration section that allows to select:
+ * - The device used in the target application
+ * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e.
+ * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers
+ * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by
+ * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER"
+ * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE
+ * crystal frequency
+ * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals
+ * - Peripheral's registers declarations and bits definition
+ * - Macros to access peripheral’s registers hardware
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STM32L1XX_H
+#define __STM32L1XX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32L device used in your
+ application
+ */
+
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_MD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP) && !defined (STM32L1XX_HD)
+
+/* #define STM32L1XX_MD */ /*!< - Ultra Low Power Medium-density devices: STM32L151x6xx, STM32L151x8xx,
+ STM32L151xBxx, STM32L152x6xx, STM32L152x8xx and STM32L152xBxx.
+ - Ultra Low Power Medium-density Value Line devices: STM32L100x6xx,
+ STM32L100x8xx and STM32L100xBxx. */
+
+//#define STM32L1XX_MDP /*!< - Ultra Low Power Medium-density Plus devices: STM32L151xCxx, STM32L152xCxx and STM32L162xCxx
+// - Ultra Low Power Medium-density Plus Value Line devices: STM32L100xCxx */
+
+#define STM32L1XX_HD /*!< Ultra Low Power High-density devices: STM32L151xDxx, STM32L152xDxx and STM32L162xDxx */
+#endif
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these
+ devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
+ */
+
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_MD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP) && !defined (STM32L1XX_HD)
+ #error "Please select first the target STM32L1xx device used in your application (in stm32l1xx.h file)"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER
+/**
+ * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers.
+ In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will
+ be based on direct access to peripherals registers
+ */
+#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE)
+ used in your application
+
+ Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you
+ can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
+#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup
+ Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup
+ Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+#define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
+#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator in Hz.
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LSI_VALUE)
+#define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)37000) /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LSE_VALUE)
+#define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L1xx Standard Peripheral Library version number V1.2.0
+ */
+#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x02) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
+#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
+#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION ( (__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+ |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+ |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\
+ |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L1xx Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device
+ * in @ref Library_configuration_section
+ */
+#define __CM3_REV 0x200 /*!< Cortex-M3 Revision r2p0 */
+#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32L1 provides MPU */
+#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32L1 uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */
+#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */
+
+/*!< Interrupt Number Definition */
+typedef enum IRQn
+{
+/****** Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions Numbers ******************************************************/
+ NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */
+ MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt */
+ BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt */
+ UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt */
+ SVC_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt */
+ DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt */
+ PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt */
+ SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt */
+
+/****** STM32L specific Interrupt Numbers ***********************************************************/
+ WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */
+ PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */
+ TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and Time Stamp through EXTI Line Interrupts */
+ RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup Timer through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */
+ RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */
+ EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */
+ EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */
+ EXTI2_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt */
+ EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */
+ EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 global Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 global Interrupt */
+ ADC1_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 global Interrupt */
+ USB_HP_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB High Priority Interrupt */
+ USB_LP_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Low Priority Interrupt */
+ DAC_IRQn = 21, /*!< DAC Interrupt */
+ COMP_IRQn = 22, /*!< Comparator through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */
+ LCD_IRQn = 24, /*!< LCD Interrupt */
+ TIM9_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM9 global Interrupt */
+ TIM10_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM10 global Interrupt */
+ TIM11_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM11 global Interrupt */
+ TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */
+ TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */
+ TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */
+ I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */
+ I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */
+ SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */
+ SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */
+ USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */
+ USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */
+ USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */
+ EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */
+ RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ USB_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB FS WakeUp from suspend through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ TIM6_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM6 global Interrupt */
+#ifdef STM32L1XX_MD
+ TIM7_IRQn = 44 /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32L1XX_MD */
+
+#ifdef STM32L1XX_MDP
+ TIM7_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */
+ TIM5_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */
+ SPI3_IRQn = 47, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel1_IRQn = 50, /*!< DMA2 Channel 1 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel2_IRQn = 51, /*!< DMA2 Channel 2 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel3_IRQn = 52, /*!< DMA2 Channel 3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel4_IRQn = 53, /*!< DMA2 Channel 4 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel5_IRQn = 54, /*!< DMA2 Channel 5 global Interrupt */
+ AES_IRQn = 55, /*!< AES global Interrupt */
+ COMP_ACQ_IRQn = 56 /*!< Comparator Channel Acquisition global Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32L1XX_MDP */
+
+#ifdef STM32L1XX_HD
+ TIM7_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */
+ SDIO_IRQn = 45, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */
+ TIM5_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */
+ SPI3_IRQn = 47, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */
+ UART4_IRQn = 48, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */
+ UART5_IRQn = 49, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel1_IRQn = 50, /*!< DMA2 Channel 1 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel2_IRQn = 51, /*!< DMA2 Channel 2 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel3_IRQn = 52, /*!< DMA2 Channel 3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel4_IRQn = 53, /*!< DMA2 Channel 4 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel5_IRQn = 54, /*!< DMA2 Channel 5 global Interrupt */
+ AES_IRQn = 55, /*!< AES global Interrupt */
+ COMP_ACQ_IRQn = 56 /*!< Comparator Channel Acquisition global Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32L1XX_HD */
+} IRQn_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "core_cm3.h"
+#include "system_stm32l1xx.h"
+#include
+
+/** @addtogroup Exported_types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus;
+
+typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;
+#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE))
+
+typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus;
+
+/**
+ * @brief __RAM_FUNC definition
+ */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+/* ARM Compiler
+ ------------
+ RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+ Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module.
+ Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const'
+ area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+ Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target'
+ dialog.
+*/
+ #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+/* ICCARM Compiler
+ ---------------
+ RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+*/
+ #define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc FLASH_Status
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+/* GNU Compiler
+ ------------
+ RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+ "__attribute__((section(".data")))".
+*/
+ #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status __attribute__((section(".data")))
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+/* TASKING Compiler
+ ----------------
+ RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain pragma. This pragma is
+ defined in the stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c
+*/
+ #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Analog to Digital Converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< ADC status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< ADC control register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< ADC control register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR3; /*!< ADC sample time register 3, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t JOFR1; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t JOFR2; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 2, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t JOFR3; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 3, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t JOFR4; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 4, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t HTR; /*!< ADC watchdog higher threshold register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t LTR; /*!< ADC watchdog lower threshold register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR4; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 4, Address offset: 0x3C */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR5; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 5, Address offset: 0x40 */
+ __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x44 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x48 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x4C */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x50 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x54 */
+ __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x58 */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR0; /*!< ADC sample time register 0, Address offset: 0x5C */
+} ADC_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC common status register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x300 */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x304 */
+} ADC_Common_TypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief AES hardware accelerator
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< AES control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< AES status register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t DINR; /*!< AES data input register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t DOUTR; /*!< AES data output register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t KEYR0; /*!< AES key register 0, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t KEYR1; /*!< AES key register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t KEYR2; /*!< AES key register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t KEYR3; /*!< AES key register 3, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t IVR0; /*!< AES initialization vector register 0, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t IVR1; /*!< AES initialization vector register 1, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t IVR2; /*!< AES initialization vector register 2, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t IVR3; /*!< AES initialization vector register 3, Address offset: 0x2C */
+} AES_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Comparator
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< COMP comparator control and status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+} COMP_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CRC calculation unit
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+} CRC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Digital to Analog Converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+} DAC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Debug MCU
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+}DBGMCU_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< DMA channel x configuration register */
+ __IO uint32_t CNDTR; /*!< DMA channel x number of data register */
+ __IO uint32_t CPAR; /*!< DMA channel x peripheral address register */
+ __IO uint32_t CMAR; /*!< DMA channel x memory address register */
+} DMA_Channel_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+} DMA_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI rising edge trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling edge trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+} EXTI_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Registers
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< Access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t PECR; /*!< Program/erase control register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t PDKEYR; /*!< Power down key register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t PEKEYR; /*!< Program/erase key register, Address offset: 0x0c */
+ __IO uint32_t PRGKEYR; /*!< Program memory key register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< Option byte key register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t OBR; /*!< Option byte register, Address offset: 0x1c */
+ __IO uint32_t WRPR; /*!< Write protection register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED[23]; /*!< Reserved, 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRPR1; /*!< Write protection register 1, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRPR2; /*!< Write protection register 2, Address offset: 0x2C */
+} FLASH_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Option Bytes Registers
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t RDP; /*!< Read protection register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t USER; /*!< user register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP01; /*!< write protection register 0 1, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP23; /*!< write protection register 2 3, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP45; /*!< write protection register 4 5, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP67; /*!< write protection register 6 7, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP89; /*!< write protection register 8 9, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t WRP1011; /*!< write protection register 10 11, Address offset: 0x1C */
+} OB_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Operational Amplifier (OPAMP)
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< OPAMP control/status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t OTR; /*!< OPAMP offset trimming register for normal mode, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t LPOTR; /*!< OPAMP offset trimming register for low power mode, Address offset: 0x08 */
+} OPAMP_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */
+} FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank1E
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */
+} FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief General Purpose IO
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t MODER; /*!< GPIO port mode register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint16_t OTYPER; /*!< GPIO port output type register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint32_t OSPEEDR; /*!< GPIO port output speed register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t PUPDR; /*!< GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint16_t IDR; /*!< GPIO port input data register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */
+ __IO uint16_t ODR; /*!< GPIO port output data register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */
+ __IO uint16_t BSRRL; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset low registerBSRR, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint16_t BSRRH; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset high registerBSRR, Address offset: 0x1A */
+ __IO uint32_t LCKR; /*!< GPIO port configuration lock register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t AFR[2]; /*!< GPIO alternate function low register, Address offset: 0x20-0x24 */
+ __IO uint16_t BRR; /*!< GPIO bit reset register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x2A */
+} GPIO_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief SysTem Configuration
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t MEMRMP; /*!< SYSCFG memory remap register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t PMC; /*!< SYSCFG peripheral mode configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t EXTICR[4]; /*!< SYSCFG external interrupt configuration registers, Address offset: 0x08-0x14 */
+} SYSCFG_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< I2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */
+ __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< I2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint16_t OAR1; /*!< I2C Own address register 1, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */
+ __IO uint16_t OAR2; /*!< I2C Own address register 2, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */
+ __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< I2C Data register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */
+ __IO uint16_t SR1; /*!< I2C Status register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */
+ __IO uint16_t SR2; /*!< I2C Status register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */
+ __IO uint16_t CCR; /*!< I2C Clock control register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */
+ __IO uint16_t TRISE; /*!< I2C TRISE register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */
+} I2C_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Independent WATCHDOG
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t KR; /*!< Key register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< Prescaler register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t RLR; /*!< Reload register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+} IWDG_TypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief LCD
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< LCD control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< LCD frame control register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< LCD status register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t CLR; /*!< LCD clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t RAM[16]; /*!< LCD display memory, Address offset: 0x14-0x50 */
+} LCD_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Power Control
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< PWR power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< PWR power control/status register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+} PWR_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset and Clock Control
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RCC clock control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t ICSCR; /*!< RCC Internal clock sources calibration register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< RCC Clock configuration register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t CIR; /*!< RCC Clock interrupt register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t AHBRSTR; /*!< RCC AHB peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB2RSTR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB1RSTR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t AHBENR; /*!< RCC AHB peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t APB2ENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB1ENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t AHBLPENR; /*!< RCC AHB peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB2LPENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t APB1LPENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< RCC Control/status register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+} RCC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Routing Interface
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< RI input capture register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t ASCR1; /*!< RI analog switches control register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t ASCR2; /*!< RI analog switch control register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t HYSCR1; /*!< RI hysteresis control register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t HYSCR2; /*!< RI Hysteresis control register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t HYSCR3; /*!< RI Hysteresis control register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t HYSCR4; /*!< RI Hysteresis control register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+} RI_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Real-Time Clock
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t TR; /*!< RTC time register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RTC date register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RTC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< RTC initialization and status register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t PRER; /*!< RTC prescaler register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t WUTR; /*!< RTC wakeup timer register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t CALIBR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t ALRMAR; /*!< RTC alarm A register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t ALRMBR; /*!< RTC alarm B register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t WPR; /*!< RTC write protection register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t SSR; /*!< RTC sub second register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t SHIFTR; /*!< RTC shift control register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t TSTR; /*!< RTC time stamp time register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t TSDR; /*!< RTC time stamp date register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+ __IO uint32_t TSSSR; /*!< RTC time-stamp sub second register, Address offset: 0x38 */
+ __IO uint32_t CALR; /*!< RRTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x3C */
+ __IO uint32_t TAFCR; /*!< RTC tamper and alternate function configuration register, Address offset: 0x40 */
+ __IO uint32_t ALRMASSR; /*!< RTC alarm A sub second register, Address offset: 0x44 */
+ __IO uint32_t ALRMBSSR; /*!< RTC alarm B sub second register, Address offset: 0x48 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP0R; /*!< RTC backup register 0, Address offset: 0x50 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP1R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP2R; /*!< RTC backup register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP3R; /*!< RTC backup register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP4R; /*!< RTC backup register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP5R; /*!< RTC backup register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP6R; /*!< RTC backup register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP7R; /*!< RTC backup register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP8R; /*!< RTC backup register 8, Address offset: 0x70 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP9R; /*!< RTC backup register 9, Address offset: 0x74 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP10R; /*!< RTC backup register 10, Address offset: 0x78 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP11R; /*!< RTC backup register 11, Address offset: 0x7C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP12R; /*!< RTC backup register 12, Address offset: 0x80 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP13R; /*!< RTC backup register 13, Address offset: 0x84 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP14R; /*!< RTC backup register 14, Address offset: 0x88 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP15R; /*!< RTC backup register 15, Address offset: 0x8C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP16R; /*!< RTC backup register 16, Address offset: 0x90 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP17R; /*!< RTC backup register 17, Address offset: 0x94 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP18R; /*!< RTC backup register 18, Address offset: 0x98 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP19R; /*!< RTC backup register 19, Address offset: 0x9C */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP20R; /*!< RTC backup register 20, Address offset: 0xA0 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP21R; /*!< RTC backup register 21, Address offset: 0xA4 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP22R; /*!< RTC backup register 22, Address offset: 0xA8 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP23R; /*!< RTC backup register 23, Address offset: 0xAC */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP24R; /*!< RTC backup register 24, Address offset: 0xB0 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP25R; /*!< RTC backup register 25, Address offset: 0xB4 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP26R; /*!< RTC backup register 26, Address offset: 0xB8 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP27R; /*!< RTC backup register 27, Address offset: 0xBC */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP28R; /*!< RTC backup register 28, Address offset: 0xC0 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP29R; /*!< RTC backup register 29, Address offset: 0xC4 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP30R; /*!< RTC backup register 30, Address offset: 0xC8 */
+ __IO uint32_t BKP31R; /*!< RTC backup register 31, Address offset: 0xCC */
+} RTC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief SD host Interface
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t POWER; /*!< SDIO power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CLKCR; /*!< SDI clock control register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t ARG; /*!< SDIO argument register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t CMD; /*!< SDIO command register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __I uint32_t RESPCMD; /*!< SDIO command response register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __I uint32_t RESP1; /*!< SDIO response 1 register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __I uint32_t RESP2; /*!< SDIO response 2 register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __I uint32_t RESP3; /*!< SDIO response 3 register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __I uint32_t RESP4; /*!< SDIO response 4 register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t DTIMER; /*!< SDIO data timer register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t DLEN; /*!< SDIO data length register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t DCTRL; /*!< SDIO data control register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __I uint32_t DCOUNT; /*!< SDIO data counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __I uint32_t STA; /*!< SDIO status register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+ __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< SDIO interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x38 */
+ __IO uint32_t MASK; /*!< SDIO mask register, Address offset: 0x3C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x40-0x44 */
+ __I uint32_t FIFOCNT; /*!< SDIO FIFO counter register, Address offset: 0x48 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[13]; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C-0x7C */
+ __IO uint32_t FIFO; /*!< SDIO data FIFO register, Address offset: 0x80 */
+} SDIO_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Serial Peripheral Interface
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< SPI control register 1 (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x00 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */
+ __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< SPI control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< SPI status register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */
+ __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< SPI data register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */
+ __IO uint16_t CRCPR; /*!< SPI CRC polynomial register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x10 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */
+ __IO uint16_t RXCRCR; /*!< SPI RX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */
+ __IO uint16_t TXCRCR; /*!< SPI TX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x18 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */
+ __IO uint16_t I2SCFGR; /*!< SPI_I2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */
+ __IO uint16_t I2SPR; /*!< SPI_I2S prescaler register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */
+} SPI_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< TIM control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */
+ __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< TIM control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint16_t SMCR; /*!< TIM slave mode control register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */
+ __IO uint16_t DIER; /*!< TIM DMA/interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */
+ __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< TIM status register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */
+ __IO uint16_t EGR; /*!< TIM event generation register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */
+ __IO uint16_t CCMR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */
+ __IO uint16_t CCMR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 2, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */
+ __IO uint16_t CCER; /*!< TIM capture/compare enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */
+ __IO uint32_t CNT; /*!< TIM counter register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint16_t PSC; /*!< TIM prescaler, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED10; /*!< Reserved, 0x2A */
+ __IO uint32_t ARR; /*!< TIM auto-reload register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED12; /*!< Reserved, 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 1, Address offset: 0x34 */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 2, Address offset: 0x38 */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR3; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR4; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 4, Address offset: 0x40 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED17; /*!< Reserved, 0x44 */
+ __IO uint16_t DCR; /*!< TIM DMA control register, Address offset: 0x48 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED18; /*!< Reserved, 0x4A */
+ __IO uint16_t DMAR; /*!< TIM DMA address for full transfer, Address offset: 0x4C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED19; /*!< Reserved, 0x4E */
+ __IO uint16_t OR; /*!< TIM option register, Address offset: 0x50 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED20; /*!< Reserved, 0x52 */
+} TIM_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< USART Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */
+ __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< USART Data register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint16_t BRR; /*!< USART Baud rate register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */
+ __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< USART Control register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */
+ __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< USART Control register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */
+ __IO uint16_t CR3; /*!< USART Control register 3, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */
+ __IO uint16_t GTPR; /*!< USART Guard time and prescaler register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */
+} USART_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Window WATCHDOG
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< WWDG Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CFR; /*!< WWDG Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< WWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+} WWDG_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Peripheral_memory_map
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FLASH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< FLASH base address in the alias region */
+#define SRAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the alias region */
+#define PERIPH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the alias region */
+
+#define SRAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the bit-band region */
+#define PERIPH_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the bit-band region */
+
+#define FSMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FSMC registers base address */
+
+/*!< Peripheral memory map */
+#define APB1PERIPH_BASE PERIPH_BASE
+#define APB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x10000)
+#define AHBPERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x20000)
+
+#define TIM2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000)
+#define TIM3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400)
+#define TIM4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800)
+#define TIM5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00)
+#define TIM6_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define TIM7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400)
+#define LCD_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400)
+#define RTC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800)
+#define WWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00)
+#define IWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000)
+#define SPI2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800)
+#define SPI3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00)
+#define USART2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400)
+#define USART3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800)
+#define UART4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4C00)
+#define UART5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000)
+#define I2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400)
+#define I2C2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800)
+#define PWR_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7000)
+#define DAC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7400)
+#define COMP_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C00)
+#define RI_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C04)
+#define OPAMP_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C5C)
+
+#define SYSCFG_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000)
+#define EXTI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400)
+#define TIM9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800)
+#define TIM10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00)
+#define TIM11_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define ADC1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400)
+#define ADC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2700)
+#define SDIO_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00)
+#define SPI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000)
+#define USART1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800)
+
+#define GPIOA_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0000)
+#define GPIOB_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0400)
+#define GPIOC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0800)
+#define GPIOD_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00)
+#define GPIOE_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define GPIOH_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1400)
+#define GPIOF_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1800)
+#define GPIOG_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00)
+#define CRC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3000)
+#define RCC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3800)
+
+
+#define FLASH_R_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) /*!< FLASH registers base address */
+#define OB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x1FF80000) /*!< FLASH Option Bytes base address */
+
+#define DMA1_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x6000)
+#define DMA1_Channel1_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0008)
+#define DMA1_Channel2_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x001C)
+#define DMA1_Channel3_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0030)
+#define DMA1_Channel4_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0044)
+#define DMA1_Channel5_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0058)
+#define DMA1_Channel6_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x006C)
+#define DMA1_Channel7_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0080)
+
+#define DMA2_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x6400)
+#define DMA2_Channel1_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0008)
+#define DMA2_Channel2_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x001C)
+#define DMA2_Channel3_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0030)
+#define DMA2_Channel4_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0044)
+#define DMA2_Channel5_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0058)
+
+#define AES_BASE ((uint32_t)0x50060000)
+
+#define FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) /*!< FSMC Bank1 registers base address */
+#define FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) /*!< FSMC Bank1E registers base address */
+
+#define DBGMCU_BASE ((uint32_t)0xE0042000) /*!< Debug MCU registers base address */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Peripheral_declaration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE)
+#define TIM3 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE)
+#define TIM4 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE)
+#define TIM5 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM5_BASE)
+#define TIM6 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE)
+#define TIM7 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE)
+#define LCD ((LCD_TypeDef *) LCD_BASE)
+#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE)
+#define WWDG ((WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE)
+#define IWDG ((IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE)
+#define SPI2 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE)
+#define SPI3 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI3_BASE)
+#define USART2 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE)
+#define USART3 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE)
+#define UART4 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART4_BASE)
+#define UART5 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART5_BASE)
+#define I2C1 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE)
+#define I2C2 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE)
+#define PWR ((PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE)
+#define DAC ((DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE)
+#define COMP ((COMP_TypeDef *) COMP_BASE)
+#define RI ((RI_TypeDef *) RI_BASE)
+#define OPAMP ((OPAMP_TypeDef *) OPAMP_BASE)
+#define SYSCFG ((SYSCFG_TypeDef *) SYSCFG_BASE)
+#define EXTI ((EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE)
+
+#define ADC1 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE)
+#define ADC ((ADC_Common_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE)
+#define SDIO ((SDIO_TypeDef *) SDIO_BASE)
+#define TIM9 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM9_BASE)
+#define TIM10 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM10_BASE)
+#define TIM11 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM11_BASE)
+#define SPI1 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE)
+#define USART1 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE)
+#define DMA1 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel1 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel1_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel2 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel2_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel3 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel3_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel4 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel4_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel5 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel5_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel6 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel6_BASE)
+#define DMA1_Channel7 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel7_BASE)
+
+#define DMA2 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA2_BASE)
+#define DMA2_Channel1 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel1_BASE)
+#define DMA2_Channel2 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel2_BASE)
+#define DMA2_Channel3 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel3_BASE)
+#define DMA2_Channel4 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel4_BASE)
+#define DMA2_Channel5 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel5_BASE)
+
+#define RCC ((RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE)
+#define CRC ((CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE)
+
+#define GPIOA ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE)
+#define GPIOB ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE)
+#define GPIOC ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE)
+#define GPIOD ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE)
+#define GPIOE ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE)
+#define GPIOH ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOH_BASE)
+#define GPIOF ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOF_BASE)
+#define GPIOG ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOG_BASE)
+
+#define FLASH ((FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE)
+#define OB ((OB_TypeDef *) OB_BASE)
+
+#define AES ((AES_TypeDef *) AES_BASE)
+
+#define FSMC_Bank1 ((FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE)
+#define FSMC_Bank1E ((FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE)
+
+#define DBGMCU ((DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Exported_constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Peripheral_Registers_Bits_Definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* Peripheral Registers Bits Definition */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************** Bit definition for ADC_SR register ********************/
+#define ADC_SR_AWD ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Analog watchdog flag */
+#define ADC_SR_EOC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< End of conversion */
+#define ADC_SR_JEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Injected channel end of conversion */
+#define ADC_SR_JSTRT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Injected channel Start flag */
+#define ADC_SR_STRT ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Regular channel Start flag */
+#define ADC_SR_OVR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Overrun flag */
+#define ADC_SR_ADONS ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADC ON status */
+#define ADC_SR_RCNR ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Regular channel not ready flag */
+#define ADC_SR_JCNR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Injected channel not ready flag */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CR1 register ********************/
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< AWDCH[4:0] bits (Analog watchdog channel select bits) */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_EOCIE ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Interrupt enable for EOC */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDIE ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Analog Watchdog interrupt enable */
+#define ADC_CR1_JEOCIE ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Interrupt enable for injected channels */
+#define ADC_CR1_SCAN ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Scan mode */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDSGL ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Enable the watchdog on a single channel in scan mode */
+#define ADC_CR1_JAUTO ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Automatic injected group conversion */
+#define ADC_CR1_DISCEN ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Discontinuous mode on regular channels */
+#define ADC_CR1_JDISCEN ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Discontinuous mode on injected channels */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) /*!< DISCNUM[2:0] bits (Discontinuous mode channel count) */
+#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_0 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_PDD ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Power Down during Delay phase */
+#define ADC_CR1_PDI ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Power Down during Idle phase */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_JAWDEN ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Analog watchdog enable on injected channels */
+#define ADC_CR1_AWDEN ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Analog watchdog enable on regular channels */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_RES ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< RES[1:0] bits (Resolution) */
+#define ADC_CR1_RES_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR1_RES_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define ADC_CR1_OVRIE ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Overrun interrupt enable */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CR2 register ********************/
+#define ADC_CR2_ADON ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< A/D Converter ON / OFF */
+#define ADC_CR2_CONT ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Continuous Conversion */
+#define ADC_CR2_CFG ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< ADC Configuration */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_DELS ((uint32_t)0x00000070) /*!< DELS[2:0] bits (Delay selection) */
+#define ADC_CR2_DELS_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR2_DELS_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CR2_DELS_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_DMA ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Direct Memory access mode */
+#define ADC_CR2_DDS ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< DMA disable selection (Single ADC) */
+#define ADC_CR2_EOCS ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< End of conversion selection */
+#define ADC_CR2_ALIGN ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Data Alignment */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) /*!< JEXTSEL[3:0] bits (External event select for injected group) */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< JEXTEN[1:0] bits (External Trigger Conversion mode for injected channels) */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_JSWSTART ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Start Conversion of injected channels */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< EXTSEL[3:0] bits (External Event Select for regular group) */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x30000000) /*!< EXTEN[1:0] bits (External Trigger Conversion mode for regular channels) */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN_0 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN_1 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define ADC_CR2_SWSTART ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Start Conversion of regular channels */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR1 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP20[2:0] bits (Channel 20 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP21[2:0] bits (Channel 21 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP22[2:0] bits (Channel 22 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP23[2:0] bits (Channel 23 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP24[2:0] bits (Channel 24 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP25[2:0] bits (Channel 25 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP26 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< SMP26[2:0] bits (Channel 26 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP26_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP26_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP26_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP27 ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< SMP27[2:0] bits (Channel 27 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP27_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP27_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP27_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP28 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SMP28[2:0] bits (Channel 28 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP28_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP28_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP28_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP29 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) /*!< SMP29[2:0] bits (Channel 29 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP29_0 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP29_1 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP29_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR2 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP10[2:0] bits (Channel 10 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP11[2:0] bits (Channel 11 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP12[2:0] bits (Channel 12 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP13[2:0] bits (Channel 13 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP14[2:0] bits (Channel 14 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP15[2:0] bits (Channel 5 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< SMP16[2:0] bits (Channel 16 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17 ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< SMP17[2:0] bits (Channel 17 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SMP18[2:0] bits (Channel 18 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) /*!< SMP19[2:0] bits (Channel 19 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_0 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_1 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR3 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP0[2:0] bits (Channel 0 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP1[2:0] bits (Channel 1 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP2[2:0] bits (Channel 2 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP3[2:0] bits (Channel 3 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP4[2:0] bits (Channel 4 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP5[2:0] bits (Channel 5 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< SMP6[2:0] bits (Channel 6 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7 ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< SMP7[2:0] bits (Channel 7 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SMP8[2:0] bits (Channel 8 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) /*!< SMP9[2:0] bits (Channel 9 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_0 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_1 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR1 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 1 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR2 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 2 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR3 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 3 */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR4 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 4 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_HTR register ********************/
+#define ADC_HTR_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Analog watchdog high threshold */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_LTR register ********************/
+#define ADC_LTR_LT ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Analog watchdog low threshold */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR1 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SQR1_L ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) /*!< L[3:0] bits (Regular channel sequence length) */
+#define ADC_SQR1_L_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_L_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_L_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_L_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ28[4:0] bits (25th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ28_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ27[4:0] bits (27th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ26[4:0] bits (26th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ25[4:0] bits (25th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR2 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ19[4:0] bits (19th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ20[4:0] bits (20th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ21[4:0] bits (21th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ22[4:0] bits (22th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ23[4:0] bits (23th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ24[4:0] bits (24th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR3 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ13[4:0] bits (13th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ14[4:0] bits (14th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ15[4:0] bits (15th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ16[4:0] bits (16th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ17[4:0] bits (17th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ18[4:0] bits (18th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR4 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ7[4:0] bits (7th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ8[4:0] bits (8th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ9[4:0] bits (9th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ10[4:0] bits (10th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ11[4:0] bits (11th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ12[4:0] bits (12th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR5 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ1[4:0] bits (1st conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ2[4:0] bits (2nd conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ3[4:0] bits (3rd conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ4[4:0] bits (4th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ5[4:0] bits (5th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ6[4:0] bits (6th conversion in regular sequence) */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JSQR register *******************/
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< JSQ1[4:0] bits (1st conversion in injected sequence) */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< JSQ2[4:0] bits (2nd conversion in injected sequence) */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< JSQ3[4:0] bits (3rd conversion in injected sequence) */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< JSQ4[4:0] bits (4th conversion in injected sequence) */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */
+
+#define ADC_JSQR_JL ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< JL[1:0] bits (Injected Sequence length) */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_JSQR_JL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR1 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JDR1_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR2 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JDR2_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR3 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JDR3_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR4 register *******************/
+#define ADC_JDR4_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */
+
+/******************** Bit definition for ADC_DR register ********************/
+#define ADC_DR_DATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Regular data */
+
+/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR0 register *******************/
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP30 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP30[2:0] bits (Channel 30 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP30_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP30_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP30_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP31 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP31[2:0] bits (Channel 31 Sample time selection) */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP31_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP31_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP31_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CSR register ********************/
+#define ADC_CSR_AWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC1 Analog watchdog flag */
+#define ADC_CSR_EOC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC1 End of conversion */
+#define ADC_CSR_JEOC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< ADC1 Injected channel end of conversion */
+#define ADC_CSR_JSTRT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC1 Injected channel Start flag */
+#define ADC_CSR_STRT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC1 Regular channel Start flag */
+#define ADC_CSR_OVR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC1 overrun flag */
+#define ADC_CSR_ADONS1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADON status of ADC1 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CCR register ********************/
+#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< ADC prescaler*/
+#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define ADC_CCR_TSVREFE ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Temperature Sensor and VREFINT Enable */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_CR register *********************/
+#define AES_CR_EN ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< AES Enable */
+#define AES_CR_DATATYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< Data type selection */
+#define AES_CR_DATATYPE_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define AES_CR_DATATYPE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define AES_CR_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< AES Mode Of Operation */
+#define AES_CR_MODE_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define AES_CR_MODE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define AES_CR_CHMOD ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< AES Chaining Mode */
+#define AES_CR_CHMOD_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define AES_CR_CHMOD_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */
+
+#define AES_CR_CCFC ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Computation Complete Flag Clear */
+#define AES_CR_ERRC ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error Clear */
+#define AES_CR_CCIE ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Computation Complete Interrupt Enable */
+#define AES_CR_ERRIE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Error Interrupt Enable */
+#define AES_CR_DMAINEN ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< DMA ENable managing the data input phase */
+#define AES_CR_DMAOUTEN ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< DMA Enable managing the data output phase */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_SR register *********************/
+#define AES_SR_CCF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Computation Complete Flag */
+#define AES_SR_RDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Read Error Flag */
+#define AES_SR_WRERR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write Error Flag */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_DINR register *******************/
+#define AES_DINR ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Data Input Register */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_DOUTR register ******************/
+#define AES_DOUTR ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Data Output Register */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_KEYR0 register ******************/
+#define AES_KEYR0 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Key Register 0 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_KEYR1 register ******************/
+#define AES_KEYR1 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Key Register 1 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_KEYR2 register ******************/
+#define AES_KEYR2 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Key Register 2 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_KEYR3 register ******************/
+#define AES_KEYR3 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Key Register 3 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_IVR0 register *******************/
+#define AES_IVR0 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Initialization Vector Register 0 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_IVR1 register *******************/
+#define AES_IVR1 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Initialization Vector Register 1 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_IVR2 register *******************/
+#define AES_IVR2 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Initialization Vector Register 2 */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for AES_IVR3 register *******************/
+#define AES_IVR3 ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< AES Initialization Vector Register 3 */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Analog Comparators (COMP) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/****************** Bit definition for COMP_CSR register ********************/
+#define COMP_CSR_10KPU ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< 10K pull-up resistor */
+#define COMP_CSR_400KPU ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< 400K pull-up resistor */
+#define COMP_CSR_10KPD ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 10K pull-down resistor */
+#define COMP_CSR_400KPD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 400K pull-down resistor */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_CMP1EN ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Comparator 1 enable */
+#define COMP_CSR_SW1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< SW1 analog switch enable */
+#define COMP_CSR_CMP1OUT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Comparator 1 output */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_SPEED ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Comparator 2 speed */
+#define COMP_CSR_CMP2OUT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Comparator 2 ouput */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Comparator Vref Enable */
+#define COMP_CSR_WNDWE ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Window mode enable */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_INSEL ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< INSEL[2:0] Inversion input Selection */
+#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< OUTSEL[2:0] comparator 2 output redirection */
+#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */
+#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */
+#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_FCH3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 26 */
+#define COMP_CSR_FCH8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 27 */
+#define COMP_CSR_RCH13 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 28 */
+
+#define COMP_CSR_CAIE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 29 */
+#define COMP_CSR_CAIF ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Bit 30 */
+#define COMP_CSR_TSUSP ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< Bit 31 */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Operational Amplifier (OPAMP) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******************* Bit definition for OPAMP_CSR register ******************/
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA1PD ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< OPAMP1 disable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Switch 3 for OPAMP1 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Switch 4 for OPAMP1 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Switch 5 for OPAMP1 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Switch 6 for OPAMP1 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_L ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< OPAMP1 Offset calibration for P differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_H ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< OPAMP1 Offset calibration for N differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA1LPM ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< OPAMP1 Low power enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA2PD ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< OPAMP2 disable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Switch 3 for OPAMP2 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Switch 4 for OPAMP2 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Switch 5 for OPAMP2 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Switch 6 for OPAMP2 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_L ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< OPAMP2 Offset calibration for P differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_H ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< OPAMP2 Offset calibration for N differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA2LPM ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< OPAMP2 Low power enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA3PD ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< OPAMP3 disable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL3 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Switch 3 for OPAMP3 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Switch 4 for OPAMP3 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Switch 5 for OPAMP3 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL3 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Switch 6 for OPAMP3 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_L ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< OPAMP3 Offset calibration for P differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_H ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< OPAMP3 Offset calibration for N differential pair */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA3LPM ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< OPAMP3 Low power enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Switch ANA Enable for OPAMP1 */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Switch ANA Enable for OPAMP2 */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Switch ANA Enable for OPAMP3 */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_S7SEL2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Switch 7 for OPAMP2 Enable */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_AOP_RANGE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Power range selection */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CALOUT ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< OPAMP1 calibration output */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CALOUT ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< OPAMP2 calibration output */
+#define OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CALOUT ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< OPAMP3 calibration output */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for OPAMP_OTR register ******************/
+#define OPAMP_OTR_AO1_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM ((uint32_t)0x000003FF) /*!< Offset trim for OPAMP1 */
+#define OPAMP_OTR_AO2_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM ((uint32_t)0x000FFC00) /*!< Offset trim for OPAMP2 */
+#define OPAMP_OTR_AO3_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM ((uint32_t)0x3FF00000) /*!< Offset trim for OPAMP2 */
+#define OPAMP_OTR_OT_USER ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< Switch to OPAMP offset user trimmed values */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for OPAMP_LPOTR register ****************/
+#define OPAMP_LP_OTR_AO1_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM_LP ((uint32_t)0x000003FF) /*!< Offset trim in low power for OPAMP1 */
+#define OPAMP_LP_OTR_AO2_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM_LP ((uint32_t)0x000FFC00) /*!< Offset trim in low power for OPAMP2 */
+#define OPAMP_LP_OTR_AO3_OPT_OFFSET_TRIM_LP ((uint32_t)0x3FF00000) /*!< Offset trim in low power for OPAMP3 */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* CRC calculation unit (CRC) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************* Bit definition for CRC_DR register *********************/
+#define CRC_DR_DR ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Data register bits */
+
+/******************* Bit definition for CRC_IDR register ********************/
+#define CRC_IDR_IDR ((uint8_t)0xFF) /*!< General-purpose 8-bit data register bits */
+
+/******************** Bit definition for CRC_CR register ********************/
+#define CRC_CR_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< RESET bit */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************** Bit definition for DAC_CR register ********************/
+#define DAC_CR_EN1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!© COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_adc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC
+ * @brief ADC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* ADC DISCNUM mask */
+#define CR1_DISCNUM_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF)
+
+/* ADC AWDCH mask */
+#define CR1_AWDCH_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0)
+
+/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */
+#define CR1_AWDMODE_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF)
+
+/* CR1 register Mask */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFCFFFEFF)
+
+/* ADC DELAY mask */
+#define CR2_DELS_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF0F)
+
+/* ADC JEXTEN mask */
+#define CR2_JEXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF)
+
+/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */
+#define CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FFFF)
+
+/* CR2 register Mask */
+#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xC0FFF7FD)
+
+/* ADC SQx mask */
+#define SQR5_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR4_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR3_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR2_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR1_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+
+/* ADC L Mask */
+#define SQR1_L_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFE0FFFFF)
+
+/* ADC JSQx mask */
+#define JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+
+/* ADC JL mask */
+#define JSQR_JL_SET ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
+#define JSQR_JL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF)
+
+/* ADC SMPx mask */
+#define SMPR1_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define SMPR2_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define SMPR3_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define SMPR0_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+
+/* ADC JDRx registers offset */
+#define JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x30)
+
+/* ADC CCR register Mask */
+#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the ADC Prescaler.
+ (+) ADC Conversion Resolution (12bit..6bit).
+ (+) Scan Conversion Mode (multichannel or one channel) for regular group.
+ (+) ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for
+ regular group.
+ (+) External trigger Edge and source of regular group.
+ (+) Converted data alignment (left or right).
+ (+) The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer
+ for regular channel group.
+ (+) Enable or disable the ADC peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes ADC1 peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+
+ if(ADCx == ADC1)
+ {
+ /* Enable ADC1 reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE);
+ /* Release ADC1 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the ADC_InitStruct.
+ * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC (
+ * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration
+ * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode
+ * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and
+ * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer).
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+ uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion));
+
+ /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1;
+ /* Clear RES and SCAN bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode and resolution */
+ /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */
+ /* Set RES bit according to ADC_Resolution value */
+ tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8) | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution);
+ /* Write to ADCx CR1 */
+ ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1;
+
+ /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2;
+ /* Clear CONT, ALIGN, EXTEN and EXTSEL bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and edge, data alignment and continuous conversion mode */
+ /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */
+ /* Set EXTEN bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge value */
+ /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */
+ /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */
+ tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv |
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge | ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1));
+ /* Write to ADCx CR2 */
+ ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1;
+
+ /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1;
+ /* Clear L bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= SQR1_L_RESET;
+ /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */
+ /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfConversion value */
+ tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1);
+ tmpreg1 |= ((uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20);
+ /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */
+ ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @note This function is used to initialize the global features of the ADC (
+ * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration
+ * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode
+ * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and
+ * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer).
+ * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */
+ /* Initialize the ADC_Resolution member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right;
+
+ /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfConversion member */
+ ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion = 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters
+ * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct.
+ * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information (Prescaler) for ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_PRESCALER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler));
+
+ /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Get the ADC CCR value */
+ tmpreg = ADC->CCR;
+
+ /* Clear ADCPRE bit */
+ tmpreg &= CR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ /* Configure ADCx: ADC prescaler according to ADC_Prescaler */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler);
+
+ /* Write to ADC CCR */
+ ADC->CCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
+ * which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */
+ /* Initialize the ADC_Prescaler member */
+ ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler = ADC_Prescaler_Div1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_ADON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified ADC Channels Bank.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_Bank: ADC Channels Bank.
+ * @arg ADC_Bank_A: ADC Channels Bank A.
+ * @arg ADC_Bank_B: ADC Channels Bank B.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_BankSelection(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Bank)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_BANK(ADC_Bank));
+
+ if (ADC_Bank != ADC_Bank_A)
+ {
+ /* Set the ADC_CFG bit to select the ADC Bank B channels */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CFG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the ADC_CFG bit to select the ADC Bank A channels */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CFG);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Power saving functions
+ * @brief Power saving functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Power saving functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to reduce power consumption.
+ [..] The two function must be combined to get the maximal benefits:
+ When the ADC frequency is higher than the CPU one, it is recommended to:
+ (#) Insert a freeze delay :
+ ==> using ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC1, ADC_DelayLength_Freeze).
+ (#) Enable the power down in Idle and Delay phases :
+ ==> using ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC1, ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay, ENABLE).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the ADC Power Down during Delay and/or Idle phase.
+ * @note ADC power-on and power-off can be managed by hardware to cut the
+ * consumption when the ADC is not converting.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_PowerDown: The ADC power down configuration.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Delay: ADC is powered down during delay phase.
+ * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Idle: ADC is powered down during Idle phase.
+ * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay: ADC is powered down during Delay and Idle phases.
+ * @note The ADC can be powered down:
+ * @note During the hardware delay insertion (using the ADC_PowerDown_Delay
+ * parameter).
+ * => The ADC is powered up again at the end of the delay.
+ * @note During the ADC is waiting for a trigger event ( using the
+ * ADC_PowerDown_Idle parameter).
+ * => The ADC is powered up at the next trigger event.
+ * @note During the hardware delay insertion or the ADC is waiting for a
+ * trigger event (using the ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay parameter).
+ * => The ADC is powered up only at the end of the delay and at the
+ * next trigger event.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx power down.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_PowerDown, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_POWER_DOWN(ADC_PowerDown));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the ADC power-down during Delay and/or Idle phase */
+ ADCx->CR1 |= ADC_PowerDown;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable The ADC power-down during Delay and/or Idle phase */
+ ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_PowerDown;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Defines the length of the delay which is applied after a conversion
+ * or a sequence of conversion.
+ * @note When the CPU clock is not fast enough to manage the data rate, a
+ * Hardware delay can be introduced between ADC conversions to reduce
+ * this data rate.
+ * @note The Hardware delay is inserted after :
+ * - each regular conversion.
+ * - after each sequence of injected conversions.
+ * @note No Hardware delay is inserted between conversions of different groups.
+ * @note When the hardware delay is not enough, the Freeze Delay Mode can be
+ * selected and a new conversion can start only if all the previous data
+ * of the same group have been treated:
+ * - for a regular conversion: once the ADC conversion data register has
+ * been read (using ADC_GetConversionValue() function) or if the EOC
+ * Flag has been cleared (using ADC_ClearFlag() function).
+ * - for an injected conversion: when the JEOC bit has been cleared
+ * (using ADC_ClearFlag() function).
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_DelayLength: The length of delay which is applied after a
+ * conversion or a sequence of conversion.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_None: No delay.
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_Freeze: Delay until the converted data has been read.
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles: Delay length equal to 7 APB clock cycles.
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles: Delay length equal to 15 APB clock cycles
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles: Delay length equal to 31 APB clock cycles
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles: Delay length equal to 63 APB clock cycles
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles: Delay length equal to 127 APB clock cycles
+ * @arg ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles: Delay length equal to 255 APB clock cycles
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_DelayLength)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_DELAY_LENGTH(ADC_DelayLength));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = ADCx->CR2;
+ /* Clear the old delay length */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_DELS_RESET;
+ /* Set the delay length */
+ tmpreg |= ADC_DelayLength;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Analog Watchdog configuration functions
+ * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Analog Watchdog configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog
+ (AWD) feature in the ADC.
+ [..] A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps :
+ (#) the ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the
+ ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function.
+ (#) The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using
+ the ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function.
+ (#) The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check,
+ on one or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular
+ * or injected channels.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single
+ * regular channel.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single
+ * injected channel.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a
+ * single regular or injected channel.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular
+ * channel.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected
+ * channel.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all
+ * regular and injected channels.
+ * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = ADCx->CR1;
+ /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMODE_RESET;
+ /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */
+ tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value.
+ * This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+ * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value.
+ * This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,
+ uint16_t LowThreshold)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold));
+
+ /* Set the ADCx high threshold */
+ ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold;
+ /* Set the ADCx low threshold */
+ ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_27: ADC Channel27 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_28: ADC Channel28 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_29: ADC Channel29 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_30: ADC Channel30 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_31: ADC Channel31 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0b: ADC Channel0b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1b: ADC Channel1b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2b: ADC Channel2b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3b: ADC Channel3b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6b: ADC Channel6b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7b: ADC Channel7b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8b: ADC Channel8b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9b: ADC Channel9b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10b: ADC Channel10b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11b: ADC Channel11b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12b: ADC Channel12b selected
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = ADCx->CR1;
+ /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_RESET;
+ /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */
+ tmpreg |= ADC_Channel;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function
+ * @brief Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ =========================================================================================
+ ##### Temperature Sensor and Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function #####
+ =========================================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a function allowing to enable/ disable the internal
+ connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor and the Vrefint
+ source.
+ [..] A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels
+ voltages is done following these steps :
+ (#) Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources
+ with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function.
+ (#) select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint using
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions.
+ (#) Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or
+ ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue().
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor and Vref int channels.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/
+ ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/
+ ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_TSVREFE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels Configuration functions
+ * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Regular Channels Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC regular channels,
+ it is composed of 2 sub sections :
+ (#) Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This
+ subsection provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular
+ channels :
+ (++) Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel.
+ (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel.
+ (++) select the conversion Trigger for regular channels.
+ (++) select the desired EOC event behavior configuration.
+ (++) Activate the continuous Mode (*).
+ (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode.
+ -@@- Please Note that the following features for regular channels are
+ configurated using the ADC_Init() function :
+ (+@@) scan mode activation.
+ (+@@) continuous mode activation (**).
+ (+@@) External trigger source.
+ (+@@) External trigger edge.
+ (+@@) number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer.
+ -@@- (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration.
+ (#) Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function
+ in the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current
+ regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is
+ automatically cleared.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding
+ * rank in the sequencer and its sampling time.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_27: ADC Channel27 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_28: ADC Channel28 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_29: ADC Channel29 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_30: ADC Channel30 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_31: ADC Channel31 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0b: ADC Channel0b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1b: ADC Channel1b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2b: ADC Channel2b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3b: ADC Channel3b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6b: ADC Channel6b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7b: ADC Channel7b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8b: ADC Channel8b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9b: ADC Channel9b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10b: ADC Channel10b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11b: ADC Channel11b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12b: ADC Channel12b selected
+ * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter
+ * must be between 1 to 28.
+ * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected
+ * channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles: Sample time equal to 4 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles: Sample time equal to 9 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles: Sample time equal to 16 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles: Sample time equal to 24 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles: Sample time equal to 48 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles: Sample time equal to 96 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles: Sample time equal to 192 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles: Sample time equal to 384 cycles
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime));
+
+ /* If ADC_Channel_30 or ADC_Channel_31 is selected */
+ if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_29)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR0;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR0_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 30));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 30));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR0 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* If ADC_Channel_20 ... ADC_Channel_29 is selected */
+ else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_19)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* If ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_19 is selected */
+ else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR3;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR3_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR3 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* For Rank 1 to 6 */
+ if (Rank < 7)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR5;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SQR5_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1));
+ /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1));
+ /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SQR5 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* For Rank 7 to 12 */
+ else if (Rank < 13)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR4;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SQR4_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7));
+ /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7));
+ /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SQR4 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* For Rank 13 to 18 */
+ else if (Rank < 19)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13));
+ /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13));
+ /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+
+ /* For Rank 19 to 24 */
+ else if (Rank < 25)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 19));
+ /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 19));
+ /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+
+ /* For Rank 25 to 28 */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 25));
+ /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 25));
+ /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the regular channels.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+
+ /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for regular group */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start regular conversion Status.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+
+ /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */
+ if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_SWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* SWSTART bit is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SWSTART bit is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SWSTART bit status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the EOC on each regular channel conversion.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_CR2_EOCS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular
+ * group channel.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel count value.
+ * This number must be between 1 and 8.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+ uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1;
+ /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */
+ tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_RESET;
+ /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */
+ tmpreg2 = Number - 1;
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group
+ * channel for the specified ADC.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on regular
+ * group channel.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+ ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+ ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval The Data conversion value.
+ */
+uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+
+ /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */
+ return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions
+ * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC regular
+ channels.Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique
+ data register, it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one
+ regular channel. This avoids the loss of the data already stored in the
+ ADC Data register.
+ When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after each
+ conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated.
+ [..] Depending on the "DMA disable selection" configuration (using the
+ ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), at the end of the last DMA
+ transfer, two possibilities are allowed:
+ (+) No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED).
+ (+) Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DMA;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DMA);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode).
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DDS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
+ ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_CR2_DDS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Injected channels Configuration functions
+ * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Injected channels Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels,
+ it is composed of 2 sub sections :
+ (#) Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides
+ functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels :
+ (++) Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel.
+ (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel.
+ (++) Activate the Auto injected Mode.
+ (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode.
+ (++) scan mode activation.
+ (++) External/software trigger source.
+ (++) External trigger edge.
+ (++) injected channels sequencer.
+
+ (#) Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection
+ provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns
+ the converted data of the specific injected channel.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding
+ * rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_27: ADC Channel27 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_28: ADC Channel28 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_29: ADC Channel29 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_30: ADC Channel30 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_31: ADC Channel31 selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_0b: ADC Channel0b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_1b: ADC Channel1b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_2b: ADC Channel2b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_3b: ADC Channel3b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_6b: ADC Channel6b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_7b: ADC Channel7b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_8b: ADC Channel8b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_9b: ADC Channel9b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_10b: ADC Channel10b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_11b: ADC Channel11b selected
+ * @arg ADC_Channel_12b: ADC Channel12b selected
+ * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter
+ * must be between 1 to 4.
+ * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected
+ * channel. This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles: Sample time equal to 4 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles: Sample time equal to 9 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles: Sample time equal to 16 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles: Sample time equal to 24 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles: Sample time equal to 48 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles: Sample time equal to 96 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles: Sample time equal to 192 cycles
+ * @arg ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles: Sample time equal to 384 cycles
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime));
+
+ /* If ADC_Channel_30 or ADC_Channel_31 is selected */
+ if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_29)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR0;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR0_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 30));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 30));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR0 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* If ADC_Channel_20 ... ADC_Channel_29 is selected */
+ else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_19)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ /* If ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_19 is selected */
+ else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9)
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+ else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+ {
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR3;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+ tmpreg2 = SMPR3_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->SMPR3 = tmpreg1;
+ }
+
+ /* Rank configuration */
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR;
+ /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */
+ tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_SET)>> 20;
+ /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4- (JL+1))) */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))));
+ /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+ /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4- (JL+1))) */
+ tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(ADC_Channel)) << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))));
+ /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param Length: The sequencer length.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+ uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR;
+ /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_RESET;
+ /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */
+ tmpreg2 = Length - 1;
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected.
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected.
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected.
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected.
+ * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel
+ * This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx;
+ tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel;
+
+ /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected
+ * conversion. This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1: Timer9 capture compare1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO: Timer9 TRGO event selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1: Timer4 capture compare1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2: Timer4 capture compare2 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1: Timer10 capture compare1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO: Timer7 TRGO event selected
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15: External interrupt line 15 event selected
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = ADCx->CR2;
+ /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET;
+ /* Set the external event selection for injected group */
+ tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger edge for injected channels conversion.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge: specifies the ADC external trigger
+ * edge to start injected conversion.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None: external trigger disabled for
+ * injected conversion.
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising: detection on rising edge
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling: detection on falling edge
+ * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling: detection on
+ * both rising and falling edge
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = ADCx->CR2;
+ /* Clear the old external trigger edge for injected group */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTEN_RESET;
+ /* Set the new external trigger edge for injected group */
+ tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge;
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected
+ * channels.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group */
+ ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+
+ /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */
+ if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* JSWSTART bit is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* JSWSTART bit is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group
+ * conversion after regular one.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected
+ * conversion.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+ ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JAUTO;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+ ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group
+ * channel for the specified ADC.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode
+ * on injected group channel. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+ ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JDISCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+ ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected
+ * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected
+ * @retval The Data conversion value.
+ */
+uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx;
+ tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_OFFSET;
+
+ /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */
+ return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Group8 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts
+ and get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits.
+
+ [..] The ADC provide 4 Interrupts sources and 9 Flags which can be divided into
+ 3 groups:
+ *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels ***
+ =====================================================
+ [..]
+ (+)Flags :
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_OVR : Overrun detection when regular converted data are
+ lost.
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion + to indicate
+ (depending on EOCS bit, managed by ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd() )
+ the end of :
+ (+++) a regular CHANNEL conversion.
+ (+++) sequence of regular GROUP conversions.
+
+
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start + to indicate when regular
+ CHANNEL conversion starts.
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_RCNR: Regular channel not ready + to indicate if a new
+ regular conversion can be launched.
+ (+)Interrupts :
+ (##) ADC_IT_OVR : specifies the interrupt source for Overrun detection
+ event.
+ (##) ADC_IT_EOC : specifies the interrupt source for Regular channel
+ end of conversion event.
+
+ *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels ***
+ ======================================================
+ (+)Flags :
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion+ to indicate at
+ the end of injected GROUP conversion.
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Injected channel start + to indicate hardware when
+ injected GROUP conversion starts.
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_JCNR: Injected channel not ready + to indicate if a new
+ injected conversion can be launched.
+ (+)Interrupts
+ (##) ADC_IT_JEOC : specifies the interrupt source for Injected channel
+ end of conversion event.
+ *** General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC ***
+ ================================================
+ (+)Flags :
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog + to indicate if the converted voltage
+ crosses the programmed thresholds values.
+ (##) ADC_FLAG_ADONS: ADC ON status + to indicate if the ADC is ready
+ to convert.
+ (+)Interrupts :
+ (##) ADC_IT_AWD : specifies the interrupt source for Analog watchdog
+ event.
+
+ [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to
+ manage the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode.
+
+ [..] In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur.
+ (+) ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events.
+
+ [..] In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source.
+ (+) ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs.
+ (+) ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit
+ (corresponding Flag).
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: overrun interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t itmask = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the ADC IT index */
+ itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT;
+ itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */
+ ADCx->CR1 |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */
+ ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_ADONS: ADC ON status
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_RCNR: Regular channel not ready
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_JCNR: Injected channel not ready
+ * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */
+ if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* ADC_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag
+ * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: overrun flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the selected ADC flags */
+ ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the ADC IT index */
+ itmask = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_IT >> 8);
+
+ /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */
+ enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC_IT));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */
+ if (((uint32_t)(ADCx->SR & (uint32_t)itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
+ {
+ /* ADC_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the ADC_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral.
+ * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt
+ * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT)
+{
+ uint8_t itmask = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the ADC IT index */
+ itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8);
+
+ /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */
+ ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_adc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_adc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b1fc4c8cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_adc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_adc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_ADC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_ADC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief ADC Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Selects the resolution of the conversion.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Resolution */
+
+ FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
+ Scan (multichannel) or Single (one channel) mode.
+ This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */
+
+ FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
+ Continuous or Single mode.
+ This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+
+ uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Selects the external trigger Edge and enables the
+ trigger of a regular group. This parameter can be a value
+ of @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */
+
+ uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog
+ to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter
+ can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
+
+ uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */
+
+ uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions that will be done
+ using the sequencer for regular channel group.
+ This parameter must range from 1 to 27. */
+}ADC_InitTypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Selects the ADC prescaler.
+ This parameter can be a value
+ of @ref ADC_Prescaler */
+}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1)
+#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1)
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Power_down_during_Idle_and_or_Delay_phase
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_PowerDown_Delay ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define ADC_PowerDown_Idle ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_POWER_DOWN(DWON) (((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Delay) || \
+ ((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Idle) || \
+ ((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_Prescaler_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div1) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Resolution
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \
+ ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \
+ ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \
+ ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* TIM2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000)
+
+/* TIM3 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+
+/* TIM4 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x09000000)
+
+/* TIM6 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0A000000)
+
+/* TIM9 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+
+/* EXTI */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_CC2) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_TRGO) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC3) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_TRGO) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T6_TRGO) || \
+ ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_data_align
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+
+#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \
+ ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_channels
+ * @{
+ */
+/* ADC Bank A Channels -------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
+
+#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+
+
+/* ADC Bank B Channels -------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define ADC_Channel_0b ADC_Channel_0
+#define ADC_Channel_1b ADC_Channel_1
+#define ADC_Channel_2b ADC_Channel_2
+#define ADC_Channel_3b ADC_Channel_3
+
+#define ADC_Channel_6b ADC_Channel_6
+#define ADC_Channel_7b ADC_Channel_7
+#define ADC_Channel_8b ADC_Channel_8
+#define ADC_Channel_9b ADC_Channel_9
+#define ADC_Channel_10b ADC_Channel_10
+#define ADC_Channel_11b ADC_Channel_11
+#define ADC_Channel_12b ADC_Channel_12
+
+/* ADC Common Channels (ADC Bank A and B) ------------------------------------*/
+#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
+
+#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
+#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
+#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
+#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11)
+#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12)
+#define ADC_Channel_19 ((uint8_t)0x13)
+#define ADC_Channel_20 ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define ADC_Channel_21 ((uint8_t)0x15)
+#define ADC_Channel_22 ((uint8_t)0x16)
+#define ADC_Channel_23 ((uint8_t)0x17)
+#define ADC_Channel_24 ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define ADC_Channel_25 ((uint8_t)0x19)
+
+#define ADC_Channel_27 ((uint8_t)0x1B)
+#define ADC_Channel_28 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define ADC_Channel_29 ((uint8_t)0x1D)
+#define ADC_Channel_30 ((uint8_t)0x1E)
+#define ADC_Channel_31 ((uint8_t)0x1F)
+
+#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16)
+#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17)
+
+#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_19) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_20) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_21) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_22) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_23) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_24) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_25) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_27) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_28) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_29) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_30) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_31))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07)
+
+#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles) || \
+ ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Delay_length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_DelayLength_None ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_Freeze ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x30)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles ((uint8_t)0x40)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles ((uint8_t)0x50)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles ((uint8_t)0x60)
+#define ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles ((uint8_t)0x70)
+
+#define IS_ADC_DELAY_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_None) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_Freeze) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \
+ ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* TIM2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
+
+/* TIM3 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+
+/* TIM4 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00050000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+
+/* TIM7 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
+
+/* TIM9 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+/* TIM10 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00090000)
+
+/* EXTI */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO) || \
+ ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x24)
+
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \
+ ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106)
+#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205)
+#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407)
+#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A)
+
+#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || \
+ ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define ADC_FLAG_ADONS ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define ADC_FLAG_RCNR ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define ADC_FLAG_JCNR ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+
+#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \
+ ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_ADONS) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_RCNR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JCNR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 1) && ((LENGTH) <= 28))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 1) && ((RANK) <= 28))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Bank_Selection
+ * @{
+ */
+#define ADC_Bank_A ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_Bank_B ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_ADC_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == ADC_Bank_A) || ((BANK) == ADC_Bank_B))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
+void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
+void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct);
+void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct);
+void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_BankSelection(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Bank);
+
+/* Power saving functions *****************************************************/
+void ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_PowerDown, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_DelayLength);
+
+/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold);
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel);
+
+/* Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function */
+void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/
+void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
+void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number);
+void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+
+/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/
+void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/
+void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
+void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length);
+void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset);
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv);
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge);
+void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG);
+void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG);
+ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
+void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_ADC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f9681439a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_aes.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the AES peripheral:
+ * + Configuration
+ * + Read/Write operations
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### AES Peripheral features #####
+ ===============================================================================
+....[..]
+ (#) The Advanced Encryption Standard hardware accelerator (AES) can be used
+ to both encipher and decipher data using AES algorithm.
+ (#) The AES supports 4 operation modes:
+ (++) Encryption: It consumes 214 clock cycle when processing one 128-bit block
+ (++) Decryption: It consumes 214 clock cycle when processing one 128-bit block
+ (++) Key derivation for decryption: It consumes 80 clock cycle when processing one 128-bit block
+ (++) Key Derivation and decryption: It consumes 288 clock cycle when processing one 128-bit blobk
+ (#) Moreover 3 chaining modes are supported:
+ (++) Electronic codebook (ECB): Each plain text is encrypted/decrypted separately
+ (++) Cipher block chaining (CBC): Each block is XORed with the previous block
+ (++) Counter mode (CTR): A 128-bit counter is encrypted and then XORed with the
+ plain text to give the cipher text
+ (#) The AES peripheral supports data swapping: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
+ (#) The AES peripheral supports write/read error handling with interrupt capability.
+ (#) Automatic data flow control with support of direct memory access (DMA) using
+ 2 channels, one for incoming data (DMA2 Channel5), and one for outcoming data
+ (DMA2 Channel3).
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) AES AHB clock must be enabled to get write access to AES registers
+ using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_AES, ENABLE).
+ (#) Initialize the key using AES_KeyInit().
+ (#) Configure the AES operation mode using AES_Init().
+ (#) If required, enable interrupt source using AES_ITConfig() and
+ enable the AES interrupt vector using NVIC_Init().
+ (#) If required, when using the DMA mode.
+ (##) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init().
+ (##) Enable DMA requests using AES_DMAConfig().
+ (#) Enable the AES peripheral using AES_Cmd().
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_aes.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES
+ * @brief AES driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF81)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group1 Initialization and configuration
+ * @brief Initialization and configuration.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and configuration #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Deinitializes AES peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Enable AES reset state */
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_AES, ENABLE);
+ /* Release AES from reset state */
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_AES, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the AES peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the AES_InitStruct:
+ * - AES_Operation: specifies the operation mode (encryption, decryption...).
+ * - AES_Chaining: specifies the chaining mode (ECB, CBC or CTR).
+ * - AES_DataType: specifies the data swapping type: 32-bit, 16-bit, 8-bit or 1-bit.
+ * @note If AES is already enabled, use AES_Cmd(DISABLE) before setting the new
+ * configuration (When AES is enabled, setting configuration is forbidden).
+ * @param AES_InitStruct: pointer to an AES_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for AES peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_Init(AES_InitTypeDef* AES_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_MODE(AES_InitStruct->AES_Operation));
+ assert_param(IS_AES_CHAINING(AES_InitStruct->AES_Chaining));
+ assert_param(IS_AES_DATATYPE(AES_InitStruct->AES_DataType));
+
+ /* Get AES CR register value */
+ tmpreg = AES->CR;
+
+ /* Clear DATATYPE[1:0], MODE[1:0] and CHMOD[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)CR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ tmpreg |= (AES_InitStruct->AES_Operation | AES_InitStruct->AES_Chaining | AES_InitStruct->AES_DataType);
+
+ AES->CR = (uint32_t) tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the AES Keys according to the specified parameters in the AES_KeyInitStruct.
+ * @param AES_KeyInitStruct: pointer to an AES_KeyInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified AES Keys.
+ * @note This function must be called while the AES is disabled.
+ * @note In encryption, key derivation and key derivation + decryption modes,
+ * AES_KeyInitStruct must contain the encryption key.
+ * In decryption mode, AES_KeyInitStruct must contain the decryption key.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_KeyInit(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct)
+{
+ AES->KEYR0 = AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key0;
+ AES->KEYR1 = AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key1;
+ AES->KEYR2 = AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key2;
+ AES->KEYR3 = AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the AES Initialization Vector IV according to
+ * the specified parameters in the AES_IVInitStruct.
+ * @param AES_KeyInitStruct: pointer to an AES_IVInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified AES IV.
+ * @note When ECB chaining mode is selected, Initialization Vector IV has no
+ * meaning.
+ * When CTR chaining mode is selected, AES_IV0 contains the CTR value.
+ * AES_IV1, AES_IV2 and AES_IV3 contains nonce value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_IVInit(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct)
+{
+ AES->IVR0 = AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV0;
+ AES->IVR1 = AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV1;
+ AES->IVR2 = AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV2;
+ AES->IVR3 = AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the AES peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the AES peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The key must be written while AES is disabled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the AES peripheral */
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) AES_CR_EN; /**< AES Enable */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the AES peripheral */
+ AES->CR &= (uint32_t)(~AES_CR_EN); /**< AES Disable */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group2 Structures initialization functions
+ * @brief Structures initialization.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Structures initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each AES_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param AES_InitStruct: pointer to an AES_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_StructInit(AES_InitTypeDef* AES_InitStruct)
+{
+ AES_InitStruct->AES_Operation = AES_Operation_Encryp;
+ AES_InitStruct->AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_ECB;
+ AES_InitStruct->AES_DataType = AES_DataType_32b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each AES_KeyInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param AES_KeyInitStruct: pointer to an AES_KeyInitStruct structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_KeyStructInit(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct)
+{
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key0 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key1 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key2 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key3 = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each AES_IVInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param AES_IVInitStruct: pointer to an AES_IVInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_IVStructInit(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct)
+{
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV0 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV1 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV2 = 0x00000000;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV3 = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group3 AES Read and Write
+ * @brief AES Read and Write.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### AES Read and Write functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write data in DINR register to be processed by AES peripheral.
+ * @note To process 128-bit data (4 * 32-bit), this function must be called
+ * four times to write the 128-bit data in the 32-bit register DINR.
+ * @note When an unexpected write to DOUTR register is detected, WRERR flag is
+ * set.
+ * @param Data: The data to be processed.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_WriteSubData(uint32_t Data)
+{
+ /* Write Data */
+ AES->DINR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the data in DOUTR register processed by AES peripheral.
+ * @note This function must be called four times to get the 128-bit data.
+ * @note When an unexpected read of DINR register is detected, RDERR flag is
+ * set.
+ * @retval The processed data.
+ */
+uint32_t AES_ReadSubData(void)
+{
+ /* Read Data */
+ return AES->DOUTR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the Key value.
+ * @param AES_KeyInitStruct: pointer to an AES_KeyInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will contain the key.
+ * @note When the key derivation mode is selected, AES must be disabled
+ * (AES_Cmd(DISABLE)) before reading the decryption key.
+ * Reading the key while the AES is enabled will return unpredictable
+ * value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_ReadKey(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct)
+{
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key0 = AES->KEYR0;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key1 = AES->KEYR1;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key2 = AES->KEYR2;
+ AES_KeyInitStruct->AES_Key3 = AES->KEYR3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the Initialization Vector IV value.
+ * @param AES_IVInitStruct: pointer to an AES_IVInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will contain the Initialization Vector IV.
+ * @note When the AES is enabled Reading the Initialization Vector IV value
+ * will return 0. The AES must be disabled using AES_Cmd(DISABLE)
+ * to get the right value.
+ * @note When ECB chaining mode is selected, Initialization Vector IV has no
+ * meaning.
+ * When CTR chaining mode is selected, AES_IV0 contains 32-bit Counter value.
+ * AES_IV1, AES_IV2 and AES_IV3 contains nonce value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_ReadIV(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct)
+{
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV0 = AES->IVR0;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV1 = AES->IVR1;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV2 = AES->IVR2;
+ AES_IVInitStruct->AES_IV3 = AES->IVR3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group4 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management function.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the AES DMA interface.
+ * @param AES_DMATransfer: Specifies the AES DMA transfer.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg AES_DMATransfer_In: When selected, DMA manages the data input phase.
+ * @arg AES_DMATransfer_Out: When selected, DMA manages the data output phase.
+ * @arg AES_DMATransfer_InOut: When selected, DMA manages both the data input/output phases.
+ * @param NewState Indicates the new state of the AES DMA interface.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The DMA has no action in key derivation mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_DMAConfig(uint32_t AES_DMATransfer, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_DMA_TRANSFER(AES_DMATransfer));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer */
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) AES_DMATransfer;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer */
+ AES->CR &= (uint32_t)(~AES_DMATransfer);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified AES interrupt.
+ * @param AES_IT: Specifies the AES interrupt source to enable/disable.
+ * This parameter can be any combinations of the following values:
+ * @arg AES_IT_CC: Computation Complete Interrupt. If enabled, once CCF
+ * flag is set an interrupt is generated.
+ * @arg AES_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt. If enabled, once a read error
+ * flags (RDERR) or write error flag (WRERR) is set,
+ * an interrupt is generated.
+ * @param NewState: The new state of the AES interrupt source.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_ITConfig(uint32_t AES_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_AES_IT(AES_IT));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) AES_IT; /**< AES_IT Enable */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ AES->CR &= (uint32_t)(~AES_IT); /**< AES_IT Disable */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified AES flag is set or not.
+ * @param AES_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_CCF: Computation Complete Flag is set by hardware when
+ * he computation phase is completed.
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_RDERR: Read Error Flag is set when an unexpected read
+ * operation of DOUTR register is detected.
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_WRERR: Write Error Flag is set when an unexpected write
+ * operation in DINR is detected.
+ * @retval FlagStatus (SET or RESET)
+ */
+FlagStatus AES_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t AES_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_FLAG(AES_FLAG));
+
+ if ((AES->SR & AES_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the AES_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the AES flags.
+ * @param AES_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_CCF: Computation Complete Flag is cleared by setting CCFC
+ * bit in CR register.
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_RDERR: Read Error is cleared by setting ERRC bit in
+ * CR register.
+ * @arg AES_FLAG_WRERR: Write Error is cleared by setting ERRC bit in
+ * CR register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_ClearFlag(uint32_t AES_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_FLAG(AES_FLAG));
+
+ /* Check if AES_FLAG is AES_FLAG_CCF */
+ if (AES_FLAG == AES_FLAG_CCF)
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag by setting CCFC bit */
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) AES_CR_CCFC;
+ }
+ else /* AES_FLAG is AES_FLAG_RDERR or AES_FLAG_WRERR */
+ {
+ /* Clear RDERR and WRERR flags by setting ERRC bit */
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) AES_CR_ERRC;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified AES interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param AES_IT: Specifies the AES interrupt pending bit to check.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg AES_IT_CC: Computation Complete Interrupt.
+ * @arg AES_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt.
+ * @retval ITStatus The new state of AES_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus AES_GetITStatus(uint32_t AES_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus itstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t cciebitstatus = RESET, ccfbitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_GET_IT(AES_IT));
+
+ cciebitstatus = AES->CR & AES_CR_CCIE;
+ ccfbitstatus = AES->SR & AES_SR_CCF;
+
+ /* Check if AES_IT is AES_IT_CC */
+ if (AES_IT == AES_IT_CC)
+ {
+ /* Check the status of the specified AES interrupt */
+ if (((cciebitstatus) != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((ccfbitstatus) != (uint32_t)RESET))
+ {
+ /* Interrupt occurred */
+ itstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Interrupt didn't occur */
+ itstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* AES_IT is AES_IT_ERR */
+ {
+ /* Check the status of the specified AES interrupt */
+ if ((AES->CR & AES_CR_ERRIE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if WRERR or RDERR flags are set */
+ if ((AES->SR & (uint32_t)(AES_SR_WRERR | AES_SR_RDERR)) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Interrupt occurred */
+ itstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Interrupt didn't occur */
+ itstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Interrupt didn't occur */
+ itstatus = (ITStatus) RESET;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the AES_IT status */
+ return itstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the AES's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param AES_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combinations of the following values:
+ * @arg AES_IT_CC: Computation Complete Interrupt.
+ * @arg AES_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void AES_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t AES_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_AES_IT(AES_IT));
+
+ /* Clear the interrupt pending bit */
+ AES->CR |= (uint32_t) (AES_IT >> (uint32_t) 0x00000002);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27792ac18d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_aes.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the AES firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_AES_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_AES_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup AES
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief AES Init structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t AES_Operation; /*!< Specifies the AES mode of operation.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref AES_possible_Operation_modes */
+ uint32_t AES_Chaining; /*!< Specifies the AES Chaining modes: ECB, CBC or CTR.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref AES_possible_chaining_modes */
+ uint32_t AES_DataType; /*!< Specifies the AES data swapping: 32-bit, 16-bit, 8-bit or 1-bit.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref AES_Data_Types */
+}AES_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief AES Key(s) structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t AES_Key0; /*!< Key[31:0] */
+ uint32_t AES_Key1; /*!< Key[63:32] */
+ uint32_t AES_Key2; /*!< Key[95:64] */
+ uint32_t AES_Key3; /*!< Key[127:96] */
+}AES_KeyInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief AES Initialization Vectors (IV) structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t AES_IV0; /*!< Init Vector IV[31:0] */
+ uint32_t AES_IV1; /*!< Init Vector IV[63:32] */
+ uint32_t AES_IV2; /*!< Init Vector IV[95:64] */
+ uint32_t AES_IV3; /*!< Init Vector IV[127:96] */
+}AES_IVInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_possible_Operation_modes
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_Operation_Encryp ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< AES in Encryption mode */
+#define AES_Operation_KeyDeriv AES_CR_MODE_0 /*!< AES in Key Derivation mode */
+#define AES_Operation_Decryp AES_CR_MODE_1 /*!< AES in Decryption mode */
+#define AES_Operation_KeyDerivAndDecryp AES_CR_MODE /*!< AES in Key Derivation and Decryption mode */
+
+#define IS_AES_MODE(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == AES_Operation_Encryp) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == AES_Operation_KeyDeriv) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == AES_Operation_Decryp) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == AES_Operation_KeyDerivAndDecryp))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_possible_chaining_modes
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_Chaining_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< AES in ECB chaining mode */
+#define AES_Chaining_CBC AES_CR_CHMOD_0 /*!< AES in CBC chaining mode */
+#define AES_Chaining_CTR AES_CR_CHMOD_1 /*!< AES in CTR chaining mode */
+
+#define IS_AES_CHAINING(CHAINING) (((CHAINING) == AES_Chaining_ECB) || \
+ ((CHAINING) == AES_Chaining_CBC) || \
+ ((CHAINING) == AES_Chaining_CTR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Data_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_DataType_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 32-bit data. No swapping */
+#define AES_DataType_16b AES_CR_DATATYPE_0 /*!< 16-bit data. Each half word is swapped */
+#define AES_DataType_8b AES_CR_DATATYPE_1 /*!< 8-bit data. All bytes are swapped */
+#define AES_DataType_1b AES_CR_DATATYPE /*!< 1-bit data. In the word all bits are swapped */
+
+#define IS_AES_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == AES_DataType_32b) || \
+ ((DATATYPE) == AES_DataType_16b)|| \
+ ((DATATYPE) == AES_DataType_8b) || \
+ ((DATATYPE) == AES_DataType_1b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_FLAG_CCF AES_SR_CCF /*!< Computation Complete Flag */
+#define AES_FLAG_RDERR AES_SR_RDERR /*!< Read Error Flag */
+#define AES_FLAG_WRERR AES_SR_WRERR /*!< Write Error Flag */
+
+#define IS_AES_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == AES_FLAG_CCF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == AES_FLAG_RDERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == AES_FLAG_WRERR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Interrupts
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_IT_CC AES_CR_CCIE /*!< Computation Complete interrupt */
+#define AES_IT_ERR AES_CR_ERRIE /*!< Error interrupt */
+
+#define IS_AES_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF9FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+#define IS_AES_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == AES_IT_CC) || ((IT) == AES_IT_ERR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_DMA_Transfer_modes
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AES_DMATransfer_In AES_CR_DMAINEN /*!< DMA requests enabled for input transfer phase */
+#define AES_DMATransfer_Out AES_CR_DMAOUTEN /*!< DMA requests enabled for input transfer phase */
+#define AES_DMATransfer_InOut (AES_CR_DMAINEN | AES_CR_DMAOUTEN) /*!< DMA requests enabled for both input and output phases */
+
+#define IS_AES_DMA_TRANSFER(TRANSFER) (((TRANSFER) == AES_DMATransfer_In) || \
+ ((TRANSFER) == AES_DMATransfer_Out) || \
+ ((TRANSFER) == AES_DMATransfer_InOut))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Initialization and configuration functions *********************************/
+void AES_DeInit(void);
+void AES_Init(AES_InitTypeDef* AES_InitStruct);
+void AES_KeyInit(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct);
+void AES_IVInit(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct);
+void AES_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Structures initialization functions ****************************************/
+void AES_StructInit(AES_InitTypeDef* AES_InitStruct);
+void AES_KeyStructInit(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct);
+void AES_IVStructInit(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct);
+
+/* AES Read and Write functions **********************************************/
+void AES_WriteSubData(uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t AES_ReadSubData(void);
+void AES_ReadKey(AES_KeyInitTypeDef* AES_KeyInitStruct);
+void AES_ReadIV(AES_IVInitTypeDef* AES_IVInitStruct);
+
+/* DMA transfers management function ******************************************/
+void AES_DMAConfig(uint32_t AES_DMATransfer, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void AES_ITConfig(uint32_t AES_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus AES_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t AES_FLAG);
+void AES_ClearFlag(uint32_t AES_FLAG);
+ITStatus AES_GetITStatus(uint32_t AES_IT);
+void AES_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t AES_IT);
+
+/* High Level AES functions **************************************************/
+ErrorStatus AES_ECB_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+ErrorStatus AES_ECB_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+ErrorStatus AES_CBC_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+ErrorStatus AES_CBC_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+ErrorStatus AES_CTR_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+ErrorStatus AES_CTR_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_AES_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes_util.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes_util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d49306a6ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_aes_util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_aes_util.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an
+ * input message using AES in ECB/CBC/CTR modes.
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+
+================================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable The AES controller clock using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_AES, ENABLE); function.
+
+ (#) Use AES_ECB_Encrypt() function to encrypt an input message in ECB mode.
+ (#) Use AES_ECB_Decrypt() function to decrypt an input message in ECB mode.
+
+ (#) Use AES_CBC_Encrypt() function to encrypt an input message in CBC mode.
+ (#) Use AES_CBC_Decrypt() function to decrypt an input message in CBC mode.
+
+ (#) Use AES_CTR_Encrypt() function to encrypt an input message in CTR mode.
+ (#) Use AES_CTR_Decrypt() function to decrypt an input message in CTR mode.
+
+ * @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_aes.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup AES
+ * @brief AES driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define AES_CC_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup AES_Group6 High Level AES functions
+ * @brief High Level AES functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### High Level AES functions #####
+================================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypt using AES in ECB Mode
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_ECB_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES Key initialisation */
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_Encryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_ECB;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decrypt using AES in ECB Mode
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_ECB_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES Key initialisation */
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_KeyDerivAndDecryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_ECB;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypt using AES in CBC Mode
+ * @param InitVectors: Initialisation Vectors used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_CBC_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ AES_IVInitTypeDef AES_IVInitStructure;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVectors;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES Key initialisation*/
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES Initialization Vectors */
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ AES_IVInit(&AES_IVInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_Encryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_CBC;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decrypt using AES in CBC Mode
+ * @param InitVectors: Initialisation Vectors used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_CBC_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ AES_IVInitTypeDef AES_IVInitStructure;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVectors;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES Key initialisation*/
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES Initialization Vectors */
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ AES_IVInit(&AES_IVInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_KeyDerivAndDecryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_CBC;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypt using AES in CTR Mode
+ * @param InitVectors: Initialisation Vectors used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_CTR_Encrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ AES_IVInitTypeDef AES_IVInitStructure;
+
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVectors;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES key initialisation*/
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES Initialization Vectors */
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV2= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV0= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ AES_IVInit(&AES_IVInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_Encryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_CTR;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decrypt using AES in CTR Mode
+ * @param InitVectors: Initialisation Vectors used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm.
+ * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer.
+ * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Operation done
+ * - ERROR: Operation failed
+ */
+ErrorStatus AES_CTR_Decrypt(uint8_t* Key, uint8_t InitVectors[16], uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output)
+{
+ AES_InitTypeDef AES_InitStructure;
+ AES_KeyInitTypeDef AES_KeyInitStructure;
+ AES_IVInitTypeDef AES_IVInitStructure;
+
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+ uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+ uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+ uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVectors;
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+ uint32_t ccstatus = 0;
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+
+ /* AES Key initialisation*/
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ keyaddr += 4;
+ AES_KeyInitStructure.AES_Key0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+ AES_KeyInit(&AES_KeyInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES Initialization Vectors */
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV3 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV2 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV1 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ ivaddr += 4;
+ AES_IVInitStructure.AES_IV0 = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+ AES_IVInit(&AES_IVInitStructure);
+
+ /* AES configuration */
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Operation = AES_Operation_KeyDerivAndDecryp;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_Chaining = AES_Chaining_CTR;
+ AES_InitStructure.AES_DataType = AES_DataType_8b;
+ AES_Init(&AES_InitStructure);
+
+ /* Enable AES */
+ AES_Cmd(ENABLE);
+
+ for(i = 0; ((i < Ilength) && (status != ERROR)); i += 16)
+ {
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+ AES_WriteSubData(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr));
+ inputaddr += 4;
+
+ /* Wait for CCF flag to be set */
+ counter = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ ccstatus = AES_GetFlagStatus(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+ counter++;
+ }while((counter != AES_CC_TIMEOUT) && (ccstatus == RESET));
+
+ if (ccstatus == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear CCF flag */
+ AES_ClearFlag(AES_FLAG_CCF);
+
+ /* Read cipher text */
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = AES_ReadSubData();
+ outputaddr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable AES before starting new processing */
+ AES_Cmd(DISABLE);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30f6945555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_comp.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the comparators (COMP1 and COMP2) peripheral:
+ * + Comparators configuration
+ * + Window mode control
+ * + Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The device integrates two analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2:
+ (+) COMP1 is a fixed threshold (VREFINT) that shares the non inverting
+ input with the ADC channels.
+ (+) COMP2 is a rail-to-rail comparator whose the inverting input can be
+ selected among: DAC_OUT1, DAC_OUT2, 1/4 VREFINT, 1/2 VERFINT, 3/4
+ VREFINT, VREFINT, PB3 and whose the output can be redirected to
+ embedded timers: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM10.
+
+ (+) The two comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode.
+
+ -@-
+ (#@) Comparator APB clock must be enabled to get write access
+ to comparator register using
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_COMP, ENABLE).
+
+ (#@) COMP1 comparator and ADC can't be used at the same time since
+ they share the same ADC switch matrix (analog switches).
+
+ (#@) When an I/O is used as comparator input, the corresponding GPIO
+ registers should be configured in analog mode.
+
+ (#@) Comparators outputs (CMP1OUT and CMP2OUT) are not mapped on
+ GPIO pin. They are only internal.
+ To get the comparator output level, use COMP_GetOutputLevel().
+
+ (#@) COMP1 and COMP2 outputs are internally connected to EXTI Line 21
+ and EXTI Line 22 respectively.
+ Interrupts can be used by configuring the EXTI Line using the
+ EXTI peripheral driver.
+
+ (#@) After enabling the comparator (COMP1 or COMP2), user should wait
+ for start-up time (tSTART) to get right output levels.
+ Please refer to product datasheet for more information on tSTART.
+
+ (#@) Comparators cannot be used to exit the device from Sleep or Stop
+ mode when the internal reference voltage is switched off using
+ the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd() function (ULP bit in the PWR_CR register).
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_comp.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP
+ * @brief COMP driver modules.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes COMP peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void COMP_DeInit(void)
+{
+ COMP->CSR = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set COMP->CSR to reset value */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the COMP2 peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the COMP_InitStruct.
+ * @note This function configures only COMP2.
+ * @note COMP2 comparator is enabled as soon as the INSEL[2:0] bits are
+ * different from "000".
+ * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified COMP peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void COMP_Init(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_SPEED(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed));
+
+ /*!< Get the COMP CSR value */
+ tmpreg = COMP->CSR;
+
+ /*!< Clear the INSEL[2:0], OUTSEL[1:0] and SPEED bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~(uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_OUTSEL | COMP_CSR_INSEL | COMP_CSR_SPEED));
+
+ /*!< Configure COMP: speed, inversion input selection and output redirection */
+ /*!< Set SPEED bit according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed value */
+ /*!< Set INSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput value */
+ /*!< Set OUTSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput
+ | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect));
+
+ /*!< The COMP2 comparator is enabled as soon as the INSEL[2:0] bits value are
+ different from "000" */
+ /*!< Write to COMP_CSR register */
+ COMP->CSR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the COMP1 peripheral.
+ * @note After enabling COMP1, the following functions should be called to
+ * connect the selected GPIO input to COMP1 non inverting input:
+ * @note Enable switch control mode using SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd()
+ * @note Close VCOMP switch using SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig()
+ * @note Close the I/O switch number n corresponding to the I/O
+ * using SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig()
+ * @param NewState: new state of the COMP1 peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note This function enables/disables only the COMP1.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void COMP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the COMP1 */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_CMP1EN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the COMP1 */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_CMP1EN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
+ * @note Comparator output is low when the noninverting input is at a lower
+ * voltage than the inverting input.
+ * @note Comparator output is high when the noninverting input is at a higher
+ * voltage than the inverting input.
+ * @note Comparators outputs aren't available on GPIO (outputs levels are
+ * only internal). The COMP1 and COMP2 outputs are connected internally
+ * to the EXTI Line 21 and Line 22 respectively.
+ * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 selected
+ * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 selected
+ * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level.
+ */
+uint8_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection)
+{
+ uint8_t compout = 0x0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection));
+
+ /* Check if Comparator 1 is selected */
+ if(COMP_Selection == COMP_Selection_COMP1)
+ {
+ /* Check if comparator 1 output level is high */
+ if((COMP->CSR & COMP_CSR_CMP1OUT) != (uint8_t) RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get Comparator 1 output level */
+ compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_High;
+ }
+ /* comparator 1 output level is low */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Comparator 1 output level */
+ compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_Low;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Comparator 2 is selected */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check if comparator 2 output level is high */
+ if((COMP->CSR & COMP_CSR_CMP2OUT) != (uint8_t) RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get Comparator output level */
+ compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_High;
+ }
+ /* comparator 2 output level is low */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Comparator 2 output level */
+ compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_Low;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the comparator output level */
+ return (uint8_t)(compout);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Close or Open the SW1 switch.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SW1 switch.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note ENABLE to close the SW1 switch
+ * @note DISABLE to open the SW1 switch
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void COMP_SW1SwitchConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Close SW1 switch */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_SW1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Open SW1 switch */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_SW1);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Group2 Window mode control function
+ * @brief Window mode control function.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Window mode control function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the window mode.
+ * In window mode:
+ * @note COMP1 inverting input is fixed to VREFINT defining the first
+ * threshold.
+ * @note COMP2 inverting input is configurable (DAC_OUT1, DAC_OUT2, VREFINT
+ * sub-multiples, PB3) defining the second threshold.
+ * @note COMP1 and COMP2 non inverting inputs are connected together.
+ * @note In window mode, only the Group 6 (PB4 or PB5) can be used as
+ * noninverting inputs.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the window mode.
+ * This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void COMP_WindowCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the window mode */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_WNDWE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the window mode */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_WNDWE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Group3 Internal Reference Voltage output function
+ * @brief Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the output of internal reference voltage (VREFINT).
+ * The VREFINT output can be routed to any I/O in group 3: CH8 (PB0) or
+ * CH9 (PB1).
+ * To correctly use this function, the SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig() function
+ * should be called after.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Vrefint output.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void COMP_VrefintOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the output of internal reference voltage */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the output of internal reference voltage */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t) (~COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c36d56ad51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_comp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_comp.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the COMP firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_COMP_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_COMP_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief COMP Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t COMP_Speed; /*!< Defines the speed of comparator 2.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Speed */
+ uint32_t COMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator 2.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */
+ uint32_t COMP_OutputSelect; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator 2.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputSelect */
+
+}COMP_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_OutputLevel_High ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define COMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_Selection_COMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define COMP_Selection_COMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+
+#define IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP2))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* COMP2 is disabled when this parameter is selected */
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1 ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
+#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
+
+#define IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_None) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_OutputSelect
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00600000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00A00000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM10IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
+#define COMP_OutputSelect_None ((uint32_t)0x00E00000)
+
+#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2IC4) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3IC4) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3OCREFCLR) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4IC4) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4OCREFCLR) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM10IC1) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_None))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Speed
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_Speed_Slow ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define COMP_Speed_Fast ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+
+#define IS_COMP_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == COMP_Speed_Slow) || \
+ ((SPEED) == COMP_Speed_Fast))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the COMP configuration to the default reset state ****/
+void COMP_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void COMP_Init(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct);
+void COMP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection);
+void COMP_SW1SwitchConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Window mode control function ***********************************************/
+void COMP_WindowCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function ***********************/
+void COMP_VrefintOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_COMP_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_conf.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..873c8b1980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file Project/STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Templates/stm32l1xx_conf.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.1.1
+ * @date 13-April-2012
+ * @brief Library configuration file.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_CONF_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_CONF_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Uncomment/Comment the line below to enable/disable peripheral header file inclusion */
+#include "stm32l1xx_adc.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_aes.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_comp.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_crc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_dac.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_dma.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_exti.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_flash.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_fsmc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_i2c.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_iwdg.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_lcd.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_opamp.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_sdio.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_spi.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_syscfg.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_tim.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_usart.h"
+//#include "stm32l1xx_wwdg.h"
+#include "misc.h" /* High level functions for NVIC and SysTick (add-on to CMSIS functions) */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+ Standard Peripheral Library drivers code */
+/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1 */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+
+/**
+ * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+ * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function which reports
+ * the name of the source file and the source line number of the call
+ * that failed. If expr is true, it returns no value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+ void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_CONF_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7a0af28ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_crc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_crc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC
+ * @brief CRC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR).
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void CRC_ResetDR(void)
+{
+ /* Reset CRC generator */
+ CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit).
+ * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC.
+ * @retval 32-bit CRC
+ */
+uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data)
+{
+ CRC->DR = Data;
+
+ return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit).
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed.
+ * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed
+ * @retval 32-bit CRC
+ */
+uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t index = 0;
+
+ for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+ {
+ CRC->DR = pBuffer[index];
+ }
+ return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current CRC value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval 32-bit CRC
+ */
+uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void)
+{
+ return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register.
+ * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue)
+{
+ CRC->IDR = IDValue;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register
+ */
+uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void)
+{
+ return (CRC->IDR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38d1390ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_crc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_CRC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_CRC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void CRC_ResetDR(void);
+uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void);
+void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue);
+uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_CRC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..834282a027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dac.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+ * + DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format
+ * + DMA management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can
+ be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+ (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output.
+ (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output.
+
+ [..] Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None
+ and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register using
+ DAC_SetChannel1Data()/DAC_SetChannel2Data.
+
+ [..] Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+ (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9.
+ The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
+ (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM9
+ (DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO...).
+ The timer TRGO event should be selected using TIM_SelectOutputTrigger()
+ (#) Software using DAC_Trigger_Software.
+
+ [..] Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
+ reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+ without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+ To enable, the output buffer use
+ DAC_InitStructure.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
+
+ [..] Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance
+ value with and without output buffer.
+
+ [..] Both DAC channels can be used to generate:
+ (#) Noise wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise
+ (#) Triangle wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle
+
+ [..] Wave generation can be disabled using DAC_WaveGeneration_None.
+
+ [..] The DAC data format can be:
+ (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_8b_R
+ (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_Align_12b_L
+ (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_12b_R
+
+ [..] The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+ by the following equation: DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+ with DOR is the Data Output Register.
+ VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+ e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+ DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_Align_12b_R, 868);
+ Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V.
+
+ [..] A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+ a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+ DAC_DMACmd()
+ [..] DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
+ (#) DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be already
+ configured.
+ (#) DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be already
+ configured.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC registers using
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE)
+ (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+ (+) Configure the DAC channel using DAC_Init()
+ (+) Enable the DAC channel using DAC_Cmd()
+
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_dac.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC
+ * @brief DAC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* CR register Mask */
+#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE)
+
+/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */
+#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+
+/* DHR registers offsets */
+#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014)
+#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+
+/* DOR register offset */
+#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration
+ * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Enable DAC reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE);
+ /* Release DAC from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected.
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected.
+ * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the DAC parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+
+/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/
+ /* Get the DAC CR value */
+ tmpreg1 = DAC->CR;
+ /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel);
+ /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation,
+ mask/amplitude for wave generation */
+ /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+ /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */
+ /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */
+ /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+ tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration |
+ DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+ /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel;
+ /* Write to DAC CR */
+ DAC->CR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */
+ DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None;
+ /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */
+ DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None;
+ /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */
+ DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0;
+ /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */
+ DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more
+ * be modified.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software
+ * triggers.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */
+ DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */
+ DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1.
+ * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
+ tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+ /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2.
+ * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
+ tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+ /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC.
+ * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data
+ * holding register.
+ * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data
+ * holding register.
+ * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+ * DAC channels at the same time.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1)
+{
+ uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+
+ /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+ if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R)
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
+ }
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
+ tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+ /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ;
+ tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2);
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions
+ * @brief DMA management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request.
+ * When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9,
+ * TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM9 but not a software trigger) occurs.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The DAC channel1 (channel2) is mapped on DMA1 channel3 (channel4) which
+ * must be already configured.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+ DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+ DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be the following value:
+ * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
+ * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before
+ * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */
+ DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */
+ DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be only of the following value:
+ * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag
+ * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before
+ * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request).
+ * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */
+ if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* DAC_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DAC_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be the following value:
+ * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the selected DAC flags */
+ DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
+ * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before
+ * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request).
+ * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */
+ enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ;
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */
+ if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+ {
+ /* DAC_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DAC_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the DAC_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
+
+ /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */
+ DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2dddd74b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dac.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DAC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_DAC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief DAC Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
+
+ uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves
+ are generated, or whether no wave is generated.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */
+
+ uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or
+ the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */
+
+ uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
+}DAC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
+ has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM9 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
+
+#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T9_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
+
+#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignment
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \
+ ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \
+ ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+
+#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void DAC_DeInit(void);
+
+/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */
+void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
+void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
+void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
+void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
+void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1);
+uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel);
+
+/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/
+void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
+void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
+ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
+void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_DAC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24622360a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU
+ * @brief DBGMCU driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Device revision identifier
+ */
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void)
+{
+ return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the device identifier.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+ return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode.
+ * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode
+ * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode
+ * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode.
+ * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP:
+ * + On STM32L1xx Medium-density devices: RTC Wakeup counter stopped when
+ * Core is halted.
+ * + On STM32L1xx High-density and Medium-density Plus devices: RTC Calendar
+ * and Wakeup counter stopped when Core is halted.
+ * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is
+ * halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is
+ * halted
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB1 peripheral in Debug mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode.
+ * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB2 peripheral in Debug mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7729480db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DBGMCU
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+
+#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFF9FE3C0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+
+#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFE3) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void);
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void);
+void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f416e266fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dma.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA):
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Data Counter
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1, ENABLE) function for DMA1 or
+ using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2, ENABLE) function for DMA2.
+ (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA channel
+ (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+ necessary).
+ (#) For a given Channel, program the Source and Destination addresses,
+ the transfer Direction, the Buffer Size, the Peripheral and Memory
+ Incrementation mode and Data Size, the Circular or Normal mode,
+ the channel transfer Priority and the Memory-to-Memory transfer
+ mode (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function
+ DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts.
+ (#) Enable the DMA channel using the DMA_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Activate the needed channel Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for
+ any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...)
+ The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral
+ driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral).
+ (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred
+ when the channel is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event
+ or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter().
+ And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using
+ the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA channel is
+ enabled and running).
+ (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods:
+ (##) Check on DMA channel flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus().
+ (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization
+ phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in
+ communication phase.
+ After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag()
+ function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should
+ clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function.
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_dma.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA
+ * @brief DMA driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6))
+#define DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7))
+
+/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
+#define DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
+#define DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
+#define DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
+#define DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
+#define DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
+
+/* DMA FLAG mask */
+#define FLAG_MASK ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+
+/* DMA registers Masks */
+#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA channel
+ source and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer
+ direction, buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory
+ mode selection and channel priority value.
+ [..] The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described
+ in reference manual (RM0038).
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset
+ * values.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
+
+ /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0;
+
+ if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */
+ DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */
+ DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */
+ DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */
+ DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */
+ DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */
+ DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified
+ * parameters in the DMA_InitStruct.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M));
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */
+ tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR;
+ /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
+ tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */
+ /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */
+ /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */
+ /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */
+ /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */
+ /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */
+ /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */
+ /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */
+ /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */
+ tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode |
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc |
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize |
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M;
+
+ /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
+ /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ----------------*/
+ /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ----------------*/
+ /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/
+ /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low;
+ /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */
+ DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR1_EN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions
+ * @brief Data Counter functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data Counter functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer
+ size (number of data to be transferred).The DMA data counter can be written
+ only when the DMA channel is disabled (ie. after transfer complete event).
+ [..] The following function can be used to write the Channel data counter value:
+ (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t
+ DataNumber).
+ -@- It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations
+ where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded.
+ [..] The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers
+ for the relative DMA channel. This counter is decremented at the end of each
+ data transfer and when the transfer is complete:
+ (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0.
+ (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial
+ value(configured before enabling the DMA channel).
+ [..] The following function can be used to read the Channel data counter value:
+ (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx
+ * transfer.
+ * @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
+ /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current
+ * DMAy Channelx transfer.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx
+ * transfer.
+ */
+uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+ /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */
+ return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to configure the DMA Interrupts
+ sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
+ The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage
+ the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode.
+ *** Polling Mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 event Flags:(y : DMA Controller
+ number x : DMA channel number ).
+ (#) DMAy_FLAG_TCx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred.
+ (#) DMAy_FLAG_HTx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred.
+ (#) DMAy_FLAG_TEx : to indicate that a Transfer Error occurred.
+ (#) DMAy_FLAG_GLx : to indicate that at least one of the events described
+ above occurred.
+ -@- Clearing DMAy_FLAG_GLx results in clearing all other pending flags of the
+ same channel (DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx).
+ [..]In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG);
+ (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG);
+
+ *** Interrupt Mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 Interrupts:
+ (+) Interrupt Source
+ (##) DMA_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete
+ event.
+ (##) DMA_IT_HT : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-transfer Complete
+ event.
+ (##) DMA_IT_TE : specifies the interrupt source for the transfer errors event.
+ (##) DMA_IT_GL : to indicate that at least one of the interrupts described
+ above occurred.
+ -@@- Clearing DMA_IT_GL interrupt results in clearing all other interrupts of
+ the same channel (DMA_IT_TCx, DMA_IT_HT and DMA_IT_TE).
+ [..]In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT,
+ FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT);
+ (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT);
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts.
+ * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
+ * 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+ * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled
+ * or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */
+ DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not.
+ * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * The Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other flags
+ * relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer
+ * Complete or Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx or
+ * DMAy_FLAG_TEx).
+ *
+ * @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
+
+ /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+ if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
+ tmpreg = DMA1->ISR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
+ tmpreg = DMA2->ISR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */
+ if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* DMAy_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMAy_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags.
+ * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+ * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Clearing the Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) results in clearing all other flags
+ * relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer Complete and
+ * Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
+
+ if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
+ DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
+ DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * The Global interrupt (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other
+ * interrupts relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete,
+ * Half-transfer Complete or Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx,
+ * DMAy_IT_HTx or DMAy_IT_TEx).
+ *
+ * @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT));
+
+ /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+ if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
+ tmpreg = DMA1->ISR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
+ tmpreg = DMA2->ISR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */
+ if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* DMAy_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMAy_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the DMAy_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+ * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Clearing the Global interrupt (DMAy_IT_GLx) results in clearing all other
+ * interrupts relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer
+ * Complete and Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, DMAy_IT_HTx and
+ * DMAy_IT_TEx).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT));
+
+ /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+ if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
+ DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
+ DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d090535d10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_dma.h
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_dma.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DMA_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_DMA_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel.
+ The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize
+ or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode
+ @note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
+ data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */
+
+ uint32_t DMA_M2M; /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */
+}DMA_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel5))
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST) || \
+ ((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
+#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_M2M_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+
+#define DMA2_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
+
+#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((IT) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC1) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE1) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC2) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE2) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC3) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE3) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC4) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE4) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC5) || \
+ ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE5))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
+
+#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((FLAG) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC2) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE2) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC3) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE3) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC4) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE4) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC5) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE5))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Buffer_Size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
+void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
+void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Data Counter functions *****************************************************/
+void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber);
+uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
+void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
+ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
+void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_DMA_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07e8f3c134
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.c
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_exti.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### EXTI features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following:
+ (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external
+ interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+ (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD output.
+ (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event.
+ (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB Device FS wakeup event.
+ (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the RTC Tamper and TimeStamp events.
+ (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event.
+ (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the Comparator 1 wakeup event.
+ (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the Comparator 2 wakeup event.
+ (#) EXTI line 23 is connected to the Comparator channel acquisition wakeup event.
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow
+ steps below:
+ (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init()
+ (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using
+ SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig()
+ (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger
+ selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init()
+ (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init()
+ [..]
+ (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx
+ registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE);
+
+ * @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_exti.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI
+ * @brief EXTI driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+ EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000;
+ EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000;
+ EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000;
+ EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000;
+ EXTI->PR = 0x00FFFFFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct.
+ * EXTI_Line specifies the EXTI line (EXTI0....EXTI23).
+ * EXTI_Mode specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event.
+ * EXTI_Trigger selects the trigger. When the trigger occurs, interrupt
+ * pending bit will be set.
+ * EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line.
+ * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
+
+ if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+ EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+
+ tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+
+ /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+ EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+
+ /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
+ if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)
+ {
+ /* Rising Falling edge */
+ EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
+ tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger;
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
+
+ /* Disable the selected external lines */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
+ * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+ EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
+ * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt
+ * will be generated.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..23).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+
+ EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
+ * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..23).
+ * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+
+ if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
+ * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..23).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+
+ EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
+ * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..23).
+ * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+
+ if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
+ * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..23).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+
+ EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b437dc5d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_exti.h
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_exti.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI mode enumeration
+ */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00,
+ EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04
+}EXTIMode_TypeDef;
+
+#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event))
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration
+ */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08,
+ EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C,
+ EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10
+}EXTITrigger_TypeDef;
+
+#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling))
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */
+
+ EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
+
+ EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */
+
+ FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines.
+ This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
+}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
+#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
+#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
+#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
+#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
+#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
+#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
+#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
+#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
+#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
+#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
+#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
+#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
+#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
+#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
+#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
+#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< External interrupt line 16
+ Connected to the PVD Output */
+#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< External interrupt line 17
+ Connected to the RTC Alarm
+ event */
+#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< External interrupt line 18
+ Connected to the USB Device
+ FS Wakeup from suspend event */
+#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< External interrupt line 19
+ Connected to the RTC Tamper
+ and Time Stamp events */
+#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20
+ Connected to the RTC Wakeup
+ event */
+#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21
+ Connected to the Comparator 1
+ event */
+
+#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22
+ Connected to the Comparator 2
+ event */
+
+#define EXTI_Line23 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< External interrupt line 23
+ Comparator channel acquisition event */
+
+#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) || \
+ ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line23))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void EXTI_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
+void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
+void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59a2627c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1843 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_flash.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides all the Flash firmware functions. These functions
+ * can be executed from Internal FLASH or Internal SRAM memories.
+ * The functions that should be called from SRAM are defined inside
+ * the "stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c" file.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
+ * + FLASH Interface configuration
+ * + FLASH Memory Programming
+ * + DATA EEPROM Programming
+ * + Option Bytes Programming
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash
+ memory of all STM32L1xx devices.
+ [..] These functions are split in 5 groups:
+ (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes
+ the management of following features:
+ (++) Set the latency.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the 64 bit Read Access.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the RUN PowerDown mode.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the SLEEP PowerDown mode.
+
+ (#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all
+ needed functions to erase and program the main memory:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the Flash interface.
+ (++) Erase function: Erase Page.
+ (++) Program functions: Fast Word and Half Page(should be
+ executed from internal SRAM).
+
+ (#) DATA EEPROM Programming functions: this group includes all
+ needed functions to erase and program the DATA EEPROM memory:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the DATA EEPROM interface.
+ (++) Erase function: Erase Byte, erase HalfWord, erase Word, erase
+ (++) Double Word (should be executed from internal SRAM).
+ (++) Program functions: Fast Program Byte, Fast Program Half-Word,
+ FastProgramWord, Program Byte, Program Half-Word,
+ Program Word and Program Double-Word (should be executed
+ from internal SRAM).
+
+ (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes
+ all needed functions to:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the Flash Option bytes.
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection.
+ (++) Set the Read protection Level.
+ (++) Set the BOR level.
+ (++) rogram the user option Bytes.
+ (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader.
+ (++) Get the Write protection.
+ (++) Get the read protection status.
+ (++) Get the BOR level.
+ (++) Get the user option bytes.
+
+ (#) FLASH Interrupts and flag management functions: this group
+ includes all needed functions to:
+ (++) Enable/Disable the flash interrupt sources.
+ (++) Get flags status.
+ (++) Clear flags.
+ (++) Get Flash operation status.
+ (++) Wait for last flash operation.
+
+ * @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_flash.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* FLASH Mask */
+#define WRP01_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+#define WRP23_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000)
+#define WRP45_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+#define WRP67_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000)
+#define WRP89_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+#define WRP1011_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions
+ * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH Interface configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] FLASH_Interface configuration_Functions, includes the following functions:
+ (+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency):
+ [..] To correctly read data from Flash memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+ must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+ (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device.
+ [..]
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ | |------------------------------------------------|
+ | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range |
+ | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V |
+ | |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V |
+ |-------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 |
+ |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |1WS(2CPU cycle)|2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32|
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ [..]
+ (+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) void FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+ [..]
+ Here below the allowed configuration of Latency, 64Bit access and prefetch buffer
+ [..]
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ | | ACC64 = 0 | ACC64 = 1 |
+ | Latency |----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | | PRFTEN = 0 | PRFTEN = 1 | PRFTEN = 0 | PRFTEN = 1 |
+ |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |0WS(1CPU cycle)| YES | NO | YES | YES |
+ |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |1WS(2CPU cycle)| NO | NO | YES | YES |
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ [..]
+ All these functions don't need the unlock sequence.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the code latency value.
+ * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle.
+ * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency));
+
+ /* Read the ACR register */
+ tmpreg = FLASH->ACR;
+
+ /* Sets the Latency value */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY));
+ tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency;
+
+ /* Write the ACR register */
+ FLASH->ACR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the FLASH prefetch buffer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables read access to flash by 64 bits.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the FLASH read access mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note If this bit is set, the Read access 64 bit is used.
+ * If this bit is reset, the Read access 32 bit is used.
+ * @note This bit cannot be written at the same time as the LATENCY and
+ * PRFTEN bits.
+ * To reset this bit, the LATENCY should be zero wait state and the
+ * prefetch off.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ACC64;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_ACC64));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the power down mode during Sleep mode.
+ * @note This function is used to power down the FLASH when the system is in SLEEP LP mode.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the power down mode during sleep mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the SLEEP_PD bit to put Flash in power down mode during sleep mode */
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the SLEEP_PD bit in to put Flash in idle mode during sleep mode */
+ FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions
+ * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH Memory Programming functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The FLASH Memory Programming functions, includes the following functions:
+ (+) void FLASH_Unlock(void);
+ (+) void FLASH_Lock(void);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+
+ [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
+ (#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
+ program memory access.
+ (#) Call the desired function to erase page or program data.
+ (#) Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
+ (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register and program memory access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Unlocking the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */
+ DATA_EEPROM_Unlock();
+
+ /* Unlocking the program memory access */
+ FLASH->PRGKEYR = FLASH_PRGKEY1;
+ FLASH->PRGKEYR = FLASH_PRGKEY2;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the Program memory access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the PRGLOCK Bit to lock the program memory access */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases a specified page in program memory.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+ * @param Page_Address: The page address in program memory to be erased.
+ * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load
+ * is the start address of a page (multiple of 256 bytes).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Page_Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+
+ /* Set the ERASE bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_ERASE;
+
+ /* Set PROG bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG;
+
+ /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the program page to erase */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE and PROG bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+ }
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in program memory.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new word */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 DATA EEPROM Programming functions
+ * @brief DATA EEPROM Programming functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DATA EEPROM Programming functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] The DATA_EEPROM Programming_Functions, includes the following functions:
+ (+) void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void);
+ (+) void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseByte(uint32_t Address);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseHalfWord(uint32_t Address);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+ (+) FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+
+ [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
+ (#) Call the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function to enable the data EEPROM access
+ and Flash program erase control register access.
+ (#) Call the desired function to erase or program data.
+ (#) Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to disable the data EEPROM access
+ and Flash program erase control register access(recommended
+ to protect the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PELOCK) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Unlocking the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access*/
+ FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY1;
+ FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY2;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the PELOCK Bit to lock the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PELOCK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ FLASH->PECR |= (uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase a byte in data memory.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD and STM32L1XX_MDP
+ * density devices.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseByte(uint32_t Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write "00h" to valid address in the data memory" */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) Address = (uint8_t)0x00;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase a halfword in data memory.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD and STM32L1XX_MDP
+ * density devices.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseHalfWord(uint32_t Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write "0000h" to valid address in the data memory" */
+ *(__IO uint16_t *) Address = (uint16_t)0x0000;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase a word in data memory.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased.
+ * @note For STM32L1XX_MD, A data memory word is erased in the data memory only
+ * if the address to load is the start address of a word (multiple of a word).
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write "00000000h" to valid address in the data memory" */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) Address = 0x00000000;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write a Byte at a specified address in data memory.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Clear the FTDW bit */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW));
+
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ if(Data != (uint8_t)0x00)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new Data */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC;
+ tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr;
+ tmpaddr = 0xFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3)));
+ tmp &= ~tmpaddr;
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC);
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp);
+ }
+#elif defined (STM32L1XX_HD) || defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new Data */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes a half word at a specified address in data memory.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Clear the FTDW bit */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW));
+
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ if(Data != (uint16_t)0x0000)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new data */
+ *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((Address & 0x3) != 0x3)
+ {
+ tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC;
+ tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr;
+ tmpaddr = 0xFFFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3)));
+ tmp &= ~tmpaddr;
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC);
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address, 0x00);
+ DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address + 1, 0x00);
+ }
+ }
+#elif defined (STM32L1XX_HD) || defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new data */
+ *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in data memory.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to the data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Clear the FTDW bit */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW));
+
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write a Byte at a specified address in data memory without erase.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before
+ * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ if(Data != (uint8_t) 0x00)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC;
+ tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr;
+ tmpaddr = 0xFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3)));
+ tmp &= ~tmpaddr;
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC);
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp);
+ }
+#elif defined (STM32L1XX_HD) || defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes a half word at a specified address in data memory without erase.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before
+ * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+#if !defined (STM32L1XX_HD) && !defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ if(Data != (uint16_t)0x0000)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((Address & 0x3) != 0x3)
+ {
+ tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC;
+ tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr;
+ tmpaddr = 0xFFFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3)));
+ tmp &= ~tmpaddr;
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC);
+ status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address, 0x00);
+ DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address + 1, 0x00);
+ }
+ }
+#elif defined (STM32L1XX_HD) || defined (STM32L1XX_MDP)
+ *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in data memory without erase.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before
+ * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Option Bytes Programming functions
+ * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Option Bytes Programming functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The FLASH_Option Bytes Programming_functions, includes the following functions:
+ (+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
+ (+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
+ (+) void FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP2Config(uint32_t OB_WRP2, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint16_t OB_PcROP);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR);
+ (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+ (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+ (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void);
+ (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(void);
+ (+) FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+ (+) FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetSPRMOD(void);
+ (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void);
+ (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint16_t OB_BOOT);
+
+ [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
+ (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control
+ register access.
+ (#) Call one or several functions to program the desired option bytes.
+ (++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) => to Enable/Disable
+ the desired sector write protection.
+ (++) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read Protection Level.
+ (++) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) => to configure
+ the user option Bytes: IWDG, STOP and the Standby.
+ (++) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to Set the BOR level.
+ (#) Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the
+ FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming process.
+ (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access (recommended
+ to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations).
+
+ [..] Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP):
+ (#) The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write
+ protection (nWRPi bits). As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other.
+ (#) In order to activate the PcROP (change the function of the nWRPi option bits),
+ the SPRMOD option bit must be activated.
+ (#) The active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active, this
+ means: if SPRMOD = 1 and nWRPi = 1 (default value), then the user sector "i"
+ is read/write protected.
+ (#) To activate PCROP mode for Flash sector(s), you need to follow the sequence below:
+ (++) For sector(s) within the first 128KB of the Flash, use this function
+ FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(OB_WRP_Pagesxxx, ENABLE)
+ (++) For sector(s) within the second 128KB of the Flash, use this function
+ FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(OB_WRP_Pagesxxx, ENABLE)
+ (++) Activate the PCROP mode using FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(OB_PcROP_Enable) function
+ (#) PcROP is available only in STM32L1XX_MDP devices
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the option bytes block access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Unlocking the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */
+ DATA_EEPROM_Unlock();
+
+ /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY2;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the option bytes block access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the option bytes block access */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Launch the option byte loading.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+ /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to lauch the option byte loading */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_OBL_LAUNCH;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write protects the desired pages of the first 128KB of the Flash.
+ * @param OB_WRP: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages0to15 and OB_WRP_Pages496to511
+ * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Wtite protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t WRP01_Data = 0, WRP23_Data = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP & WRP01_MASK) | OB->WRP01));
+ WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)((((OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK)>>16 | OB->WRP23)));
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data);
+ OB->WRP01 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data);
+ OB->WRP23 = tmp2;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP & (WRP01_MASK & OB->WRP01));
+ WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP23)));
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data);
+ OB->WRP01 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data);
+ OB->WRP23 = tmp2;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write protects the desired pages of the second 128KB of the Flash.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD and STM32L1XX_MDP
+ * density devices.
+ * @param OB_WRP1: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages512to527 and OB_WRP_Pages1008to1023
+ * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Wtite protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t WRP45_Data = 0, WRP67_Data = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP1));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ WRP45_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP1 & WRP45_MASK) | OB->WRP45));
+ WRP67_Data = (uint16_t)((((OB_WRP1 & WRP67_MASK)>>16 | OB->WRP67)));
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP45_Data) << 16)|(WRP45_Data);
+ OB->WRP45 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP67_Data) << 16)|(WRP67_Data);
+ OB->WRP67 = tmp2;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ WRP45_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP1 & (WRP45_MASK & OB->WRP45));
+ WRP67_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP1 & WRP67_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP67)));
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP45_Data) << 16)|(WRP45_Data);
+ OB->WRP45 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP67_Data) << 16)|(WRP67_Data);
+ OB->WRP67 = tmp2;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write protects the desired pages of the third 128KB of the Flash.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD density devices.
+ * @param OB_WRP2: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages1024to1039 and OB_WRP_Pages1520to1535
+ * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Wtite protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP2Config(uint32_t OB_WRP2, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t WRP89_Data = 0, WRP1011_Data = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP2));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ WRP89_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP2 & WRP89_MASK) | OB->WRP89));
+ WRP1011_Data = (uint16_t)((((OB_WRP2 & WRP1011_MASK)>>16 | OB->WRP1011)));
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP89_Data) << 16)|(WRP89_Data);
+ OB->WRP89 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP1011_Data) << 16)|(WRP1011_Data);
+ OB->WRP1011 = tmp2;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ WRP89_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP2 & (WRP89_MASK & OB->WRP89));
+ WRP1011_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP2 & WRP1011_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP1011)));
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP89_Data) << 16)|(WRP89_Data);
+ OB->WRP89 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP1011_Data) << 16)|(WRP1011_Data);
+ OB->WRP1011 = tmp2;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * @param FLASH_ReadProtection_Level: specifies the read protection level.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection
+ * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Chip protection
+ *
+ * !!!Warning!!! When enabling OB_RDP_Level_2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
+ *
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint8_t tmp1 = 0;
+ uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP));
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* calculate the option byte to write */
+ tmp1 = (uint8_t)(~(OB_RDP ));
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16)) | ((uint32_t)OB_RDP));
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* program read protection level */
+ OB->RDP = tmp2;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Return the Read protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired
+ * sectors, for the first 128KB of the Flash.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_MDP devices
+ * @param OB_WRP: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages0to15 and OB_WRP_Pages496to511
+ * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Write protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t WRP01_Data = 0, WRP23_Data = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP & (WRP01_MASK & OB->WRP01));
+ WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP23)));
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data);
+ OB->WRP01 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data);
+ OB->WRP23 = tmp2;
+
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)((OB_WRP & WRP01_MASK) | OB->WRP01);
+ WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK) >> 16) | OB->WRP23);
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data);
+ OB->WRP01 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data);
+ OB->WRP23 = tmp2;
+
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired
+ * sectors, for the second 128KB of the Flash.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_MDP devices
+ * @param OB_WRP1: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages512to527 and OB_WRP_Pages1008to1023
+ * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Write protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t WRP45_Data = 0, WRP67_Data = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP1));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ WRP45_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP1 & (WRP45_MASK & OB->WRP45));
+ WRP67_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP1 & WRP67_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP67)));
+
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP45_Data) << 16)|(WRP45_Data);
+ OB->WRP45 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP67_Data) << 16)|(WRP67_Data);
+ OB->WRP67 = tmp2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ WRP45_Data = (uint16_t)((OB_WRP1 & WRP45_MASK) | OB->WRP45);
+ WRP67_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP1 & WRP67_MASK)>>16) | OB->WRP67);
+ tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP45_Data) << 16)|(WRP45_Data);
+ OB->WRP45 = tmp1;
+
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP67_Data) << 16)|(WRP67_Data);
+ OB->WRP67 = tmp2;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Select the Protection Mode (SPRMOD).
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_MDP devices
+ * @note Once SPRMOD bit is active, unprotection of a protected sector is not possible
+ * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag
+ * @param OB_PcROP: Select the Protection Mode of nWPRi bits.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg OB_PcROP_Enable: nWRPi control the read&write protection (PcROP) of respective user sectors.
+ * @arg OB_PcROP_Disable: nWRPi control the write protection of respective user sectors.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint16_t OB_PcROP)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
+ uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
+ uint8_t optiontmp = 0;
+ uint16_t optiontmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(OB_PcROP));
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Mask RDP Byte */
+ optiontmp = (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OB_BASE));
+
+ /* Update Option Byte */
+ optiontmp2 = (uint16_t)(OB_PcROP | optiontmp);
+
+
+ /* calculate the option byte to write */
+ tmp1 = (uint16_t)(~(optiontmp2 ));
+ tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16)) | ((uint32_t)optiontmp2));
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* program PCRop */
+ OB->RDP = tmp2;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Return the Read protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
+ * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the WDG mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software WDG selected
+ * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware WDG selected
+ * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
+ * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
+ * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+ * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY));
+
+ /* Get the User Option byte register */
+ tmp1 = (FLASH->OBR & 0x000F0000) >> 16;
+
+ /* Calculate the user option byte to write */
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)~((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | (uint32_t)(OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1))) << ((uint32_t)0x10));
+ tmp |= ((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | ((uint32_t)OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write the User Option Byte */
+ OB->USER = tmp;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs the FLASH brownout reset threshold level Option Byte.
+ * @param OB_BOR: Selects the brownout reset threshold level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD
+ * power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V)
+ * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply
+ * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply
+ * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply
+ * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL4: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply
+ * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL5: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(OB_BOR));
+
+ /* Get the User Option byte register */
+ tmp1 = (FLASH->OBR & 0x00F00000) >> 16;
+
+ /* Calculate the option byte to write */
+ tmp = (uint32_t)~(OB_BOR | tmp1)<<16;
+ tmp |= (OB_BOR | tmp1);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write the BOR Option Byte */
+ OB->USER = tmp;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures to boot from Bank1 or Bank2.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD density devices.
+ * @param OB_BOOT: select the FLASH Bank to boot from.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_BOOT_BANK2: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+ * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank2 or Bank1,
+ * depending on the activation of the bank. The active banks are checked in
+ * the following order: Bank2, followed by Bank1.
+ * The active bank is recognized by the value programmed at the base address
+ * of the respective bank (corresponding to the initial stack pointer value
+ * in the interrupt vector table).
+ * @arg OB_BOOT_BANK1: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+ * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default).
+ * For more information, please refer to AN2606 from www.st.com.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_BANK(OB_BOOT));
+
+ /* Get the User Option byte register */
+ tmp1 = (FLASH->OBR & 0x007F0000) >> 16;
+
+ /* Calculate the option byte to write */
+ tmp = (uint32_t)~(OB_BOOT | tmp1)<<16;
+ tmp |= (OB_BOOT | tmp1);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Write the BOOT Option Byte */
+ OB->USER = tmp;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes.
+ */
+uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+ /* Return the User Option Byte */
+ return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 20);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ */
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
+{
+ /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD and STM32L1XX_MDP
+ * density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ */
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void)
+{
+ /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ */
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(void)
+{
+ /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read out Protection Status is set or not.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus readstatus = RESET;
+
+ if ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0)
+ {
+ readstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ readstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return readstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the SPRMOD Status.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_MDP devices
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The SPRMOD Status.
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetSPRMOD(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus readstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Return the SPRMOD value */
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(FLASH->OBR & (uint16_t)(0x0100));
+
+ if (tmp != (uint16_t)0x0000)
+ {
+ readstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ readstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return readstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes.
+ */
+uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void)
+{
+ /* Return the BOR level */
+ return (uint8_t)((FLASH->OBR & (uint32_t)0x000F0000) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts.
+ * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or
+ * disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of programming Interrupt
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->PECR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not.
+ * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH write/erase operations in progress flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_READY: FLASH Ready flag after low power mode
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV: FLASH End of high voltage flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH size error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option validity error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR: FLASH Option User validity error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read protected error flag (available only in STM32L1XX_MDP devices)
+ * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG));
+
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags.
+ * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH size error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option validity error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR: FLASH Option User validity error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read protected error flag (available only in STM32L1XX_MDP devices)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Status.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0x1E00) != (uint32_t)0x00)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the FLASH Status */
+ return FLASHstatus;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ __IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check for the FLASH Status */
+ status = FLASH_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+ while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+ {
+ status = FLASH_GetStatus();
+ Timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+ {
+ status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Return the operation status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0fa2ae61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_flash.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Status
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ FLASH_BUSY = 1,
+ FLASH_ERROR_WRP,
+ FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
+ FLASH_COMPLETE,
+ FLASH_TIMEOUT
+}FLASH_Status;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
+#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \
+ ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_PECR_EOPIE /*!< End of programming interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_PECR_ERRIE /*!< Error interrupt source */
+#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000)))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Address
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08080000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x08082FFF))
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0805FFFF))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_WRP_Pages0to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of Sector0 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages16to31 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of Sector1 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages32to47 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of Sector2 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages48to63 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of Sector3 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages64to79 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of Sector4 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages80to95 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of Sector5 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages96to111 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of Sector6 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages112to127 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of Sector7 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages128to143 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of Sector8 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages144to159 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of Sector9 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages160to175 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of Sector10 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages176to191 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of Sector11 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages192to207 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of Sector12 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages208to223 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of Sector13 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages224to239 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of Sector14 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages240to255 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of Sector15 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages256to271 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of Sector16 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages272to287 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of Sector17 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages288to303 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of Sector18 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages304to319 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of Sector19 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages320to335 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of Sector20 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages336to351 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of Sector21 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages352to367 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of Sector22 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages368to383 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of Sector23 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages384to399 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of Sector24 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages400to415 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of Sector25 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages416to431 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of Sector26 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages432to447 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of Sector27 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages448to463 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of Sector28 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages464to479 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of Sector29 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages480to495 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of Sector30 */
+#define OB_WRP_Pages496to511 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of Sector31 */
+
+#define OB_WRP_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages512to527 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of Sector32 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages528to543 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of Sector33 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages544to559 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of Sector34 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages560to575 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of Sector35 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages576to591 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of Sector36 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages592to607 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of Sector37 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages608to623 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of Sector38 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages624to639 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of Sector39 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages640to655 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of Sector40 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages656to671 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of Sector41 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages672to687 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of Sector42 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages688to703 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of Sector43 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages704to719 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of Sector44 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages720to735 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of Sector45 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages736to751 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of Sector46 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages752to767 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of Sector47 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages768to783 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of Sector48 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages784to799 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of Sector49 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages800to815 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of Sector50 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages816to831 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of Sector51 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages832to847 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of Sector52 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages848to863 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of Sector53 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages864to879 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of Sector54 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages880to895 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of Sector55 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages896to911 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of Sector56 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages912to927 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of Sector57 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages928to943 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of Sector58 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages944to959 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of Sector59 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages960to975 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of Sector60 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages976to991 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of Sector61 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages992to1007 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of Sector62 */
+#define OB_WRP1_Pages1008to1023 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of Sector63 */
+
+#define OB_WRP1_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1024to1039 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of Sector64 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1040to1055 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of Sector65 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1056to1071 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of Sector66 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1072to1087 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of Sector67 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1088to1103 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of Sector68 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1104to1119 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of Sector69 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1120to1135 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of Sector70 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1136to1151 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of Sector71 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1152to1167 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of Sector72 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1168to1183 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of Sector73 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1184to1199 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of Sector74 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1200to1215 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of Sector75 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1216to1231 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of Sector76 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1232to1247 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of Sector77 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1248to1263 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of Sector78 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1264to1279 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of Sector79 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1280to1295 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of Sector80 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1296to1311 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of Sector81 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1312to1327 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of Sector82 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1328to1343 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of Sector83 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1344to1359 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of Sector84 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1360to1375 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of Sector85 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1376to1391 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of Sector86 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1392to1407 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of Sector87 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1408to1423 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of Sector88 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1424to1439 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of Sector89 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1440to1455 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of Sector90 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1456to1471 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of Sector91 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1472to1487 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of Sector92 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1488to1503 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of Sector93 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1504to1519 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of Sector94 */
+#define OB_WRP2_Pages1520to1535 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of Sector95 */
+
+#define OB_WRP2_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup Selection_Protection_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define OB_PcROP_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Disabled PcROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on sector i */
+#define OB_PcROP_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Enable PcROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on sector i */
+#define IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(OB_PcROP) (((OB_PcROP) == OB_PcROP_Enable) || ((OB_PcROP) == OB_PcROP_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Read_Protection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read Protection Level
+ */
+#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA)
+#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0xBB)
+/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /* Warning: When enabling read protection level 2
+ it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */
+
+#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_IWatchdog
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Software WDG selected */
+#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware WDG selected */
+#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
+#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
+#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_BOOT
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_BOOT_BANK2 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+ and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank 2
+ or Bank 1, depending on the activation of the bank */
+#define OB_BOOT_BANK1 ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+ and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default) */
+#define IS_OB_BOOT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == OB_BOOT_BANK2) || ((BANK) == OB_BOOT_BANK1))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_BOR_Level
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD
+ power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V) */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL4 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL5 ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply */
+
+#define IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF) || \
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || \
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) || \
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || \
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL4) || \
+ ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL5))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Programming flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV FLASH_SR_ENHV /*!< FLASH End of High Voltage flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_READY FLASH_SR_READY /*!< FLASH Ready flag after low power mode */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR FLASH_SR_PGAERR /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR FLASH_SR_SIZERR /*!< FLASH Size error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR FLASH_SR_OPTVERR /*!< FLASH Option Validity error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR /*!< FLASH Option User Validity error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR FLASH_SR_RDERR /*!< FLASH Read protected error flag
+ (available only in STM32L1XX_MDP devices) */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0FD) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
+
+#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_READY ) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR ) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_RDERR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FLASH_PDKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x04152637) /*!< Flash power down key1 */
+#define FLASH_PDKEY2 ((uint32_t)0xFAFBFCFD) /*!< Flash power down key2: used with FLASH_PDKEY1
+ to unlock the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR */
+
+#define FLASH_PEKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x89ABCDEF) /*!< Flash program erase key1 */
+#define FLASH_PEKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x02030405) /*!< Flash program erase key: used with FLASH_PEKEY2
+ to unlock the write access to the FLASH_PECR register and
+ data EEPROM */
+
+#define FLASH_PRGKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x8C9DAEBF) /*!< Flash program memory key1 */
+#define FLASH_PRGKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x13141516) /*!< Flash program memory key2: used with FLASH_PRGKEY2
+ to unlock the program memory */
+
+#define FLASH_OPTKEY1 ((uint32_t)0xFBEAD9C8) /*!< Flash option key1 */
+#define FLASH_OPTKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x24252627) /*!< Flash option key2: used with FLASH_OPTKEY1 to
+ unlock the write access to the option byte block */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Timeout_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x8000)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CMSIS_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk IntType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk
+#endif
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH memory functions that can be executed from FLASH.
+ */
+/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/
+void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency);
+void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/
+void FLASH_Unlock(void);
+void FLASH_Lock(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+
+/* DATA EEPROM Programming functions ******************************************/
+void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void);
+void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void);
+void DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseByte(uint32_t Address);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseHalfWord(uint32_t Address);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+
+/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/
+void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
+void FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
+void FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRP2Config(uint32_t OB_WRP2, FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP1, FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint16_t OB_PcROP);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT);
+uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void);
+uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(void);
+FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetSPRMOD(void);
+uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
+void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH memory functions that should be executed from internal SRAM.
+ * These functions are defined inside the "stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c"
+ * file.
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_EraseParallelPage(uint32_t Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2);
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_ProgramHalfPage(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer);
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_ProgramParallelHalfPage(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t* pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2, uint32_t* pBuffer2);
+__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address);
+__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..161b521fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides all the Flash firmware functions which should be
+ * executed from the internal SRAM. This file should be placed in
+ * internal SRAM.
+ * Other FLASH memory functions that can be used from the FLASH are
+ * defined in the "stm32l1xx_flash.c" file.
+@verbatim
+
+ *** ARM Compiler ***
+ --------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+ Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+ source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+ the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+ Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
+ Options for Target' dialog.
+
+ *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+ -----------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+ *** GNU Compiler ***
+ --------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+ "__attribute__((section(".data")))".
+
+ *** TASKING Compiler ***
+ ------------------------
+ [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain pragma. This
+ pragma is defined inside this file.
+
+@endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_flash.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static __RAM_FUNC GetStatus(void);
+static __RAM_FUNC WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group1
+ *
+@verbatim
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined ( __TASKING__ )
+#pragma section_code_init on
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the power down mode during RUN mode.
+ * @note This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the power down mode during RUN mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Unlock the RUN_PD bit */
+ FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY1;
+ FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY2;
+
+ /* Set the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register to put Flash in power down mode */
+ FLASH->ACR |= (uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD;
+
+ if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD) != FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register to put Flash in idle mode */
+ FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group2
+ *
+@verbatim
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases a specified 2 page in program memory in parallel.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD density devices.
+ * To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @param Page_Address1: The page address in program memory to be erased in
+ * the first Bank (BANK1). This parameter should be between 0x08000000
+ * and 0x0802FF00.
+ * @param Page_Address2: The page address in program memory to be erased in
+ * the second Bank (BANK2). This parameter should be between 0x08030000
+ * and 0x0805FF00.
+ * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load
+ * is the start address of a page (multiple of 256 bytes).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseParallelPage(uint32_t Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+
+ /* Set the PARALLBANK bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK;
+
+ /* Set the ERASE bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_ERASE;
+
+ /* Set PROG bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG;
+
+ /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the first program page to erase */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address1 = 0x00000000;
+ /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the second program page to erase */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address2 = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE, PROG and PARALLBANK bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+ }
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a half page in program memory.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written to
+ * the half page.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+ * @note Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
+ * @note If there are more than 32 words to write, after 32 words another
+ * Half Page programming operation starts and has to be finished.
+ * @note A half page is written to the program memory only if the first
+ * address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 128
+ * bytes) and the 31 remaining words to load are in the same half page.
+ * @note During the Program memory half page write all read operations are
+ * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read
+ * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+ * @note If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the
+ * complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the
+ * FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the
+ * beginning.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_ProgramHalfPage(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer)
+{
+ uint32_t count = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Set the DISMCYCINT[0] bit in the Auxillary Control Register (0xE000E008)
+ This bit prevents the interruption of multicycle instructions and therefore
+ will increase the interrupt latency. of Cortex-M3. */
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR |= SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new
+ half page */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_FPRG;
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG;
+
+ /* Write one half page directly with 32 different words */
+ while(count < 32)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*) (Address + (4 * count)) = *(pBuffer++);
+ count ++;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* if the write operation is completed, disable the PROG and FPRG bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+ }
+
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR &= ~SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs 2 half page in program memory in parallel.
+ * @param Address1: specifies the first address to be written in the first bank
+ * (BANK1). This parameter should be between 0x08000000 and 0x0802FF80.
+ * @param pBuffer1: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written
+ * to the first half page in the first bank.
+ * @param Address2: specifies the second address to be written in the second bank
+ * (BANK2). This parameter should be between 0x08030000 and 0x0805FF80.
+ * @param pBuffer2: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written
+ * to the second half page in the second bank.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32L1XX_HD density devices.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
+ * @note If there are more than 32 words to write, after 32 words another
+ * Half Page programming operation starts and has to be finished.
+ * @note A half page is written to the program memory only if the first
+ * address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 128
+ * bytes) and the 31 remaining words to load are in the same half page.
+ * @note During the Program memory half page write all read operations are
+ * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read
+ * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+ * @note If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the
+ * complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the
+ * FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the
+ * beginning.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC FLASH_ProgramParallelHalfPage(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t* pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2, uint32_t* pBuffer2)
+{
+ uint32_t count = 0;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Set the DISMCYCINT[0] bit in the Auxillary Control Register (0xE000E008)
+ This bit prevents the interruption of multicycle instructions and therefore
+ will increase the interrupt latency. of Cortex-M3. */
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR |= SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new
+ half page */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK;
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_FPRG;
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG;
+
+ /* Write the first half page directly with 32 different words */
+ while(count < 32)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*) (Address1 + (4 * count)) = *(pBuffer1++);
+ count ++;
+ }
+ count = 0;
+ /* Write the second half page directly with 32 different words */
+ while(count < 32)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*) (Address2 + (4 * count)) = *(pBuffer2++);
+ count ++;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* if the write operation is completed, disable the PROG, FPRG and PARALLBANK bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+ }
+
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR &= ~SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group3
+ *
+@verbatim
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase a double word in data memory.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note Data memory double word erase is possible only from SRAM.
+ * @note A double word is erased to the data memory only if the first address
+ * to load is the start address of a double word (multiple of 8 bytes).
+ * @note During the Data memory double word erase, all read operations are
+ * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read
+ * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+
+__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Set the DISMCYCINT[0] bit in the Auxillary Control Register (0xE000E008)
+ This bit prevents the interruption of multicycle instructions and therefore
+ will increase the interrupt latency. of Cortex-M3. */
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR |= SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the next double word */
+ /* Set the ERASE bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_ERASE;
+
+ /* Set DATA bit */
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_DATA;
+
+ /* Write 00000000h to the 2 words to erase */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = 0x00000000;
+ Address += 4;
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE and DATA bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_DATA);
+ }
+
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR &= ~SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write a double word in data memory without erase.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be written.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be written.
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+ * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect
+ * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+ * @note Data memory double word write is possible only from SRAM.
+ * @note A data memory double word is written to the data memory only if the
+ * first address to load is the start address of a double word (multiple
+ * of double word).
+ * @note During the Data memory double word write, all read operations are
+ * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read
+ * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be:
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Set the DISMCYCINT[0] bit in the Auxillary Control Register (0xE000E008)
+ This bit prevents the interruption of multicycle instructions and therefore
+ will increase the interrupt latency. of Cortex-M3. */
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR |= SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data*/
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_FPRG;
+ FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_DATA;
+
+ /* Write the 2 words */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) Data;
+ Address += 4;
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) (Data >> 32);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* If the write operation is completed, disable the FPRG and DATA bits */
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+ FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_DATA);
+ }
+
+ SCnSCB->ACTLR &= ~SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk;
+
+ /* Return the Write Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Status.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+ */
+static __RAM_FUNC GetStatus(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0x1E00) != (uint32_t)0x00)
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the FLASH Status */
+ return FLASHstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or
+ * FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+static __RAM_FUNC WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ __IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check for the FLASH Status */
+ status = GetStatus();
+
+ /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+ while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+ {
+ status = GetStatus();
+ Timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+ {
+ status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Return the operation status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+#if defined ( __TASKING__ )
+#pragma section_code_init restore
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04990269f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_fsmc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the FSMC peripheral:
+ * + Initialization
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_fsmc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC
+ * @brief FSMC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions
+ * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### NOR-SRAM Controller functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to
+ interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the
+ NOR/SRAM Bank:
+ (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following
+ functions:
+ (++)RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC, ENABLE);
+ (++)RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOx, ENABLE);
+ (#) FSMC pins configuration
+ (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function
+ GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC);
+ (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the
+ function GPIO_Init();
+ (#) Declare a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example:
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; and fill the
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of the
+ structure member.
+ (#) Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure);
+ (#) Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example:
+ FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE);
+ (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the
+ NOR/SRAM Bank.
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default
+ * reset values.
+ * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+
+ /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */
+ if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)
+ {
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB;
+ }
+ /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */
+ else
+ {
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2;
+ }
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+ FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified
+ * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct.
+ * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for
+ * the FSMC NOR/SRAM specified Banks.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode));
+
+ /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
+ (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst;
+
+ if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)
+ {
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN;
+ }
+
+ /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] =
+ (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
+
+
+ /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+ if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode));
+ FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
+ (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )|
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
+ (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank.
+ * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3
+ * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
+ * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the MBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the MBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= (uint32_t)(~FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39d83cb412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_fsmc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_fsmc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_FSMC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_FSMC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the address setup time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the address hold time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the data setup time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.
+ @note It is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the bus turnaround.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note It is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles.
+ This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF.
+ @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue
+ to the memory before getting the first data.
+ The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below:
+ - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM
+ - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses
+ - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories
+ with synchronous burst mode enable */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */
+}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are
+ multiplexed on the databus or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to
+ the corresponding memory bank.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory,
+ valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers,
+ valid only with asynchronous Flash memories.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing
+ the Flash memory in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash
+ memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one
+ clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state,
+ valid only when accessing memories in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait
+ signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the ExtendedMode is not used*/
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the ExtendedMode is used*/
+}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+
+#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_SRAM_Controller
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \
+ ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \
+ ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \
+ ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \
+ ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \
+ ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \
+ ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \
+ ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+
+#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \
+ ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/
+void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_FSMC_H */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a306c6e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_gpio.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + GPIO Read and Write
+ * + GPIO Alternate functions configuration
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ===========================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===========================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd()
+ (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init()
+ Four possible configuration are available for each pin:
+ (++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down.
+ (++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull)
+ Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull).
+ In output mode, the speed is configurable: Very Low, Low,
+ Medium or High.
+ (++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull)
+ Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull).
+ (++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel,
+ DAC output or comparator input.
+ (#) Peripherals alternate function:
+ (++) For ADC, DAC and comparators, configure the desired pin in
+ analog mode using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN
+ (++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...):
+ (+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF
+ (+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (+++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+ (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit()
+ (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+ GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits()
+ (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+ active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode
+ (except JTAG pins).
+ (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as
+ general-purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE
+ oscillator is off. The LSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+ (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+ general-purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE
+ oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO
+ * @brief GPIO driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset
+ * values.
+ * By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode
+ * (except JTAG pins).
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+
+ if(GPIOx == GPIOA)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOB)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOC)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOD)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOE)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOF)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if(GPIOx == GPIOG)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(GPIOx == GPIOH)
+ {
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, ENABLE);
+ RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO
+ * peripheral.
+
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd));
+
+ /* -------------------------Configure the port pins---------------- */
+ /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/
+ for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++)
+ {
+ pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos;
+
+ /* Get the port pins position */
+ currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos;
+
+ if (currentpin == pos)
+ {
+ GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2));
+
+ GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2));
+
+ if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF))
+ {
+ /* Check Speed mode parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed));
+
+ /* Speed mode configuration */
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2));
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2));
+
+ /*Check Output mode parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType));
+
+ /* Output mode configuration */
+ GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ;
+ GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos));
+ }
+
+ /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration */
+ GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2));
+ GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_400KHz;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+ * The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+ * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+ * The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+ * until the next reset.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+ /* Set LCKK bit */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Reset LCKK bit */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+ /* Set LCKK bit */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Read LCKK bit*/
+ tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+ /* Read LCKK bit*/
+ tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write
+ * @brief GPIO Read and Write
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### GPIO Read and Write #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
+ * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval The input port pin value.
+ */
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval GPIO input data port value.
+ */
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+
+ return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port bit to read.
+ * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval The output port pin value.
+ */
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval GPIO output data port value.
+ */
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+
+ return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the selected data port bits.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
+ * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+ * the read and the modify access.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the selected data port bits.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
+ * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+ * the read and the modify access.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values:
+ * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin
+ * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal));
+
+ if (BitVal != Bit_RESET)
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data
+ * register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+
+ GPIOx->ODR = PortVal;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins..
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+
+ GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions
+ * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
+ * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+ * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function.
+ * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
+ * @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternat function.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: RTC 50/60 Hz synchronization
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Microcontroller clock output
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1: Time stamp, Tamper, Alarm A out, Alarm B out,
+ * 512 Hz clock output (with an LSE oscillator of 32.768 kHz)
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_WKUP: wakeup
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: SWJ (SW and JTAG)
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE: Connect TRACE pins to AF0 (default after reset)
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2c: Connect TIM2 pins to AF1
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3: Connect TIM3 pins to AF2
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4: Connect TIM4 pins to AF2
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM5: Connect TIM5 pins to AF2
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9: Connect TIM9 pins to AF3
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10: Connect TIM10 pins to AF3
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11: Connect TIM11 pins to AF3
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1: Connect I2C1 pins to AF4
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2: Connect I2C2 pins to AF4
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1: Connect SPI1 pins to AF5
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2: Connect SPI2/I2S2 pins to AF5
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI3: Connect SPI3/I2S3 pins to AF6
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_USART1: Connect USART1 pins to AF7
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_USART2: Connect USART2 pins to AF7
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_USART3: Connect USART3 pins to AF7
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_UART4: Connect UART4 pins to AF8
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_UART5: Connect UART5 pins to AF8
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_USB: Connect USB pins to AF10
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_LCD: Connect LCD pins to AF11
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_FSMC: Connect FSMC pins to AF12
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_SDIO: Connect SDIO pins to AF12
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_RI: Connect RI pins to AF14
+ * @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Cortex-M3 EVENTOUT signal
+ * @note The pin should already been configured in Alternate Function mode(AF)
+ * using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF
+ * @note Please refer to the Alternate function mapping table in the device
+ * datasheet for the detailed mapping of the system and peripherals'
+ * alternate function I/O pins.
+ * @note EVENTOUT is not mapped on PH0, PH1 and PH2.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF)
+{
+ uint32_t temp = 0x00;
+ uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF));
+
+ temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
+ GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
+ temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp;
+ GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..478f9fea22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_gpio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_gpio.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_GPIO_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_GPIO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOH) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == GPIOG))
+
+/** @defgroup Configuration_Mode_enumeration
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */
+ GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */
+ GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */
+ GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */
+}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
+#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \
+ ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Output_type_enumeration
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef enum
+{ GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00,
+ GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01
+}GPIOOType_TypeDef;
+#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Output_Maximum_frequency_enumeration
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ GPIO_Speed_400KHz = 0x00, /*!< Very Low Speed */
+ GPIO_Speed_2MHz = 0x01, /*!< Low Speed */
+ GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 0x02, /*!< Medium Speed */
+ GPIO_Speed_40MHz = 0x03 /*!< High Speed */
+}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef;
+#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_400KHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || \
+ ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_10MHz)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_40MHz))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Configuration_Pull-Up_Pull-Down_enumeration
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef enum
+{ GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00,
+ GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01,
+ GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02
+}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef;
+#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \
+ ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup Bit_SET_and_Bit_RESET_enumeration
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef enum
+{ Bit_RESET = 0,
+ Bit_SET
+}BitAction;
+#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief GPIO Init structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
+
+ GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */
+
+ GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */
+
+ GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */
+
+ GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */
+}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define
+ * @{
+ */
+#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00)
+#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \
+ ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources
+ * @{
+ */
+#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
+#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
+#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief AF 0 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< RTC 50/60 Hz Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< MCO Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< RTC_AF1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_WKUP ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Wakeup (WKUP1, WKUP2 and WKUP3) Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< SWJ (SW and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< TRACE Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/**
+ * @brief AF 1 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 2 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 3 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 4 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 5 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< SPI2 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 6 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< SPI3 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 7 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART2 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART3 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 8 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< UART4 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< UART5 Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 10 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_USB ((uint8_t)0xA) /*!< USB Full speed device Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 11 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_LCD ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< LCD Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 12 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_FSMC ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< FSMC Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF_SDIO ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< SDIO Alternate Function mapping */
+/**
+ * @brief AF 14 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_RI ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< RI Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/**
+ * @brief AF 15 selection
+ */
+#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */
+
+#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_WKUP) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM3) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM9) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM10) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM11) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USB) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_LCD) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_RI) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FSMC) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || \
+ ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/
+void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
+void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
+void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+
+/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
+void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal);
+void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+
+/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ***************************/
+void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_GPIO_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d66d17d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1364 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_i2c.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Data transfers
+ * + PEC management
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts, events and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ * ============================================================================
+ * ##### How to use this driver #####
+ * ============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE)
+ function for I2C1 or I2C2.
+ (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function.
+ (#) Peripherals alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+ (#) Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged
+ Address using the I2C_Init() function.
+ (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without
+ re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function):
+ (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function.
+ (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function.
+ (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function.
+ (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function.
+ (++) Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig()
+ function.
+ (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function.
+ (++) For SMBus Mode:
+ (+++) Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function.
+ (+++) Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+ (#) When using the DMA mode
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or
+ I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the
+ transfers.
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C
+ * @brief I2C driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*I2C_ClockSpeed));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress));
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2;
+ /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ);
+ /* Get pclk1 frequency value */
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+ pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */
+ freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000);
+ tmpreg |= freqrange;
+ /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */
+ I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE);
+ /* Reset tmpreg value */
+ /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */
+ tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Configure speed in standard mode */
+ if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000)
+ {
+ /* Standard mode speed calculate */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1));
+ /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/
+ if (result < 0x04)
+ {
+ /* Set minimum allowed value */
+ result = 0x04;
+ }
+ /* Set speed value for standard mode */
+ tmpreg |= result;
+ /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */
+ I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1;
+ }
+ /* Configure speed in fast mode */
+ /* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral
+ input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */
+ else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/
+ {
+ if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2)
+ {
+ /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3));
+ }
+ else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/
+ {
+ /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25));
+ /* Set DUTY bit */
+ result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+ }
+
+ /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/
+ if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Set minimum allowed value */
+ result |= (uint16_t)0x0001;
+ }
+ /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS);
+ /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */
+ I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to I2Cx CCR */
+ I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg;
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1;
+ /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */
+ /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */
+ /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack);
+ /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */
+ I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */
+ I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/
+ /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a START condition */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the START condition generation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a STOP condition */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the STOP condition generation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the acknowledgement */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the acknowledgement */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2;
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */
+ tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2);
+
+ /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE);
+
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable dual addressing mode */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable dual addressing mode */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable generall call */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable generall call */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Peripheral under reset */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Peripheral not under reset */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low
+ * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert));
+ if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low)
+ {
+ /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState == DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2
+ * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle));
+ if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9)
+ {
+ /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */
+ I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */
+ I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted.
+ * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a
+ * Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode
+ * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction));
+ /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */
+ if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter)
+ {
+ /* Set the address bit0 for read */
+ Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the address bit0 for write */
+ Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0);
+ }
+ /* Send the address */
+ I2Cx->DR = Address;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data transfers functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
+ I2Cx->DR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval The value of the received data.
+ */
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Return the data in the DR register */
+ return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode.
+ * This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number
+ * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function
+ * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data
+ * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure
+ * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last
+ * received byte.
+ * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last
+ * received byte.
+ * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig()
+ * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig()
+ * is intended to used in SMBUS mode.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition));
+
+ /* Check the input parameter */
+ if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next)
+ {
+ /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions
+ * @brief PEC management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### PEC management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC
+ * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC
+ * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
+ * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
+ * is intended to used in I2C mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition));
+ if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next)
+ {
+ /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval The PEC value.
+ */
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */
+ return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels
+ requests.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts, events and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts
+ sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
+ The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage
+ the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode.
+
+
+ ##### I2C State Monitoring Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+
+
+ ***. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) ***
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------
+ [..]It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
+ and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+
+ (+) When to use
+ (++) This function is suitable for most applications as well as for
+ startup activity since the events are fully described in the product
+ reference manual (RM0038).
+ (++) It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+ (+) Limitations
+ (++) If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored
+ flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite
+ the communication hold or corrupted real state.
+ In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor
+ the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+ -@@- For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+@@) I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts
+ (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ (+@@) I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...).
+ (+@@) I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the
+ I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred.
+ (+@@) I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source
+ and return to correct communication status.
+
+ *** Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) ***
+ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ [..] Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
+ registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
+ by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+
+ (+) When to use
+ (++) This function is suitable for the same applications above but it
+ allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus()
+ function.
+ (++) The returned value could be compared to events already defined in
+ the library (stm32l1xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the
+ same time.
+ (++) At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows
+ user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are
+ set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set
+ like I2C_CheckEvent() function.
+
+ (+) Limitations
+ (++) User may need to define his own events.
+ (++) Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
+ function if user decides to check only regular communication flags
+ (and ignores error flags).
+
+
+ *** Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) ***
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ [..] Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
+ one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
+ (+) When to use
+ (++) This function could be used for specific applications or in debug
+ phase.
+ (++) It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C
+ events are monitored through multiple flags).
+ (+) Limitations:
+ (++) When calling this function, the Status register is accessed.
+ Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed.
+ So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ (++) Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor
+ one single event.
+
+ [..] For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in
+ stm32l1xx_i2c.h file.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
+ * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register.
+ * @retval The value of the read register.
+ */
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx;
+ tmp += I2C_Register;
+
+ /* Return the selected register value */
+ return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask
+ * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 1. Basic state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
+ * as parameter.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV2
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV2
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV3
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV3
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV3
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE: EV3_2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED: EV4
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT: EV5
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV7
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING: EV8
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV8_2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10: EV9
+ * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
+ * I2C_Events in stm32l1xx_i2c.h file.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT
+ * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT
+ */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT)
+{
+ uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+ uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT));
+
+ /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+ flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+ flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+ flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+ /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+ lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK;
+
+ /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */
+ if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT)
+ {
+ /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 2. Advanced state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ *
+ * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
+ * I2C_Events in stm32l1xx_i2c.h file.
+ *
+ * @retval The last event
+ */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+ uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+ /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+ flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+ flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+ flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+ /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+ lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK;
+
+ /* Return status */
+ return lastevent;
+}
+
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 3. Flag-based state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+ * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+ * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */
+ i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx;
+
+ /* Read flag register index */
+ i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28;
+
+ /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+ I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK;
+
+ if(i2creg != 0)
+ {
+ /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */
+ i2cxbase += 0x14;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */
+ I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16);
+ /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */
+ i2cxbase += 0x18;
+ }
+
+ if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* I2C_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+ *
+
+ *@note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
+ * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+ * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+ *@note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the
+ * second byte of the address in DR register.
+ *@note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
+ * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ *@note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+ *@note SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
+ * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR
+ * register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+ uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+ /* Get the I2C flag position */
+ flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK;
+ /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+ I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+ * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+ * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT));
+
+ /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */
+ enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ;
+
+ /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+ I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK;
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
+ if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+ {
+ /* I2C_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the I2C_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt
+ *
+
+ * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
+ * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
+ * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+ * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second
+ * byte of the address in I2C_DR register.
+ * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a
+ * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+ * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
+ * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT));
+ /* Get the I2C flag position */
+ flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK;
+ /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+ I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b52a09406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_i2c.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_I2C_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_I2C_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency.
+ This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address.
+ This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */
+}I2C_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == I2C2))
+/** @defgroup I2C_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \
+ ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \
+ ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \
+ ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_registers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
+#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \
+ ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \
+ ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_NACK_position
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \
+ ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000)
+#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000)
+#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000)
+#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800)
+#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400)
+#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200)
+#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100)
+#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080)
+#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040)
+#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010)
+#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008)
+#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004)
+#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002)
+#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief SR2 register flags
+ */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+/**
+ * @brief SR1 register flags
+ */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Events
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ ===============================================================================
+ I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication start
+ *
+ * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master
+ * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly
+ * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating).
+ *
+ */
+/* --EV5 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Address Acknowledge
+ *
+ * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the
+ * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate
+ * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication:
+ * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges
+ * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will
+ * be set:
+ *
+ * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED
+ * event is set.
+ *
+ * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED
+ * is set
+ *
+ * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START
+ * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData()
+ * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing
+ * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of
+ * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master
+ * should wait for event EV6.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* --EV6 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
+/* --EV9 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication events
+ *
+ * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address
+ * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for
+ * communication procedures:
+ *
+ * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read
+ * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function).
+ *
+ * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData()
+ * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2.
+ * These two events are similar:
+ * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is
+ * being shifted out.
+ * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output
+ * on the bus.
+ * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application.
+ * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test.
+ * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission
+ * (before Stop condition generation).
+ *
+ * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is
+ * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7
+ * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+ * In this case the communication may be slower.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/
+/* --EV7 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
+
+/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/
+/* --EV8 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
+/* --EV8_2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
+
+
+/**
+ ===============================================================================
+ I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication start events
+ *
+ * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that
+ * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master
+ * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK
+ * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function
+ * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set :
+ *
+ * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address
+ * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by
+ * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set
+ * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER).
+ *
+ * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the
+ * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled
+ * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED
+ * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set.
+ *
+ * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and
+ * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd())
+ * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */
+/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
+
+/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+
+/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication events
+ *
+ * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and:
+ *
+ * - Slave RECEIVER mode:
+ * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received.
+ * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master
+ * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped.
+ *
+ * - Slave Transmitter mode:
+ * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting
+ * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and
+ * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be
+ * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the
+ * current byte end of transfer.
+ * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission
+ * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending
+ * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus.
+ *
+ * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is
+ * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2
+ * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+ * In this case the communication may be slower.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/
+/* --EV2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */
+/* --EV4 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */
+
+/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/
+/* --EV3 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+/* --EV3_2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */
+
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ End of Events Description
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the I2C configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address);
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert);
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle);
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction);
+
+/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data);
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition);
+
+/* PEC management functions ***************************************************/
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition);
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+
+/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+
+/* Interrupts, events and flags management functions **************************/
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register);
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/*
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ I2C State Monitoring Functions
+ ===============================================================================
+ This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+
+
+ 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function)
+ -----------------------------------------------------------
+ It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
+ and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+
+ - When to use
+ - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
+ activity since the events are fully described in the product reference
+ manual (RM0038).
+ - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+
+ - Limitations
+ - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored
+ flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite
+ the communication hold or corrupted real state.
+ In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor
+ the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+
+ Note
+ For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
+ - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the
+ I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred.
+ - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source
+ and return to correct communciation status.
+
+
+ 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent())
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
+ registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
+ by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+
+ - When to use
+ - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it
+ allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus()
+ function.
+ - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in
+ the library (stm32l1xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the
+ same time.
+ - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows
+ user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are
+ set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set
+ like I2C_CheckEvent() function.
+
+ - Limitations
+ - User may need to define his own events.
+ - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
+ function if user decides to check only regular communication flags
+ (and ignores error flags).
+
+
+ 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus())
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
+ one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
+
+ - When to use
+ - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug
+ phase.
+ - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C
+ events are monitored through multiple flags).
+ - Limitations:
+ - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed.
+ Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed.
+ So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor
+ one single event.
+
+ For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in
+ stm32l1xx_i2c.h file.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 1. Basic state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT);
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 2. Advanced state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+/*
+ ===============================================================================
+ 3. Flag-based state monitoring
+ ===============================================================================
+ */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+
+
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_I2C_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6fe0226cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_iwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+ * + Prescaler and Counter configuration
+ * + IWDG activation
+ * + Flag management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IWDG features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+ through option byte).
+
+ [..] The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and
+ thus stays active even if the main clock fails.
+ Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled
+ (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from
+ the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000)
+ a system reset is generated.
+ The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent
+ an MCU reset.
+
+ [..] The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+ in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
+
+ [..] IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG
+ reset occurs.
+
+ [..] Min-max timeout value @37KHz (LSI): ~108us / ~28.3s
+ The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32L1xx
+ devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
+ connected internally to TIM10 CH1 input capture). The measured value
+ can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
+ For more information, please refer to the STM32L1xx Reference manual.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using
+ IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function.
+ (#) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function.
+
+ (#) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function.
+ This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter
+ is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+
+ (#) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used
+ in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled
+ by hardware).
+
+ (#) Then the application program must reload the IWDG counter at regular
+ intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+ IWDG_ReloadCounter() function.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_iwdg.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG
+ * @brief IWDG driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/
+/* KR register bit mask */
+#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA)
+#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions
+ * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Prescaler and Counter configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
+ * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
+ * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess));
+ IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value.
+ * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128
+ * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler));
+ IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value.
+ * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload));
+ IWDG->RLR = Reload;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
+ * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void)
+{
+ IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function
+ * @brief IWDG activation function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IWDG activation function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
+ * @param None.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void IWDG_Enable(void)
+{
+ IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function
+ * @brief Flag management function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Flag management function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not.
+ * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going
+ * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going
+ * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG));
+ if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c05617a73b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_iwdg.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555)
+#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \
+ ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \
+ ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU))
+#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/
+void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess);
+void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler);
+void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload);
+void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void);
+
+/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/
+void IWDG_Enable(void);
+
+/* Flag management function ***************************************************/
+FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3ab0d2901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_lcd.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the LCD controller (LCD) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and configuration
+ * + LCD RAM memory write
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### LCD Clock #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] LCDCLK is the same as RTCCLK.
+ [..] To configure the RTCCLK/LCDCLK, proceed as follows:
+ (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_RTCAccessCmd() function.
+ (+) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function.
+
+ [..] The frequency generator allows you to achieve various LCD frame rates
+ starting from an LCD input clock frequency (LCDCLK) which can vary
+ from 32 kHz up to 1 MHz.
+
+ ##### LCD and low power modes #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The LCD still active during STOP mode.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable LCD clock using
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, ENABLE) function.
+ (#) Configure the LCD prescaler, divider, duty, bias and voltage source
+ using LCD_Init() function.
+ (#) Optionally you can enable/configure:
+ (++) LCD High Drive using the LCD_HighDriveCmd() function.
+ (++) LCD COM/SEG Mux using the LCD_MuxSegmentCmd() function.
+ (++) LCD Pulse ON Duration using the LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig() function.
+ (++) LCD Dead Time using the LCD_DeadTimeConfig() function
+ (++) The LCD Blink mode and frequency using the LCD_BlinkConfig() function.
+ (++) The LCD Contrast using the LCD_ContrastConfig() function.
+ (#) Call the LCD_WaitForSynchro() function to wait for LCD_FCR register
+ synchronization.
+ (#) Call the LCD_Cmd() to enable the LCD controller.
+ (#) Wait until the LCD Controller status is enabled and the step-up
+ converter is ready using the LCD_GetFlagStatus() and
+ LCD_FLAG_ENS and LCD_FLAG_RDY flags.
+ (#) Write to the LCD RAM memory using the LCD_Write() function.
+ (#) Request an update display using the LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest()
+ function.
+ (#) Wait until the update display is finished by checking the UDD
+ flag status using the LCD_GetFlagStatus(LCD_FLAG_UDD).
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_lcd.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD
+ * @brief LCD driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* ------------ LCD registers bit address in the alias region --------------- */
+#define LCD_OFFSET (LCD_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of LCDEN bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define LCDEN_BitNumber 0x00
+#define CR_LCDEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LCDEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of MUX_SEG bit */
+#define MUX_SEG_BitNumber 0x07
+#define CR_MUX_SEG_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MUX_SEG_BitNumber * 4))
+
+
+/* --- FCR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of HD bit */
+#define FCR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define HD_BitNumber 0x00
+#define FCR_HD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (FCR_OFFSET * 32) + (HD_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- SR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of UDR bit */
+#define SR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x08)
+#define UDR_BitNumber 0x02
+#define SR_UDR_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SR_OFFSET * 32) + (UDR_BitNumber * 4))
+
+#define FCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFC03FFFF) /* LCD FCR Mask */
+#define CR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF81) /* LCD CR Mask */
+#define PON_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF8F) /* LCD PON Mask */
+#define DEAD_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFC7F) /* LCD DEAD Mask */
+#define BLINK_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC1FFF) /* LCD BLINK Mask */
+#define CONTRAST_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFE3FF) /* LCD CONTRAST Mask */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the LCD peripheral registers to their default reset
+ * values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Enable LCD reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, ENABLE);
+ /* Release LCD from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the LCD peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the LCD_InitStruct.
+ * @note This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled.
+ * @param LCD_InitStruct: pointer to a LCD_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified LCD peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_Init(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_PRESCALER(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_DIVIDER(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider));
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_DUTY(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty));
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_BIAS(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias));
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource));
+
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)FCR_MASK;
+ LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler | LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider);
+
+ LCD_WaitForSynchro();
+
+ LCD->CR &= (uint32_t)CR_MASK;
+ LCD->CR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty | LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias | \
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource);
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each LCD_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param LCD_InitStruct: pointer to a LCD_InitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_StructInit(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset LCD init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler = LCD_Prescaler_1; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Prescaler member */
+
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider = LCD_Divider_16; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Divider member */
+
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty = LCD_Duty_Static; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Duty member */
+
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias = LCD_Bias_1_4; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Bias member */
+
+ LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource = LCD_VoltageSource_Internal; /*!< Initialize the LCD_VoltageSource member */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the LCD Controller.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the LCD peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LCDEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits until the LCD FCR register is synchronized in the LCDCLK domain.
+ * This function must be called after any write operation to LCD_FCR register.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_WaitForSynchro(void)
+{
+ /* Loop until FCRSF flag is set */
+ while ((LCD->SR & LCD_FLAG_FCRSF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the low resistance divider. Displays with high
+ * internal resistance may need a longer drive time to achieve
+ * satisfactory contrast. This function is useful in this case if some
+ * additional power consumption can be tolerated.
+ * @note When this mode is enabled, the PulseOn Duration (PON) have to be
+ * programmed to 1/CK_PS (LCD_PulseOnDuration_1).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the low resistance divider.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_HighDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) FCR_HD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Mux Segment.
+ * @note This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Mux Segment.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_MuxSegmentCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MUX_SEG_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the LCD pulses on duration.
+ * @param LCD_PulseOnDuration: specifies the LCD pulse on duration in terms of
+ * CK_PS (prescaled LCD clock period) pulses.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_0: 0 pulse
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_1: Pulse ON duration = 1/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_2: Pulse ON duration = 2/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_3: Pulse ON duration = 3/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_4: Pulse ON duration = 4/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_5: Pulse ON duration = 5/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_6: Pulse ON duration = 6/CK_PS
+ * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_7: Pulse ON duration = 7/CK_PS
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig(uint32_t LCD_PulseOnDuration)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(LCD_PulseOnDuration));
+
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)PON_MASK;
+ LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_PulseOnDuration);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the LCD dead time.
+ * @param LCD_DeadTime: specifies the LCD dead time.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_0: No dead Time
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_1: One Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_2: Two Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_3: Three Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_4: Four Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_5: Five Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_6: Six Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @arg LCD_DeadTime_7: Seven Phase between different couple of Frame
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t LCD_DeadTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(LCD_DeadTime));
+
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)DEAD_MASK;
+ LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_DeadTime);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the LCD Blink mode and Blink frequency.
+ * @param LCD_BlinkMode: specifies the LCD blink mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_Off: Blink disabled
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0: Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1 pixel)
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM: Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up to 8
+ * pixels according to the programmed duty)
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM: Blink enabled on all SEG and all COM
+ * (all pixels)
+ * @param LCD_BlinkFrequency: specifies the LCD blink frequency.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8: The Blink frequency = fLcd/8
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16: The Blink frequency = fLcd/16
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32: The Blink frequency = fLcd/32
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64: The Blink frequency = fLcd/64
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128: The Blink frequency = fLcd/128
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256: The Blink frequency = fLcd/256
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512: The Blink frequency = fLcd/512
+ * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024: The Blink frequency = fLcd/1024
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_BlinkConfig(uint32_t LCD_BlinkMode, uint32_t LCD_BlinkFrequency)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(LCD_BlinkMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(LCD_BlinkFrequency));
+
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)BLINK_MASK;
+ LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_BlinkMode | LCD_BlinkFrequency);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the LCD Contrast.
+ * @param LCD_Contrast: specifies the LCD Contrast.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_0: Maximum Voltage = 2.60V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_1: Maximum Voltage = 2.73V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_2: Maximum Voltage = 2.86V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_3: Maximum Voltage = 2.99V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_4: Maximum Voltage = 3.12V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_5: Maximum Voltage = 3.25V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_6: Maximum Voltage = 3.38V
+ * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_7: Maximum Voltage = 3.51V
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_ContrastConfig(uint32_t LCD_Contrast)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_CONTRAST(LCD_Contrast));
+
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)CONTRAST_MASK;
+ LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_Contrast);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Group2 LCD RAM memory write functions
+ * @brief LCD RAM memory write functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### LCD RAM memory write functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] Using its double buffer memory the LCD controller ensures the coherency
+ of the displayed information without having to use interrupts to control
+ LCD_RAM modification.
+
+ [..] The application software can access the first buffer level (LCD_RAM) through
+ the APB interface. Once it has modified the LCD_RAM, it sets the UDR flag
+ in the LCD_SR register using the LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() function.
+
+ [..] This UDR flag (update display request) requests the updated information
+ to be moved into the second buffer level (LCD_DISPLAY).
+
+ [..] This operation is done synchronously with the frame (at the beginning of
+ the next frame), until the update is completed, the LCD_RAM is write
+ protected and the UDR flag stays high.
+
+ [..] Once the update is completed another flag (UDD - Update Display Done) is
+ set and generates an interrupt if the UDDIE bit in the LCD_FCR register
+ is set.
+
+ [..] The time it takes to update LCD_DISPLAY is, in the worst case, one odd
+ and one even frame.
+
+ [..] The update will not occur (UDR = 1 and UDD = 0) until the display is
+ enabled (LCDEN = 1).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes a word in the specific LCD RAM.
+ * @param LCD_RAMRegister: specifies the LCD Contrast.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_0: LCD RAM Register 0
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_1: LCD RAM Register 1
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_2: LCD RAM Register 2
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_3: LCD RAM Register 3
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_4: LCD RAM Register 4
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_5: LCD RAM Register 5
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_6: LCD RAM Register 6
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_7: LCD RAM Register 7
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_8: LCD RAM Register 8
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_9: LCD RAM Register 9
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_10: LCD RAM Register 10
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_11: LCD RAM Register 11
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_12: LCD RAM Register 12
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_13: LCD RAM Register 13
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_14: LCD RAM Register 14
+ * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_15: LCD RAM Register 15
+ * @param LCD_Data: specifies LCD Data Value to be written.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_Write(uint32_t LCD_RAMRegister, uint32_t LCD_Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(LCD_RAMRegister));
+
+ /* Copy data bytes to RAM register */
+ LCD->RAM[LCD_RAMRegister] = (uint32_t)LCD_Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the Update Display Request.
+ * @note Each time software modifies the LCD_RAM it must set the UDR bit to
+ * transfer the updated data to the second level buffer.
+ * The UDR bit stays set until the end of the update and during this
+ * time the LCD_RAM is write protected.
+ * @note When the display is disabled, the update is performed for all
+ * LCD_DISPLAY locations.
+ * When the display is enabled, the update is performed only for locations
+ * for which commons are active (depending on DUTY). For example if
+ * DUTY = 1/2, only the LCD_DISPLAY of COM0 and COM1 will be updated.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(void)
+{
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) SR_UDR_BB = (uint32_t)0x01;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified LCD interrupts.
+ * @param LCD_IT: specifies the LCD interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt
+ * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified LCD interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_ITConfig(uint32_t LCD_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_IT(LCD_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ LCD->FCR |= LCD_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)~LCD_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified LCD flag is set or not.
+ * @param LCD_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_ENS: LCD Enabled flag. It indicates the LCD controller status.
+ * @note The ENS bit is set immediately when the LCDEN bit in the LCD_CR
+ * goes from 0 to 1. On deactivation it reflects the real status of
+ * LCD so it becomes 0 at the end of the last displayed frame.
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_SOF: Start of Frame flag. This flag is set by hardware at
+ * the beginning of a new frame, at the same time as the display data is
+ * updated.
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDR: Update Display Request flag.
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDD: Update Display Done flag.
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_RDY: Step_up converter Ready flag. It indicates the status
+ * of the step-up converter.
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_FCRSF: LCD Frame Control Register Synchronization Flag.
+ * This flag is set by hardware each time the LCD_FCR register is updated
+ * in the LCDCLK domain.
+ * @retval The new state of LCD_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus LCD_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LCD_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_GET_FLAG(LCD_FLAG));
+
+ if ((LCD->SR & LCD_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the LCD's pending flags.
+ * @param LCD_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt
+ * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_ClearFlag(uint32_t LCD_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(LCD_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the corresponding LCD flag */
+ LCD->CLR = (uint32_t)LCD_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param LCD_IT: specifies the LCD interrupts sources to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt
+ * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt.
+ * @note If the device is in STOP mode (PCLK not provided) UDD will not
+ * generate an interrupt even if UDDIE = 1.
+ * If the display is not enabled the UDD interrupt will never occur.
+ * @retval The new state of the LCD_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus LCD_GetITStatus(uint32_t LCD_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_GET_IT(LCD_IT));
+
+ if ((LCD->SR & LCD_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ if (((LCD->FCR & LCD_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the LCD's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param LCD_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt
+ * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LCD_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LCD_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LCD_IT(LCD_IT));
+
+ /* Clear the corresponding LCD pending bit */
+ LCD->CLR = (uint32_t)LCD_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73601b6b4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_lcd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_lcd.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the LCD firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_LCD_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_LCD_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup LCD
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief LCD Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t LCD_Prescaler; /*!< Configures the LCD Prescaler.
+ This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Prescaler */
+ uint32_t LCD_Divider; /*!< Configures the LCD Divider.
+ This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Divider */
+ uint32_t LCD_Duty; /*!< Configures the LCD Duty.
+ This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Duty */
+ uint32_t LCD_Bias; /*!< Configures the LCD Bias.
+ This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Bias */
+ uint32_t LCD_VoltageSource; /*!< Selects the LCD Voltage source.
+ This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Voltage_Source */
+}LCD_InitTypeDef;
+
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/2 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/4 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/8 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_16 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/16 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_32 ((uint32_t)0x01400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/32 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_64 ((uint32_t)0x01800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/64 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_128 ((uint32_t)0x01C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/128 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_256 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/256 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_512 ((uint32_t)0x02400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/512 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_1024 ((uint32_t)0x02800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/1024 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_2048 ((uint32_t)0x02C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/2048 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_4096 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/4096 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_8192 ((uint32_t)0x03400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/8192 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_16384 ((uint32_t)0x03800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/16384 */
+#define LCD_Prescaler_32768 ((uint32_t)0x03C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/32768 */
+
+#define IS_LCD_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_1) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_8) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_16) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_32) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_64) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_128) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_256) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_512) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_1024) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_2048) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_4096) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_8192) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_16384) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_32768))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Divider
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_Divider_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/16 */
+#define LCD_Divider_17 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/17 */
+#define LCD_Divider_18 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/18 */
+#define LCD_Divider_19 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/19 */
+#define LCD_Divider_20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/20 */
+#define LCD_Divider_21 ((uint32_t)0x00140000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/21 */
+#define LCD_Divider_22 ((uint32_t)0x00180000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/22 */
+#define LCD_Divider_23 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/23 */
+#define LCD_Divider_24 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/24 */
+#define LCD_Divider_25 ((uint32_t)0x00240000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/25 */
+#define LCD_Divider_26 ((uint32_t)0x00280000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/26 */
+#define LCD_Divider_27 ((uint32_t)0x002C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/27 */
+#define LCD_Divider_28 ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/28 */
+#define LCD_Divider_29 ((uint32_t)0x00340000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/29 */
+#define LCD_Divider_30 ((uint32_t)0x00380000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/30 */
+#define LCD_Divider_31 ((uint32_t)0x003C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/31 */
+
+#define IS_LCD_DIVIDER(DIVIDER) (((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_16) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_17) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_18) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_19) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_20) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_21) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_22) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_23) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_24) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_25) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_26) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_27) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_28) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_29) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_30) || \
+ ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_31))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Duty
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_Duty_Static ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Static duty */
+#define LCD_Duty_1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 1/2 duty */
+#define LCD_Duty_1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 1/3 duty */
+#define LCD_Duty_1_4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< 1/4 duty */
+#define LCD_Duty_1_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< 1/4 duty */
+
+#define IS_LCD_DUTY(DUTY) (((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_Static) || \
+ ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_2) || \
+ ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_3) || \
+ ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_4) || \
+ ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_8))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Bias
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_Bias_1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 Bias */
+#define LCD_Bias_1_2 LCD_CR_BIAS_0 /*!< 1/2 Bias */
+#define LCD_Bias_1_3 LCD_CR_BIAS_1 /*!< 1/3 Bias */
+
+#define IS_LCD_BIAS(BIAS) (((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_4) || \
+ ((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_2) || \
+ ((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_3))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Voltage_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_VoltageSource_Internal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Internal voltage source for the LCD */
+#define LCD_VoltageSource_External LCD_CR_VSEL /*!< External voltage source for the LCD */
+
+#define IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == LCD_VoltageSource_Internal) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == LCD_VoltageSource_External))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Interrupts
+ * @{
+ */
+#define LCD_IT_SOF LCD_FCR_SOFIE
+#define LCD_IT_UDD LCD_FCR_UDDIE
+
+#define IS_LCD_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF5) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_LCD_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == LCD_IT_SOF) || ((IT) == LCD_IT_UDD))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_PulseOnDuration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 0 pulse */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 1/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 2/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000030) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 3/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 4/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000050) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 5/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 6/CK_PS */
+#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000070) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 7/CK_PS */
+
+#define IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_0) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_1) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_2) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_3) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_4) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_5) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_6) || \
+ ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_7))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_DeadTime
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_DeadTime_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No dead Time */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< One Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Two Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) /*!< Three Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Four Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000280) /*!< Five Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Six Phase between different couple of Frame */
+#define LCD_DeadTime_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000380) /*!< Seven Phase between different couple of Frame */
+
+#define IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_0) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_1) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_2) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_3) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_4) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_5) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_6) || \
+ ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_7))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_BlinkMode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_BlinkMode_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Blink disabled */
+#define LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1 pixel) */
+#define LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up to
+ 8 pixels according to the programmed duty) */
+#define LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Blink enabled on all SEG and all COM (all pixels) */
+
+#define IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_Off) || \
+ ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0) || \
+ ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM) || \
+ ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_BlinkFrequency
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/8 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/16 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/32 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/64 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/128 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/256 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/512 */
+#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/1024 */
+
+#define IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(FREQUENCY) (((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512) || \
+ ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Contrast
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.60V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.73V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.86V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.99V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.12V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_5 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.25V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_6 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.38V */
+#define LCD_Contrast_Level_7 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.51V */
+
+#define IS_LCD_CONTRAST(CONTRAST) (((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_0) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_1) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_2) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_3) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_4) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_5) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_6) || \
+ ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_7))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_Flag
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_FLAG_ENS LCD_SR_ENS
+#define LCD_FLAG_SOF LCD_SR_SOF
+#define LCD_FLAG_UDR LCD_SR_UDR
+#define LCD_FLAG_UDD LCD_SR_UDD
+#define LCD_FLAG_RDY LCD_SR_RDY
+#define LCD_FLAG_FCRSF LCD_SR_FCRSR
+
+#define IS_LCD_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_ENS) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_SOF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_UDD) || \
+ ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_RDY) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_FCRSF))
+
+#define IS_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF5) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup LCD_RAMRegister
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< LCD RAM Register 0 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< LCD RAM Register 1 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< LCD RAM Register 2 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< LCD RAM Register 3 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< LCD RAM Register 4 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< LCD RAM Register 5 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< LCD RAM Register 6 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< LCD RAM Register 7 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< LCD RAM Register 8 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /*!< LCD RAM Register 9 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) /*!< LCD RAM Register 10 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /*!< LCD RAM Register 11 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< LCD RAM Register 12 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) /*!< LCD RAM Register 13 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) /*!< LCD RAM Register 14 */
+#define LCD_RAMRegister_15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /*!< LCD RAM Register 15 */
+
+#define IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_0) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_3) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_4) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_5) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_6) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_7) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_8) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_9) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_10) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_11) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_12) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_13) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_14) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_15))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the LCD configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void LCD_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void LCD_Init(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct);
+void LCD_StructInit(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct);
+void LCD_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void LCD_WaitForSynchro(void);
+void LCD_HighDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void LCD_MuxSegmentCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig(uint32_t LCD_PulseOnDuration);
+void LCD_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t LCD_DeadTime);
+void LCD_BlinkConfig(uint32_t LCD_BlinkMode, uint32_t LCD_BlinkFrequency);
+void LCD_ContrastConfig(uint32_t LCD_Contrast);
+
+/* LCD RAM memory write functions *********************************************/
+void LCD_Write(uint32_t LCD_RAMRegister, uint32_t LCD_Data);
+void LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(void);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void LCD_ITConfig(uint32_t LCD_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus LCD_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LCD_FLAG);
+void LCD_ClearFlag(uint32_t LCD_FLAG);
+ITStatus LCD_GetITStatus(uint32_t LCD_IT);
+void LCD_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LCD_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_LCD_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5cd5ee875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_opamp.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the operational amplifiers (opamp) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and configuration
+ * + Calibration management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The device integrates three independent rail-to-rail operational amplifiers
+ OPAMP1, OPAMP2 and OPAMP3:
+ (+) Internal connections to the ADC.
+ (+) Internal connections to the DAC.
+ (+) Internal connection to COMP1 (only OPAMP3).
+ (+) Internal connection for unity gain (voltage follower) configuration.
+ (+) Calibration capability.
+ (+) Selectable gain-bandwidth (2MHz in normal mode, 500KHz in low power mode).
+ [..]
+ (#) COMP AHB clock must be enabled to get write access
+ to OPAMP registers using
+ (#) RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_COMP, ENABLE)
+
+ (#) Configure the corresponding GPIO to OPAMPx INP, OPAMPx_INN (if used)
+ and OPAMPx_OUT in analog mode.
+
+ (#) Configure (close/open) the OPAMP switches using OPAMP_SwitchCmd()
+
+ (#) Enable the OPAMP peripheral using OPAMP_Cmd()
+
+ -@- In order to use OPAMP outputs as ADC inputs, the opamps must be enabled
+ and the ADC must use the OPAMP output channel number:
+ (+@) OPAMP1 output is connected to ADC channel 3.
+ (+@) OPAMP2 output is connected to ADC channel 8.
+ (+@) OPAMP3 output is connected to ADC channel 13 (SW1 switch must be closed).
+
+ * @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_opamp.h"
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP
+ * @brief OPAMP driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Group1 Initialization and configuration
+ * @brief Initialization and configuration
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and configuration #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitialize the OPAMPs register to its default reset value.
+ * @note At startup, OTR and LPOTR registers are set to factory programmed values.
+ * @param None.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void OPAMP_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /*!< Set OPAMP_CSR register to reset value */
+ OPAMP->CSR = 0x00010101;
+ /*!< Set OPAMP_OTR register to reset value */
+ OPAMP->OTR = (uint32_t)(* (uint32_t*)FLASH_R_BASE + 0x00000038);
+ /*!< Set OPAMP_LPOTR register to reset value */
+ OPAMP->LPOTR = (uint32_t)(* (uint32_t*)FLASH_R_BASE + 0x0000003C);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Close or Open the OPAMP switches.
+ * @param OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy: selects the OPAMPx switch.
+ * This parameter can be any combinations of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch3: used to connect internally OPAMP1 output to
+ * OPAMP1 negative input (internal follower)
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch4: used to connect PA2 to OPAMP1 negative input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch5: used to connect PA1 to OPAMP1 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch6: used to connect DAC_OUT1 to OPAMP1 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP1SwitchANA: used to meet 1 nA input leakage
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch3: used to connect internally OPAMP2 output to
+ * OPAMP2 negative input (internal follower)
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch4: used to connect PA7 to OPAMP2 negative input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch5: used to connect PA6 to OPAMP2 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch6: used to connect DAC_OUT1 to OPAMP2 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch7: used to connect DAC_OUT2 to OPAMP2 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP2SwitchANA: used to meet 1 nA input leakage
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch3: used to connect internally OPAMP3 output to
+ * OPAMP3 negative input (internal follower)
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch4: used to connect PC2 to OPAMP3 negative input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch5: used to connect PC1 to OPAMP3 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch6: used to connect DAC_OUT1 to OPAMP3 positive input
+ * @arg OPAMP_OPAMP3SwitchANA: used to meet 1 nA input leakage on negative input
+ *
+ * @param NewState: New state of the OPAMP switch.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * ENABLE to close the OPAMP switch
+ * or DISABLE to open the OPAMP switch
+ * @note OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch6 and OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch7 mustn't be closed together.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_SWITCH(OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Close the selected switches */
+ OPAMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Open the selected switches */
+ OPAMP->CSR &= (~(uint32_t)OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the OPAMP peripheral.
+ * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1: OPAMP1 is selected
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2: OPAMP2 is selected
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3: OPAMP3 is selected
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected OPAMP peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_Cmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected OPAMP */
+ OPAMP->CSR &= (~(uint32_t) OPAMP_Selection);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected OPAMP */
+ OPAMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) OPAMP_Selection;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the low power mode for OPAMP peripheral.
+ * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1: OPAMP1 selected
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2: OPAMP2 selected
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3: OPAMP3 selected
+ * @param NewState: new low power state of the selected OPAMP peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_LowPowerCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the selected OPAMP in low power mode */
+ OPAMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_Selection << 7);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the low power mode for the selected OPAMP */
+ OPAMP->CSR &= (~(uint32_t) (OPAMP_Selection << 7));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Select the OPAMP power range.
+ * @note The OPAMP power range selection must be performed while OPAMPs are powered down.
+ * @param OPAMP_Range: the selected OPAMP power range.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_PowerRange_Low: Low power range is selected (VDDA is lower than 2.4V).
+ * @arg OPAMP_PowerRange_High: High power range is selected (VDDA is higher than 2.4V).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_PowerRangeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_PowerRange)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_RANGE(OPAMP_PowerRange));
+
+ /* Reset the OPAMP range bit */
+ OPAMP->CSR &= (~(uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_AOP_RANGE));
+
+ /* Select the OPAMP power range */
+ OPAMP->CSR |= OPAMP_PowerRange;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Group2 Calibration functions
+ * @brief Calibration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Calibration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Select the trimming mode.
+ * @param OffsetTrimming: the selected offset trimming mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OffsetTrimming_Factory: factory trimming values are used for offset
+ * calibration.
+ * @arg OffsetTrimming_User: user trimming values are used for offset
+ * calibration.
+ * @note When OffsetTrimming_User is selected, use OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig()
+ * function or OPAMP_OffsetTrimLowPowerConfig() function to adjust
+ * trimming value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimmingModeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_Trimming)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(OPAMP_Trimming));
+
+ /* Reset the OPAMP_OTR range bit */
+ OPAMP->CSR &= (~(uint32_t) (OPAMP_OTR_OT_USER));
+
+ /* Select the OPAMP offset trimming */
+ OPAMP->CSR |= OPAMP_Trimming;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the trimming value of OPAMPs in normal mode.
+ * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1: OPAMP1 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2: OPAMP2 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3: OPAMP3 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @param OPAMP_Input: the selected OPAMP input.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Input_NMOS: NMOS input is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Input_PMOS: PMOS input is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @param OPAMP_TrimValue: the trimming value. This parameter can be any value lower
+ * or equal to 0x0000001F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INPUT(OPAMP_Input));
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(OPAMP_TrimValue));
+
+ /* Get the OPAMP_OTR value */
+ tmpreg = OPAMP->OTR;
+
+ if(OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1)
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= OPAMP_Input;
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFFFFE0);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFFFC1F);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<5);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2)
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Input<<8);
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFF83FF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<10);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFF07FFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<15);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Input<<16);
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFE0FFFFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<20);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xC1FFFFFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<25);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the OPAMP_OTR register */
+ OPAMP->OTR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the trimming value of OPAMPs in low power mode.
+ * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1: OPAMP1 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2: OPAMP2 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3: OPAMP3 is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @param OPAMP_Input: the selected OPAMP input.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Input_NMOS: NMOS input is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Input_PMOS: PMOS input is selected to configure the trimming value.
+ * @param OPAMP_TrimValue: the trimming value.
+ * This parameter can be any value lower or equal to 0x0000001F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimLowPowerConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INPUT(OPAMP_Input));
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(OPAMP_TrimValue));
+
+ /* Get the OPAMP_LPOTR value */
+ tmpreg = OPAMP->LPOTR;
+
+ if(OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1)
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= OPAMP_Input;
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFFFFE0);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFFFC1F);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP1 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<5);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2)
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Input<<8);
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFFF83FF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<10);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFFF07FFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP2 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<15);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the OPAMP inputs selection */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_L | OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CAL_H);
+ /* Select the OPAMP input */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Input<<16);
+
+ if(OPAMP_Input == OPAMP_Input_PMOS)
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xFE0FFFFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 PMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<20);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg &= (0xC1FFFFFF);
+ /* Set the new trimming value corresponding to OPAMP3 NMOS input */
+ tmpreg |= (OPAMP_TrimValue<<25);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the OPAMP_LPOTR register */
+ OPAMP->LPOTR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified OPAMP calibration flag is set or not.
+ * @note User should wait until calibration flag change the value when changing
+ * the trimming value.
+ * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1: OPAMP1 is selected.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2: OPAMP2 is selected.
+ * @arg OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3: OPAMP3 is selected.
+ * @retval The new state of the OPAMP calibration flag (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus OPAMP_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection));
+
+ /* Get the CSR register value */
+ tmpreg = OPAMP->CSR;
+
+ /* Check if OPAMP1 is selected */
+ if(OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1)
+ {
+ /* Check OPAMP1 CAL bit status */
+ if ((tmpreg & OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CALOUT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if OPAMP2 is selected */
+ else if(OPAMP_Selection == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2)
+ {
+ /* Check OPAMP2 CAL bit status */
+ if ((tmpreg & OPAMP_CSR_OPA2CALOUT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check OPAMP3 CAL bit status */
+ if ((tmpreg & OPAMP_CSR_OPA3CALOUT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bff60c866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_opamp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_opamp.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the operational
+ * amplifiers (opamp) firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_OPAMP_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_OPAMP_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1 OPAMP_CSR_OPA1PD
+#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2 OPAMP_CSR_OPA2PD
+#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3 OPAMP_CSR_OPA3PD
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Switches
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* OPAMP1 Switches */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch3 OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL1 /*!< OPAMP1 Switch 3 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch4 OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL1 /*!< OPAMP1 Switch 4 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch5 OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL1 /*!< OPAMP1 Switch 5 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP1Switch6 OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL1 /*!< OPAMP1 Switch 6 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP1SwitchANA OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL1 /*!< OPAMP1 Switch ANA */
+
+/* OPAMP2 Switches */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch3 OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch 3 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch4 OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch 4 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch5 OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch 5 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch6 OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch 6 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2Switch7 OPAMP_CSR_S7SEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch 7 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP2SwitchANA OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL2 /*!< OPAMP2 Switch ANA */
+
+/* OPAMP3 Switches */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch3 OPAMP_CSR_S3SEL3 /*!< OPAMP3 Switch 3 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch4 OPAMP_CSR_S4SEL3 /*!< OPAMP3 Switch 4 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch5 OPAMP_CSR_S5SEL3 /*!< OPAMP3 Switch 5 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP3Switch6 OPAMP_CSR_S6SEL3 /*!< OPAMP3 Switch 6 */
+#define OPAMP_OPAMP3SwitchANA OPAMP_CSR_ANAWSEL3 /*!< OPAMP3 Switch ANA */
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_SWITCH(SWITCH) ((((SWITCH) & (uint32_t)0xF0E1E1E1) == 0x00) && ((SWITCH) != 0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Trimming
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OPAMP_Trimming_Factory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Factory trimming */
+#define OPAMP_Trimming_User OPAMP_OTR_OT_USER /*!< User trimming */
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(TRIMMING) (((TRIMMING) == OPAMP_Trimming_Factory) || \
+ ((TRIMMING) == OPAMP_Trimming_User))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_Input
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OPAMP_Input_NMOS OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_H /*!< NMOS input */
+#define OPAMP_Input_PMOS OPAMP_CSR_OPA1CAL_L /*!< PMOS input */
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == OPAMP_Input_NMOS) || \
+ ((INPUT) == OPAMP_Input_PMOS))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_TrimValue
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x0000001F) /*!< Trimming value */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMP_PowerRange
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define OPAMP_PowerRange_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Low power range is selected (VDDA is lower than 2.4V) */
+#define OPAMP_PowerRange_High OPAMP_CSR_AOP_RANGE /*!< High power range is selected (VDDA is higher than 2.4V) */
+
+#define IS_OPAMP_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == OPAMP_PowerRange_Low) || \
+ ((RANGE) == OPAMP_PowerRange_High))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void OPAMP_DeInit(void);
+void OPAMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_OPAMPxSwitchy, FunctionalState NewState);
+void OPAMP_Cmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState);
+void OPAMP_LowPowerCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState);
+void OPAMP_PowerRangeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_PowerRange);
+
+/* Calibration functions ******************************************************/
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimmingModeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_Trimming);
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue);
+void OPAMP_OffsetTrimLowPowerConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue);
+FlagStatus OPAMP_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_OPAMP_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce6f04753f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_pwr.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+ * + RTC Domain Access
+ * + PVD configuration
+ * + WakeUp pins configuration
+ * + Ultra Low Power mode configuration
+ * + Voltage Scaling configuration
+ * + Low Power modes configuration
+ * + Flags management
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR
+ * @brief PWR driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */
+#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08
+#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
+#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04
+#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of ULP bit */
+#define ULP_BitNumber 0x09
+#define CR_ULP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ULP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of FWU bit */
+#define FWU_BitNumber 0x0A
+#define CR_FWU_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (FWU_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08
+#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CR register bit mask */
+#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F)
+#define CR_VOS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFE7FF)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 RTC Domain Access function
+ * @brief RTC Domain Access function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Domain Access function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] After reset, the RTC Registers (RCC CSR Register, RTC registers and RTC backup
+ registers) are protected against possible stray write accesses.
+ [..] To enable access to RTC domain use the PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @note Before calling this function, the VOS[1:0] bits should be configured
+ * to "10" and the system frequency has to be configured accordingly.
+ * To configure the VOS[1:0] bits, use the PWR_VoltageScalingConfig()
+ * function.
+ * @note ULP and FWU bits are not reset by this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers.
+ * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the
+ * RTC Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_RTCAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions
+ * @brief PVD configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### PVD configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold
+ selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+ (+) The PVD can use an external input analog voltage (PVD_IN) which is compared
+ internally to VREFINT. The PVD_IN (PB7) has to be configured in Analog mode
+ when PWR_PVDLevel_7 is selected (PLS[2:0] = 111).
+ (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the
+ PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16
+ and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers.
+ (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0: PVD detection level set to 1.9V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1: PVD detection level set to 2.1V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2: PVD detection level set to 2.3V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3: PVD detection level set to 2.5V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4: PVD detection level set to 2.7V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5: PVD detection level set to 2.9V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6: PVD detection level set to 3.1V.
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7: External input analog voltage (Compare internally to VREFINT).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel));
+
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+
+ /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK;
+
+ /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */
+ tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the PVD.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pins configuration functions
+ * @brief WakeUp pins configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WakeUp pin configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. These pins are
+ forced in input pull down configuration and are active on rising edges.
+ (+) There are three WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00, WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 and
+ WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+ * @param PWR_WakeUpPin: specifies the WakeUpPin.
+ * This parameter can be: PWR_WakeUpPin_1, PWR_WakeUpPin_2 or PWR_WakeUpPin_3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PWR_WakeUpPin));
+
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ tmp = CSR_EWUP_BB + PWR_WakeUpPin;
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) (tmp) = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions
+ * @brief Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) The internal voltage reference consumption is not negligible, in particular
+ in Stop and Standby mode. To reduce power consumption, use the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd()
+ function (ULP bit (Ultra low power) in the PWR_CR register) to disable the
+ internal voltage reference. However, in this case, when exiting from the
+ Stop/Standby mode, the functions managed through the internal voltage reference
+ are not reliable during the internal voltage reference startup time (up to 3 ms).
+ To reduce the wakeup time, the device can exit from Stop/Standby mode without
+ waiting for the internal voltage reference startup time. This is performed
+ by using the PWR_FastWakeUpCmd() function (setting the FWU bit (Fast
+ wakeup) in the PWR_CR register) before entering Stop/Standby mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Fast WakeUp functionality.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_FastWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FWU_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Ultra Low Power mode.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Ultra Low Power mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ULP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 Voltage Scaling configuration functions
+ * @brief Voltage Scaling configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Voltage Scaling configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ (+) The dynamic voltage scaling is a power management technique which consists in
+ increasing or decreasing the voltage used for the digital peripherals (VCORE),
+ according to the circumstances.
+
+ [..] Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency and FLASH wait
+ state should be adapted accordingly:
+ [..]
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ | |------------------------------------------------|
+ | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range |
+ | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V |
+ | |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | | Range 3 | Range 2 | Range 1 |
+ | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V |
+ |---------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | 0WS(1CPU cycle) |0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 |
+ |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | 1WS(2CPU cycle) |2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32|
+ |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | CPU Performance | Low | Medium | High |
+ |-----__----------|----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |Power Performance| High | Medium | Low |
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ (+) To modify the Product voltage range, user application has to:
+ (++) Check VDD to identify which ranges are allowed (see table above).
+ (++) Check the PWR_FLAG_VOSF (Voltage Scaling update ongoing) using the PWR_GetFlagStatus()
+ function and wait until it is reset.
+ (++) Configure the Voltage range using the PWR_VoltageScalingConfig() function.
+
+ (+) When VCORE range 1 is selected and VDD drops below 2.0 V, the application must
+ reconfigure the system:
+ (++) Detect that VDD drops below 2.0 V using the PVD Level 1.
+ (++) Adapt the clock frequency to the voltage range that will be selected at next step.
+ (++) Select the required voltage range.
+ (++) When VCORE range 2 or range 3 is selected and VDD drops below 2.0 V, no system
+ reconfiguration is required.
+
+ (+) When VDD is above 2.0 V, any of the 3 voltage ranges can be selected.
+ (++) When the voltage range is above the targeted voltage range (e.g. from range
+ 1 to 2).
+ (++) Adapt the clock frequency to the lower voltage range that will be selected
+ at next step.
+ (++) Select the required voltage range.
+ (++) When the voltage range is below the targeted voltage range (e.g. from range
+ 3 to 1).
+ (++) Select the required voltage range.
+ (++) Tune the clock frequency if needed.
+
+ (+) When VDD is below 2.0 V, only range 2 and 3 can be selected:
+ (++) From range 2 to range 3.
+ (+++) Adapt the clock frequency to voltage range 3.
+ (+++) Select voltage range 3.
+ (++) From range 3 to range 2.
+ (+++) Select the voltage range 2.
+ (+++) Tune the clock frequency if needed.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the voltage scaling range.
+ * @note During voltage scaling configuration, the system clock is stopped
+ * until the regulator is stabilized (VOSF = 0). This must be taken
+ * into account during application developement, in case a critical
+ * reaction time to interrupt is needed, and depending on peripheral
+ * used (timer, communication,...).
+ *
+ * @param PWR_VoltageScaling: specifies the voltage scaling range.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1: Voltage Scaling Range 1 (VCORE = 1.8V).
+ * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2: Voltage Scaling Range 2 (VCORE = 1.5V).
+ * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3: Voltage Scaling Range 3 (VCORE = 1.2V)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t PWR_VoltageScaling)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(PWR_VoltageScaling));
+
+ tmp = PWR->CR;
+
+ tmp &= CR_VOS_MASK;
+ tmp |= PWR_VoltageScaling;
+
+ PWR->CR = tmp & 0xFFFFFFF3;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Low Power modes configuration functions
+ * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Low Power modes configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The devices feature five low-power modes:
+ (+) Low power run mode: regulator in low power mode, limited clock frequency,
+ limited number of peripherals running.
+ (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+ (+) Low power sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, limited clock frequency,
+ limited number of peripherals running, regulator in low power mode.
+ (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode.
+ (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off.
+
+ *** Low power run mode (LP run) ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) Decrease the system frequency.
+ (++) The regulator is forced in low power mode using the PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode()
+ function.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) The regulator is forced in Main regulator mode sing the PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode()
+ function.
+ (++) Increase the system frequency if needed.
+
+ *** Sleep mode ***
+ ==================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Sleep mode is entered by using the PWR_EnterSleepMode(PWR_Regulator_ON,)
+ function with regulator ON.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+ controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+ *** Low power sleep mode (LP sleep) ***
+ =======================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Flash memory must be switched off by using the FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd()
+ function.
+ (++) Decrease the system frequency.
+ (++) The regulator is forced in low power mode and the WFI or WFE instructions
+ are executed using the PWR_EnterSleepMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) function
+ with regulator in LowPower.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+ controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep LP mode.
+
+ *** Stop mode ***
+ =================
+ [..] In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI,
+ the HSI and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register
+ contents are preserved.
+ The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+ To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature
+ sensor can be switched off before entering the Stop mode. They can be switched
+ on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd()
+ function.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,)
+ function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
+
+ *** Standby mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+ on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+ The VCORE domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the MSI, the HSI
+ oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register
+ contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers and
+ Standby circuitry.
+
+ [..] The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+ [..] To minimize the consumption In Standby mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature
+ sensor can be switched off before entering the Standby mode. They can be switched
+ on again by software after exiting the Standby mode using the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd()
+ function.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
+ tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+ *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+ Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event,
+ without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+ or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
+ and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+ or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
+ function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd()
+ functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 20 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+ or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(),
+ RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions.
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
+ and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to:
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
+ function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd()
+ functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(),
+ RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions.
+
+ (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup
+ event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 for comparator 1 or EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2
+ to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling
+ and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters/Exits the Low Power Run mode.
+ * @note Low power run mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2.
+ * In addition, the dynamic voltage scaling must not be used when Low
+ * power run mode is selected. Only Stop and Sleep modes with regulator
+ * configured in Low power mode is allowed when Low power run mode is
+ * selected.
+ * @note In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Run mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_LPSDSR;
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_LPRUN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_LPRUN);
+ PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_LPSDSR);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+ * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in Sleep mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: Sleep mode with regulator ON
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: Sleep mode with regulator in low power mode
+ * @note Low power sleep mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2.
+ * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+ * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Low power sleep mode.
+ * @param PWR_SLEEPEntry: specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator));
+
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(PWR_SLEEPEntry));
+
+ /* Select the regulator state in Sleep mode ---------------------------------*/
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+
+ /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK;
+
+ /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+ tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+ /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP);
+
+ /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(PWR_SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __WFE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STOP mode.
+ * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the MSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+ * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+ * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+ * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+ * is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+ * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON.
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode.
+ * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction.
+ * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+ /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK;
+
+ /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+ tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
+
+ /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __WFE();
+ }
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
+ * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+ * Reset pad (still available)
+ * RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2), tamper,
+ * time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+ * WKUP pin 1 (PA0) and WKUP pin 3 (PE6), if enabled.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+ /* Clear Wakeup flag */
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF;
+
+ /* Select STANDBY mode */
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ __force_stores();
+#endif
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group7 Flags management functions
+ * @brief Flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not.
+ * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
+ * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B),
+ * RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
+ * resumed from StandBy mode.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
+ * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal Voltage Reference Ready flag. This
+ * flag indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_VOS: Voltage Scaling select flag. A delay is required for
+ * the internal regulator to be ready after the voltage range is changed.
+ * The VOSF flag indicates that the regulator has reached the voltage level
+ * defined with bits VOS[1:0] of PWR_CR register.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_REGLP: Regulator LP flag. This flag is set by hardware
+ * when the MCU is in Low power run mode.
+ * When the MCU exits from Low power run mode, this flag stays SET until
+ * the regulator is ready in main mode. A polling on this flag is
+ * recommended to wait for the regulator main mode.
+ * This flag is RESET by hardware when the regulator is ready.
+ * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+
+ if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags.
+ * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb1ed50412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_pwr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_pwr.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_PWR_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_PWR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 /* External input analog voltage
+ (Compare internally to VREFINT) */
+#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \
+ ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \
+ ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \
+ ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_WakeUpPin_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define PWR_WakeUpPin_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define PWR_WakeUpPin_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_1) || \
+ ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_2) || \
+ ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_3))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Voltage_Scaling_Ranges
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1 PWR_CR_VOS_0
+#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2 PWR_CR_VOS_1
+#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3 PWR_CR_VOS
+
+#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1) || \
+ ((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2) || \
+ ((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_is_Sleep_STOP_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_CR_LPSDSR
+#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \
+ ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Flag
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF
+#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF
+#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO
+#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF
+#define PWR_FLAG_VOS PWR_CSR_VOSF
+#define PWR_FLAG_REGLP PWR_CSR_REGLPF
+
+#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \
+ ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VOS) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_REGLP))
+
+#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/
+void PWR_DeInit(void);
+
+/* RTC Domain Access function *************************************************/
+void PWR_RTCAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/
+void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel);
+void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/
+void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions *******************************/
+void PWR_FastWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Voltage Scaling configuration functions ************************************/
+void PWR_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t PWR_VoltageScaling);
+
+/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/
+void PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode(FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry);
+void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
+void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
+
+/* Flags management functions *************************************************/
+FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
+void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_PWR_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6218025f9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1642 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_rcc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral:
+ * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration
+ * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
+ * + Peripheral clocks configuration
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RCC specific features #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] After reset the device is running from MSI (2 MHz) with Flash 0 WS,
+ all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
+ (#) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses;
+ all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed.
+ (#) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and
+ FLASH.
+ (#) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which
+ are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+ [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
+ (#) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+ (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
+ (#) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
+ (#) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
+ (#) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
+ (#) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not
+ derived from the System clock (ADC, RTC/LCD and IWDG)
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC
+ * @brief RCC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of HSION bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00
+#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of MSION bit */
+#define MSION_BitNumber 0x08
+#define CR_MSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */
+#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18
+#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */
+#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x1C
+#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of LSION bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x34)
+#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00
+#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of LSECSSON bit */
+#define LSECSSON_BitNumber 0x0B
+#define CSR_LSECSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSECSSON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */
+#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x16
+#define CSR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RTCRST bit */
+#define RTCRST_BitNumber 0x17
+#define CSR_RTCRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCRST_BitNumber * 4))
+
+
+/* ---------------------- RCC registers mask -------------------------------- */
+/* RCC Flag Mask */
+#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F)
+
+/* CR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023802)
+
+/* ICSCR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */
+#define ICSCR_BYTE4_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023807)
+
+/* CFGR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380A)
+
+/* CFGR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */
+#define CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380B)
+
+/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380D)
+
+/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380E)
+
+/* CSR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */
+#define CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023835)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static __I uint8_t PLLMulTable[9] = {3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48};
+static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions
+ * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Internal-external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external
+ clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO.
+ (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly
+ or through the PLL as System clock source.
+ (#) MSI (multi-speed internal), multispeed low power RC
+ (65.536 KHz to 4.194 MHz) MHz used as System clock source.
+ (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 37 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG
+ and/or RTC clock source.
+ (#) HSE (high-speed external), 1 to 24 MHz crystal oscillator used
+ directly or through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used
+ also as RTC clock source.
+ (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
+ (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock and USB (48 MHz).
+ (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure
+ occurs (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source),
+ the System clock is automatically switched to MSI and an interrupt
+ is generated if enabled.
+ The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt)
+ exception vector.
+ (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, MSI,
+ HSE, PLL, LSI or LSE clock (through a configurable prescaler) on
+ PA8 pin.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+ * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+ * @note MSI ON and used as system clock source (MSI range is not modified
+ * by this function, it keep the value configured by user application)
+ * @note HSI, HSE and PLL OFF
+ * @note AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
+ * @note CSS and MCO OFF
+ * @note All interrupts disabled
+ * @note However, this function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+ * @note Peripheral clocks
+ * @note LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+
+ /* Set MSION bit */
+ RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000100;
+
+ /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE1[2:0], PPRE2[2:0], MCOSEL[2:0] and MCOPRE[2:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0x88FFC00C;
+
+ /* Reset HSION, HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEEFEFFFE;
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
+
+ /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLMUL[3:0] and PLLDIV[1:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF02FFFF;
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ RCC->CIR = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE).
+ * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application
+ * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock
+ * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock.
+ * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the
+ * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source
+ * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it).
+ * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @note This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS)
+ * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this
+ * function.
+ * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after
+ * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles.
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE));
+
+ /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+
+ /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for HSE start-up.
+ * @note This functions waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if
+ * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached
+ * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant
+ * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32l1xx.h file. You can tailor it depending
+ * on the HSE crystal used in your application.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use
+ * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready
+ */
+ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is ready and if timeout is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY);
+ StartUpCounter++;
+ } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET));
+
+ if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Adjusts the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.
+ * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage
+ * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal MSI RC.
+ * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to
+ * calibrate the MSI.
+ * @param MSICalibrationValue: specifies the MSI calibration trimming value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AdjustMSICalibrationValue(uint8_t MSICalibrationValue)
+{
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(MSICalibrationValue));
+
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) ICSCR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = MSICalibrationValue;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range.
+ * @note After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, the MSI clock is
+ * around 2.097 MHz. The MSI clock does not change after wake-up from
+ * STOP mode.
+ * @note The MSI clock range can be modified on the fly.
+ * @param RCC_MSIRange: specifies the MSI Clock range.
+ * This parameter must be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_0: MSI clock is around 65.536 KHz
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_1: MSI clock is around 131.072 KHz
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_2: MSI clock is around 262.144 KHz
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_3: MSI clock is around 524.288 KHz
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_4: MSI clock is around 1.048 MHz
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_5: MSI clock is around 2.097 MHz (default after Reset or wake-up from STANDBY)
+ * @arg RCC_MSIRange_6: MSI clock is around 4.194 MHz
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_MSIRangeConfig(uint32_t RCC_MSIRange)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_MSIRange));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->ICSCR;
+
+ /* Clear MSIRANGE[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE;
+
+ /* Set the MSIRANGE[2:0] bits according to RCC_MSIRange value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)RCC_MSIRange;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->ICSCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI).
+ * @note The MSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * It is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
+ * startup from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
+ * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
+ * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+ * @note MSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source.
+ * In this case, you have to select another source of the system
+ * clock then stop the MSI.
+ * @note After enabling the MSI, the application software should wait on
+ * MSIRDY flag to be set indicating that MSI clock is stable and can
+ * be used as system clock source.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the MSI.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note When the MSI is stopped, MSIRDY flag goes low after 6 MSI oscillator
+ * clock cycles.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_MSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
+ * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage
+ * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC.
+ * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to
+ * calibrate the HSI.
+ * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the HSI calibration trimming value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->ICSCR;
+
+ /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM;
+
+ /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 8;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->ICSCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI).
+ * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on
+ * HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can
+ * be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock.
+ * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL
+ * as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source
+ * of the system clock then stop the HSI.
+ * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the HSI.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator
+ * clock cycles.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE).
+ * @note As the LSE is in the RTC domain and write access is denied to this
+ * domain after reset, you have to enable write access using
+ * PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE
+ * (to be done once after reset).
+ * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application
+ * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock
+ * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC.
+ * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after
+ * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles.
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE));
+
+ /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+
+ /* Set the new LSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI).
+ * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on
+ * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can
+ * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC.
+ * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the LSI.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator
+ * clock cycles.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor.
+ * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled.
+ *
+ * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source
+ * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source
+ * @note The minimum input clock frequency for PLL is 2 MHz (when using HSE as
+ * PLL source).
+ *
+ * @param RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor, which drive the PLLVCO clock
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_3: PLL clock source multiplied by 3
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_4: PLL clock source multiplied by 4
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_6: PLL clock source multiplied by 6
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_8: PLL clock source multiplied by 8
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_12: PLL clock source multiplied by 12
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_16: PLL clock source multiplied by 16
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_24: PLL clock source multiplied by 24
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_32: PLL clock source multiplied by 32
+ * @arg RCC_PLLMul_48: PLL clock source multiplied by 48
+ * @note The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication
+ * factor to avoid exceeding:
+ * - 96 MHz as PLLVCO when the product is in range 1
+ * - 48 MHz as PLLVCO when the product is in range 2
+ * - 24 MHz when the product is in range 3
+ * @note When using the USB the PLLVCO should be 96MHz
+ *
+ * @param RCC_PLLDiv: specifies the PLL division factor.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_2: PLL Clock output divided by 2
+ * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_3: PLL Clock output divided by 3
+ * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_4: PLL Clock output divided by 4
+ * @note The application software must set correctly the output division to avoid
+ * exceeding 32 MHz as SYSCLK.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PLLConfig(uint8_t RCC_PLLSource, uint8_t RCC_PLLMul, uint8_t RCC_PLLDiv)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_DIV(RCC_PLLDiv));
+
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(RCC_PLLSource | ((uint8_t)(RCC_PLLMul | (uint8_t)(RCC_PLLDiv))));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the PLL.
+ * @note After enabling the PLL, the application software should wait on
+ * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can
+ * be used as system clock source.
+ * @note The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source
+ * @note The PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the PLL.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System.
+ * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+ * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+ * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+ * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+ * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the LSE Clock Security System.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSEClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSECSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8).
+ * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_MSI: MSI oscillator clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK: PLL clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI clock selected
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE clock selected
+ * @param RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCO prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MCODiv_1: no division applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg RCC_MCODiv_2: division by 2 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg RCC_MCODiv_4: division by 4 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg RCC_MCODiv_8: division by 8 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg RCC_MCODiv_16: division by 16 applied to MCO clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource, uint8_t RCC_MCODiv)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_DIV(RCC_MCODiv));
+
+ /* Select MCO clock source and prescaler */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions
+ * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB,
+ APB1 and APB2 busses clocks.
+ (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK):
+ MSI, HSI, HSE and PLL.
+ The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
+ prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
+ on AHB bus (DMA and GPIO).APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are
+ derived from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to
+ clock the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use
+ "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these
+ clocks.
+
+ -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK)
+ except:
+ (+@) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock.
+ (+@) The ADC clock which is always the HSI clock. A divider by 1, 2
+ or 4 allows to adapt the clock frequency to the device operating
+ conditions.
+ (+@) The RTC/LCD clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz
+ HSE_RTC (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler).
+ The System clock (SYSCLK) frequency must be higher or equal to
+ the RTC/LCD clock frequency.
+ (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+
+ (#) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 32 MHz.
+ Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should
+ be adapted accordingly:
+
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ | |------------------------------------------------|
+ | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range |
+ | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V |
+ | |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V |
+ |-------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 |
+ |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|
+ |1WS(2CPU cycle)|2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32|
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ (#) After reset, the System clock source is the MSI (2 MHz) with 0 WS,
+ Flash 32-bit access is enabled and prefetch is disabled.
+ [..] It is recommended to use the following software sequences to tune the
+ number of wait states needed to access the Flash memory with the CPU
+ frequency (HCLK).
+ (+) Increasing the CPU frequency (in the same voltage range)
+ (+) Program the Flash 64-bit access, using "FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(ENABLE)"
+ function
+ (+) Check that 64-bit access is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR
+ (+) Program Flash WS to 1, using "FLASH_SetLatency(FLASH_Latency_1)"
+ function
+ (+) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading
+ FLASH_ACR
+ (+) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function
+ (+) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()"
+ function
+ (+) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading
+ the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function
+ (+) Decreasing the CPU frequency (in the same voltage range)
+ (+) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function
+ (+) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()"
+ function
+ (+) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading
+ the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function
+ (+) Program the new number of WS, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function
+ (+) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading
+ FLASH_ACR
+ (+) Enable the Flash 32-bit access, using "FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(DISABLE)"
+ function
+ (+) Check that 32-bit access is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK).
+ * @note The MSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
+ * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
+ * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
+ * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+ * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+ * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
+ * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+ * occur when the clock source will be ready.
+ * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is
+ * currently used as system clock source.
+ * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI: MSI selected as system clock source
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW;
+
+ /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one
+ * of the following values:
+ * - 0x00: MSI used as system clock
+ * - 0x04: HSI used as system clock
+ * - 0x08: HSE used as system clock
+ * - 0x0C: PLL used as system clock
+ */
+uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void)
+{
+ return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
+ * these bits to ensure that the system frequency does not exceed the
+ * maximum allowed frequency (for more details refer to section above
+ * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions")
+ * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the system clock (SYSCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE;
+
+ /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1).
+ * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1;
+
+ /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2).
+ * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2;
+
+ /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the frequencies of the System, AHB and APB busses clocks.
+ * @note The frequency returned by this function is not the real frequency
+ * in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined constant and
+ * the source selected by RCC_SYSCLKConfig():
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns values based on MSI
+ * Value as defined by the MSI range, refer to RCC_MSIRangeConfig()
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+ * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+ *
+ * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+ * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature, refer to RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue().
+ *
+ * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * return wrong result.
+ *
+ * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ *
+ * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold
+ * the clocks frequencies.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+ * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+ * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function
+ * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any
+ * configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmul = 0, plldiv = 0, pllsource = 0, presc = 0, msirange = 0;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
+
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00: /* MSI used as system clock */
+ msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE ) >> 13;
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+ break;
+ case 0x04: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x08: /* HSE used as system clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x0C: /* PLL used as system clock */
+ /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+ pllmul = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
+ plldiv = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV;
+ pllmul = PLLMulTable[(pllmul >> 18)];
+ plldiv = (plldiv >> 22) + 1;
+
+ pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+
+ if (pllsource == 0x00)
+ {
+ /* HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (((HSI_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* HSE selected as PLL clock source */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (((HSE_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+ }
+ break;
+ default: /* MSI used as system clock */
+ msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE ) >> 13;
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2 and ADCCLK clocks frequencies ----------------*/
+ /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE;
+ tmp = tmp >> 4;
+ presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+
+ /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1;
+ tmp = tmp >> 8;
+ presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+
+ /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2;
+ tmp = tmp >> 11;
+ presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* PCLK2 clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions
+ * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral clocks configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks.
+ (#) The RTC/LCD clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC
+ (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler).
+ (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are
+ off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. Before to start using a
+ peripheral you have to enable its interface clock. You can do this
+ using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions.
+
+ (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after
+ device reset) you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(),
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions.
+ (#) To further reduce power consumption in SLEEP mode the peripheral
+ clocks can be disabled prior to executing the WFI or WFE instructions.
+ You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(),
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd()
+ functions.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC and LCD clock (RTCCLK / LCDCLK).
+ * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the RTC domain and write
+ * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write
+ * access using PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure
+ * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset).
+ * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the RTC
+ * is reset using RCC_RTCResetCmd function, or by a Power On Reset (POR)
+ * @note The RTC clock (RTCCLK) is used also to clock the LCD (LCDCLK).
+ *
+ * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2: HSE divided by 2 selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4: HSE divided by 4 selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8: HSE divided by 8 selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16: HSE divided by 16 selected as RTC clock
+ *
+ * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to
+ * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source.
+ * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC
+ * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ *
+ * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz (when using HSE as
+ * RTC clock source).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource));
+
+ if ((RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE) == RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE)
+ {
+ /* If HSE is selected as RTC clock source, configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */
+ tmpreg = RCC->CR;
+
+ /* Clear RTCPRE[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_RTCPRE;
+
+ /* Configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */
+ tmpreg |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CR_RTCPRE);
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CR = tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ RCC->CSR &= ~RCC_CSR_RTCSEL;
+
+ /* Select the RTC clock source */
+ RCC->CSR |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock.
+ * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected
+ * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases the RTC peripheral and associated resources reset.
+ * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral, RTC clock source selection
+ * (in RCC_CSR) and the backup registers.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_RTCResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_RTCRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH: GPIOH clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC: CRC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF: (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode)
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1: DMA1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2: DMA2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_AES: AES clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC: FSMC clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 APB2 Clock.
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 APB2 Clock.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD: LCD clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB: USB clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP COMP clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH: GPIOH clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC: CRC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF: (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode)
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1: DMA1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2: DMA2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_AES: AES clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC: FSMC clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD: LCD clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB: USB clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock during SLEEP mode.
+ * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce
+ * power consumption.
+ * - After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again.
+ * - By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode.
+ * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH: GPIOH clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC: CRC clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF: (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode)
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM: SRAM clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1: DMA1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2: DMA2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_AES: AES clock
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC: FSMC clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_LPMODE_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->AHBLPENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->AHBLPENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the APB2 peripheral clock during SLEEP mode.
+ * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce
+ * power consumption.
+ * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again.
+ * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode.
+ * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB2LPENR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB2LPENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the APB1 peripheral clock during SLEEP mode.
+ * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce
+ * power consumption.
+ * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again.
+ * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode.
+ * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD: LCD clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB: USB clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP: COMP clock
+ * @param NewState: new state
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB1LPENR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB1LPENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts.
+ * @note The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable bit; once the CSS is enabled
+ * and if the HSE clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an NMI is
+ * automatically generated. The NMI will be executed indefinitely, and
+ * since NMI has higher priority than any other IRQ (and main program)
+ * the application will be stacked in the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt
+ * pending bit is cleared.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSECSS: LSE CSS interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not.
+ * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY: MSI oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSECSS: LSE oscillator clock CSS detected
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte Loader (OBL) reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset
+ * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ uint32_t statusreg = 0;
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get the RCC register index */
+ tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5;
+
+ if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->CR;
+ }
+ else /* The flag to check is in CSR register (tmp == 2) */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->CSR;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the flag position */
+ tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK;
+
+ if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags.
+ * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST,
+ * RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+ /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */
+ RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSECSS: LSE CSS interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */
+ if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the RCC_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSECSS: LSE CSS interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt
+ pending bits */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f85fa8455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rcc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_rcc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_RCC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_RCC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ uint32_t HCLK_Frequency;
+ uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency;
+ uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency;
+}RCC_ClocksTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \
+ ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_MSI_Clock_Range
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_MSIRange_0 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_0 /*!< MSI = 65.536 KHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_1 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_1 /*!< MSI = 131.072 KHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_2 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_2 /*!< MSI = 262.144 KHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_3 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_3 /*!< MSI = 524.288 KHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_4 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_4 /*!< MSI = 1.048 MHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_5 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_5 /*!< MSI = 2.097 MHz */
+#define RCC_MSIRange_6 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_6 /*!< MSI = 4.194 MHz */
+
+#define IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_0) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_1) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_2) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_3) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_4) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_5) || \
+ ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_6))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Multiplication_Factor
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_PLLMul_3 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_6 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_8 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_12 ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_16 ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_24 ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_32 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define RCC_PLLMul_48 ((uint8_t)0x20)
+
+
+#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || \
+ ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || \
+ ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16) || \
+ ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_24) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_32) || \
+ ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_48))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Divider_Factor
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_PLLDiv_2 ((uint8_t)0x40)
+#define RCC_PLLDiv_3 ((uint8_t)0x80)
+#define RCC_PLLDiv_4 ((uint8_t)0xC0)
+
+
+#define IS_RCC_PLL_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_2) || ((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_3) || \
+ ((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI RCC_CFGR_SW_MSI
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE RCC_CFGR_SW_HSE
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL
+#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV2
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV4
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV8
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV16
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV64
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV128
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV256
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV512
+#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \
+ ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \
+ ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \
+ ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \
+ ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV1
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV8
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV16
+#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \
+ ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \
+ ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define RCC_IT_MSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define RCC_IT_LSECSS ((uint8_t)0x40)
+#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80)
+
+#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \
+ ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \
+ ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_MSIRDY) || \
+ ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSECSS))
+
+#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Configuration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \
+ ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_LSE
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_LSI
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2 RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE_0)
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE_1)
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE)
+#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Peripherals
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA RCC_AHBENR_GPIOAEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB RCC_AHBENR_GPIOBEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC RCC_AHBENR_GPIOCEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD RCC_AHBENR_GPIODEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE RCC_AHBENR_GPIOEEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH RCC_AHBENR_GPIOHEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF RCC_AHBENR_GPIOFEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG RCC_AHBENR_GPIOGEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC RCC_AHBENR_CRCEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF RCC_AHBENR_FLITFEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM RCC_AHBLPENR_SRAMLPEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 RCC_AHBENR_DMA1EN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 RCC_AHBENR_DMA2EN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_AES RCC_AHBENR_AESEN
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC RCC_AHBENR_FSMCEN
+
+#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xB4FF6F00) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+#define IS_RCC_AHB_LPMODE_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xB4FF6F00) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG RCC_APB2ENR_SYSCFGEN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM9EN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM10EN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM11EN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 RCC_APB2ENR_ADC1EN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO RCC_APB2ENR_SDIOEN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 RCC_APB2ENR_SPI1EN
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 RCC_APB2ENR_USART1EN
+
+#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFA5E2) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM2EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM3EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM4EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM5EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM6EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM7EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_LCD RCC_APB1ENR_LCDEN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG RCC_APB1ENR_WWDGEN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 RCC_APB1ENR_SPI2EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 RCC_APB1ENR_SPI3EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 RCC_APB1ENR_USART2EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 RCC_APB1ENR_USART3EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 RCC_APB1ENR_UART4EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 RCC_APB1ENR_UART5EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C1EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C2EN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB RCC_APB1ENR_USBEN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC RCC_APB1ENR_DACEN
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_COMP RCC_APB1ENR_COMPEN
+
+
+#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x4F0135C0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_MCO_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_MCOSource_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_MSI ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_LSI ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define RCC_MCOSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x07)
+
+#define IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_NoClock) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_MSI) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_MCO_Output_Divider
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_MCODiv_1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_MCODiv_2 ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define RCC_MCODiv_4 ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define RCC_MCODiv_8 ((uint8_t)0x30)
+#define RCC_MCODiv_16 ((uint8_t)0x40)
+
+#define IS_RCC_MCO_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_2) || \
+ ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_4) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_8) || \
+ ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_16))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Flag
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21)
+#define RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x29)
+#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x49)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LSECSS ((uint8_t)0x4A)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x41)
+#define RCC_FLAG_OBLRST ((uint8_t)0x59)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x5A)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x5B)
+#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x5C)
+#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5D)
+#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5E)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x5F)
+
+#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \
+ ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSECSS))
+
+#define IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F)
+#define IS_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x3F)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */
+void RCC_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/
+void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE);
+ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void);
+void RCC_MSIRangeConfig(uint32_t RCC_MSIRange);
+void RCC_AdjustMSICalibrationValue(uint8_t MSICalibrationValue);
+void RCC_MSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue);
+void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE);
+void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_PLLConfig(uint8_t RCC_PLLSource, uint8_t RCC_PLLMul, uint8_t RCC_PLLDiv);
+void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_LSEClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource, uint8_t RCC_MCODiv);
+
+/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/
+void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource);
+uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void);
+void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK);
+void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
+void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
+void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks);
+
+/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/
+void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource);
+void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_RTCResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG);
+void RCC_ClearFlag(void);
+ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT);
+void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_RCC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d853c3aeec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2675 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_rtc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization
+ * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration
+ * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration
+ * + WakeUp Timer configuration
+ * + Daylight Saving configuration
+ * + Output pin Configuration
+ * + Coarse digital Calibration configuration
+ * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration
+ * + TimeStamp configuration
+ * + Tampers configuration
+ * + Backup Data Registers configuration
+ * + Output Type Config configuration
+ * + Shift control synchronisation
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Domain Reset #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] After power-on reset, the RTC domain (RTC clock source configuration,
+ RTC registers and RTC Backup data registers) is reset. You can also
+ reset this domain by software using the RCC_RTCResetCmd() function.
+
+ ##### RTC Operating Condition #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] As long as the supply voltage remains in the operating range,
+ the RTC never stops, regardless of the device status (Run mode,
+ low power modes or under reset).
+
+ ##### RTC Domain Access #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] After reset, the RTC domain (RTC clock source configuration,
+ RTC registers and RTC Backup data registers) are protected against
+ possible stray write accesses.
+ [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+ (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_RTCAccessCmd() function.
+ (+) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function.
+ (+) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above)
+ (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and
+ RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function.
+ ***Time and Date configuration ***
+ ==================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime()
+ and RTC_SetDate() functions.
+ (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate()
+ functions.
+ (+) To read the RTC subsecond, use the RTC_GetSubSecond() function.
+ (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one
+ hour to the RTC Calendar.
+
+ ***Alarm configuration ***
+ ==========================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function.
+ (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function
+ (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function.
+
+ ***RTC Wakeup configuration ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter()
+ function.
+ (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function
+ (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter()
+ function.
+
+ ***Outputs configuration ***
+ ============================
+ [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs:
+ (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B
+ and WaKeUp signals.
+ To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the
+ RTC_OutputConfig() function.
+ (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz.
+ To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd()
+ function.
+
+ ***Smooth digital Calibration configuration ***
+ ===============================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding
+ calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig()
+ function.
+
+ ***Coarse digital Calibration configuration ***
+ ===============================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC Coarse Calibration Value and the corresponding
+ sign using the RTC_CoarseCalibConfig() function.
+ (+) Enable the RTC Coarse Calibration using the RTC_CoarseCalibCmd()
+ function.
+
+ ***TimeStamp configuration ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp
+ using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the
+ RTC_GetTimeStamp() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the
+ RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function.
+
+ ***Tamper configuration ***
+ ===========================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper
+ filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using
+ RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function.
+ (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using
+ RTC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function.
+
+ ***Backup Data Registers configuration ***
+ ==========================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister()
+ function.
+ (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister()
+ function.
+
+ ##### RTC and low power modes #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate
+ function.
+ [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B),
+ RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection.
+ These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop
+ and Standby lowpower modes.
+ The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending
+ on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm
+ or the RTC wakeup events.
+ [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the
+ Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
+ Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC
+ clock source is LSE or LSI.
+
+ ##### Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes:
+ (+) Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function.
+ (+) AFO_ALARM output.
+ (+) AFO_CALIB output.
+ (+) AFI_TAMPER.
+ (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP.
+
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | WKUP2 |ALARMOUTTYPE |
+ | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |ENABLED | AFO_ALARM |
+ | and function | | | | | |Configuration |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output OD | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output PP | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | |
+ | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | |
+ | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care |
+ | floating | | | | | | |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | |
+ | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Wakeup Pin 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care |
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC
+ * @brief RTC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Masks Definition */
+#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F)
+#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F)
+#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF)
+#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F)
+#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \
+ RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_SHPF))
+
+#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000)
+#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00008000)
+#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000)
+#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value);
+static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the
+ RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable
+ RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode,
+ RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
+ (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base.
+ It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.
+ (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler.
+ (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
+ asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption.
+ (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers
+ is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
+ (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter
+ initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped
+ and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is
+ complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then
+ wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means
+ that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
+ RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
+ implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+ * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+ * registers.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+ RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101;
+
+ /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF;
+ wutcounter++;
+ } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF;
+ RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF;
+ RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+ /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+ /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+ RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+ * in RTC_InitStruct.
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+ * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+ * initialization mode only.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */
+ RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT));
+ /* Set RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat));
+
+ /* Configure the RTC PRER */
+ RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv);
+ RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24;
+
+ /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F;
+
+ /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection.
+ * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8],
+ * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR.
+ * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection.
+ * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the write protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+ * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t initstatus = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF;
+ initcounter++;
+ } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+ * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ExitInitMode(void)
+{
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+ * synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+ * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ * the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+ * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+ * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+ * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear RSF flag */
+ RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK;
+
+ /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+ do
+ {
+ synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF;
+ synchrocounter++;
+ } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled
+ * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */
+ RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */
+ RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON;
+ }
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+ * directly from the Calendar counter.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+*/
+void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions
+ * @brief Time and Date configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Time and Date configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC
+ Calendar (Time and Date).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current time.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the time configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)));
+ }
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_TR register */
+ RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value
+ * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC current Time.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will
+ * contain the returned current time configuration.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_TR register */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Subseconds value.
+ * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the
+ * SSR register.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC current Calendar Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR);
+
+ /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */
+ (void) (RTC->DR);
+
+ return (tmpreg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current date.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the date configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10))
+ {
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A;
+ }
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)));
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg));
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay));
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_DR register */
+ RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value
+ * (Monday, January 01 xx00).
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC current date.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will
+ * contain the returned current date configuration.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_TR register */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions
+ * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC
+ Alarms.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A.
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B.
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds));
+
+ if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)));
+
+ if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value
+ * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask =
+ * all fields are masked).
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0;
+
+ /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1;
+
+ /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format.
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A.
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B.
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the output alarm configuration values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_SU));
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All);
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A.
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled
+ * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm state */
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm;
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8);
+ alarmcounter++;
+ } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the RTC AlarmA/B Subseconds value and mask.*
+ * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A.
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B.
+ * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Subseconds value.
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF.
+ * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Subseconds Mask.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All: All Alarm SS fields are masked.
+ * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1: SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[0] is compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2: SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[1:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3: SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[2:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4: SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[3:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5: SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[4:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6: SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[5:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7: SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[6:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8: SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[7:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9: SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[8:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[9:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[10:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[11:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[12:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14: SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[13:0] are compared.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None: SS[14:0] are compared and must match
+ * to activate alarm.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B SubSecond registers */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask);
+
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ /* Configure the AlarmA SubSecond register */
+ RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the Alarm B SubSecond register */
+ RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Subseconds value.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A.
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC Alarm Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS);
+ }
+
+ return (tmpreg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions
+ * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source.
+ * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16.
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8.
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4.
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2.
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE.
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the clock source */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter.
+ * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp.
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter.
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
+ RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void)
+{
+ /* Get the counter value */
+ return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE;
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE;
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF;
+ wutcounter++;
+ } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions
+ * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time.
+ * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time).
+ * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time).
+ * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit
+ * in CR register to store the operation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset.
+ * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation.
+ * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset
+ * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void)
+{
+ return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function
+ * @brief Output pin Configuration function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output pin Configuration function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM).
+ * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected
+ * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output.
+ * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output.
+ * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output.
+ * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following:
+ * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the
+ * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL).
+ * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the
+ * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL);
+
+ /* Configure the output selection and polarity */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Coarse and Smooth Calibrations configuration functions
+ * @brief Coarse and Smooth Calibrations configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Coarse and Smooth Calibrations configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Coarse Calibration parameters.
+ * @param RTC_CalibSign: specifies the sign of the calibration value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Positive: The value sign is positive.
+ * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Negative: The value sign is negative.
+ * @param Value: value of calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits)
+ * This value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative sign
+ * with a 2-ppm step.
+ * This value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive sign
+ * with a 4-ppm step.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are initialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(RTC_CalibSign));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the coarse calibration value */
+ RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(RTC_CalibSign | Value);
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Enables or disables the Coarse calibration process.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Coarse calibration.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are enabled/disabled
+ * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not enabled/disabled
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_DCE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Coarse Calibration */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_DCE;
+ }
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative
+ * pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the coarse calibration Output.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the RTC clock output */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the RTC clock output */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection .
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
+ * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
+ * @retval None
+*/
+void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /*clear flags before config*/
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings.
+ * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
+ * This parameter can be can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec: The smooth calibration periode is 32s.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec: The smooth calibration periode is 16s.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec: The smooth calibartion periode is 8s.
+ * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set: Add one RTCCLK puls every 2**11 pulses.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
+ * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured
+*/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t recalpfcount = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/
+ while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT))
+ {
+ recalpfcount++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */
+ RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return (ErrorStatus)(status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions
+ * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### TimeStamp configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the
+ * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+ * activated.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following:
+ * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising
+ * edge of the related pin.
+ * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * falling edge of the related pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+ /* Get the new configuration */
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+ RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the TimeStamp time values.
+ * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the TimeStamp date values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct,
+ RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */
+ tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+ tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+
+ /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0;
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds);
+
+ /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC timestamp Subseconds value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC current timestamp Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void)
+{
+ /* Get timestamp subseconds values from the correspondent registers */
+ return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions
+ * @brief Tampers configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Tampers configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge.
+ * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3.
+ * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that
+ * stimulates tamper event.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger));
+
+ /* Check if the active level for Tamper is rising edge (Low level)*/
+ if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge)
+ {
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection.
+ * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter.
+ * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency.
+ * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration.
+ * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input
+ * Precharge Duration.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event.
+ * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register
+ * is reset.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions
+ * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR));
+
+ tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50;
+ tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4);
+
+ /* Write the specified register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
+ * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR));
+
+ tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50;
+ tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4);
+
+ /* Read the specified register */
+ return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions
+ * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output Type Config configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode.
+ * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in
+ * Open Drain mode.
+ * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in
+ * Push Pull mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType));
+
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE);
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions
+ * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Shift control synchronisation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+ * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register
+ * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values :
+ * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set: Add one second to the clock calendar.
+ * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect.
+ * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured
+*/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t shpfcount = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Check if a Shift is pending*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the shift is completed*/
+ while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT))
+ {
+ shpfcount++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */
+ if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Shift settings */
+ RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S);
+
+ if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return (ErrorStatus)(status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller.
+ (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (+) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B)
+ using the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+
+ (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (+) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the
+ NVIC_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the
+ RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd()
+ functions.
+
+ (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (+) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the
+ RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions.
+
+ (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is
+ required:
+ (+) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not.
+ * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag.
+ * @argRTC_FLAG_SHPF: Shift operation pending flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag.
+ * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get all the flags */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK);
+
+ /* Return the status of the flag */
+ if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags.
+ * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0001FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt.
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt.
+ * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE));
+
+ /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */
+ enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & ((RTC_IT >> (RTC_IT >> 18)) >> 15)));
+
+ /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4)));
+
+ /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+ if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4);
+
+ /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
+ * @param Value: Byte to be converted.
+ * @retval Converted byte
+ */
+static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint8_t bcdhigh = 0;
+
+ while (Value >= 10)
+ {
+ bcdhigh++;
+ Value -= 10;
+ }
+
+ return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
+ * @param Value: BCD value to be converted.
+ * @retval Converted word
+ */
+static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint8_t tmp = 0;
+ tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10;
+ return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1a3c86fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_rtc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,896 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_rtc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_RTC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_RTC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief RTC Init structures definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */
+
+ uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value.
+ This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */
+
+ uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value.
+ This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7FFF */
+}RTC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RTC Time structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour.
+ This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range
+ if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if
+ the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes.
+ This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds.
+ This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */
+}RTC_TimeTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RTC Date structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format).
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date.
+ This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year.
+ This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */
+}RTC_DateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */
+
+ uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */
+
+ uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */
+
+ uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay.
+ If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter
+ must be set to a value in the 1-31 range.
+ If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this
+ parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */
+}RTC_AlarmTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7FFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12))
+#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23)
+#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59)
+#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40)
+#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Coded in BCD format */
+#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11)
+#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12)
+#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12))
+#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31))
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \
+ ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
+
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \
+ ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000)
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080)
+#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B))
+#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked.
+ There is no comparison on sub seconds
+ for Alarm */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm
+ comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm
+ comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */
+#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match
+ to activate alarm. */
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14) || \
+ ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Value
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00007FFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits))
+#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \
+ ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000)
+
+#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \
+ ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Coarse_Calibration_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \
+ ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative))
+#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /** @defgroup RTC_Calib_Output_selection_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_period_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
+ period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds */
+#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
+ period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds */
+#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
+ period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds */
+#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec) || \
+ ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec) || \
+ ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Plus_pulses_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses added
+ during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0].
+ with Y = 512, 256, 128 when X = 32, 16, 8 */
+#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited
+ during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]. */
+#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(PLUS) (((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set) || \
+ ((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Minus_pulses_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x000001FF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \
+ ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H))
+
+#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Filter_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_TamperFilter_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper filter is disabled */
+
+#define RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 2
+ consecutive samples at the active level */
+#define RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Tamper is activated after 4
+ consecutive samples at the active level */
+#define RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 8
+ consecutive samples at the active leve. */
+#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_Disable) || \
+ ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample) || \
+ ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample) || \
+ ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384 ((uint32_t)0x000000100) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 */
+#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 */
+#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512) || \
+ ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before
+ sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle */
+#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before
+ sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles */
+#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before
+ sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycles */
+#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before
+ sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycles */
+
+#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK) || \
+ ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK) || \
+ ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK) || \
+ ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E /*!< Tamper detection enable for
+ input tamper 1 */
+#define RTC_Tamper_2 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP2E /*!< Tamper detection enable for
+ input tamper 2 */
+#define RTC_Tamper_3 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP3E /*!< Tamper detection enable for
+ input tamper 3 */
+
+#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) ((((TAMPER) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFD6) == 0x00) && ((TAMPER) != (uint32_t)RESET))
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \
+ ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Add_1_Second_Parameter_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set ((uint32_t)0x80000000)
+#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset) || \
+ ((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Substract_Fraction_Of_Second_Value
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(FS) ((FS) <= 0x00007FFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR17 ((uint32_t)0x00000011)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR18 ((uint32_t)0x00000012)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR19 ((uint32_t)0x00000013)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR20 ((uint32_t)0x00000014)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR21 ((uint32_t)0x00000015)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR22 ((uint32_t)0x00000016)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR23 ((uint32_t)0x00000017)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR24 ((uint32_t)0x00000018)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR25 ((uint32_t)0x00000019)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR26 ((uint32_t)0x0000001A)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR27 ((uint32_t)0x0000001B)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR28 ((uint32_t)0x0000001C)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR29 ((uint32_t)0x0000001D)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR30 ((uint32_t)0x0000001E)
+#define RTC_BKP_DR31 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR16) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR17) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR18) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR19) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR20) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR21) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR22) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR23) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR24) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR25) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR26) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR27) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR28) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR29) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR30) || \
+ ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR31))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000)
+#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001)
+#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RECALPF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SHPF))
+#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFF00DF) == (uint32_t)RESET))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */
+#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RTC_IT_TAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define RTC_IT_TAMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+
+
+#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET))
+#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \
+ ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \
+ ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP2) || \
+ ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP3))
+#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFF10FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RTC_DigitalCalibConfig RTC_CoarseCalibConfig
+#define RTC_DigitalCalibCmd RTC_CoarseCalibCmd
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/
+ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void);
+
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct);
+void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct);
+void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void);
+void RTC_ExitInitMode(void);
+ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void);
+ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct);
+void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct);
+void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct);
+uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void);
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct);
+void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct);
+void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct);
+
+/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/
+void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct);
+void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct);
+void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct);
+ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask);
+uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm);
+
+/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/
+void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock);
+void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter);
+uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void);
+ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/
+void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation);
+uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void);
+
+/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/
+void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity);
+
+/* Coarse and Smooth Calibration configuration functions **********************/
+ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value);
+ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput);
+ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/
+void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct,
+ RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct);
+uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void);
+
+/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/
+void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger);
+void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter);
+void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq);
+void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration);
+void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/
+void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR);
+
+/* Output Type Config configuration functions *********************************/
+void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType);
+
+/* RTC_Shift_control_synchonisation_functions *********************************/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG);
+void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG);
+ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT);
+void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_RTC_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcb11a075b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,984 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_sdio.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the SDIO peripheral:
+ * + Initialization
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL
+ (PLLVCO) througth a fixed divider by 2.
+ Before to start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the PLLVCO is
+ well configured to 96MHz.
+ The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals:
+ (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz).
+ (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2).
+ PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following
+ condition: Frequenc(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK)).
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE).
+ (#) According to the SDIO mode, enable the GPIO clocks using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function.
+ The I/O can be one of the following configurations:
+ (++) 1-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D0.
+ (++) 4-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[3:0].
+ (++) 8-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[7:0].
+
+ (#) Peripheral's alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF.
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+
+ (#) Program the Clock Edge, Clock Bypass, Clock Power Save, Bus Wide,
+ hardware, flow control and the Clock Divider using the SDIO_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_SetPowerState(SDIO_PowerState_ON)
+ function.
+ (#) Enable the clock using the SDIO_ClockCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ SDIO_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+ (#) When using the DMA mode
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Active the needed channel Request using SDIO_DMACmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode.
+ (#) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send commands to the
+ card use the SDIO_SendCommand(), SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and
+ SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has to fill the command
+ structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according to the selected
+ command to be sent. The parameters that should be filled are:
+ (++) Command Argument.
+ (++) Command Index.
+ (++) Command Response type.
+ (++) Command Wait.
+ (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
+ To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP register
+ using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). The SDIO responses registers
+ (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the SDIO_GetResponse() function.
+ (#) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive
+ data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(),
+ SDIO_ReadData(), SDIO_WriteData() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions.
+
+ *** Read Operations ***
+ -----------------------
+ [..]
+ (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
+ SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
+ The parameters that should be filled are:
+ (++) Data TimeOut.
+ (++) Data Length.
+ (++) Data Block size.
+ (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO).
+ (++) Data Transfer mode.
+ (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
+ (#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card
+ according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10).
+ (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11).
+ (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
+
+ *** Write Operations ***
+ ------------------------
+ [..]
+ (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
+ SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
+ The parameters that should be filled are:
+ (++) Data TimeOut.
+ (++) Data Length.
+ (++) Data Block size.
+ (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD).
+ (++) Data Transfer mode.
+ (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
+ (#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card
+ according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10).
+ (#) Send the selected Write command (refer to step 11).
+ (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_sdio.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO
+ * @brief SDIO driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */
+#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08
+#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CMD Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */
+#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C)
+#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B
+#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */
+#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C
+#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */
+#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D
+#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */
+#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E
+#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */
+#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C)
+#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03
+#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */
+#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08
+#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */
+#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09
+#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */
+#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A
+#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */
+#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B
+#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
+
+/* CLKCR register clear mask */
+#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100)
+
+/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */
+#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+
+/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */
+#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08)
+
+/* --- CMD Register ---*/
+
+/* CMD Register clear mask */
+#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800)
+
+/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */
+#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14))
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct.
+ * @param SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl));
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */
+ tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR;
+
+ /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */
+ tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */
+ /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */
+ /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */
+ /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */
+ /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */
+ /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */
+ tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave |
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide |
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl);
+
+ /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */
+ SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00;
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising;
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable;
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable;
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b;
+ SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO Clock.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the power status of the controller.
+ * @param SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF: SDIO Power OFF.
+ * @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON: SDIO Power ON.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState));
+
+ SDIO->POWER = SDIO_PowerState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the power status of the controller.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can
+ * be one of the following:
+ * - 0x00: Power OFF
+ * - 0x02: Power UP
+ * - 0x03: Power ON
+ */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void)
+{
+ return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group2 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program SDIO DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group3 Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions
+ * @brief Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Command
+ path state machine (CPSM).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command.
+ * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM));
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Set the SDIO Argument value */
+ SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument;
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the SDIO CMD value */
+ tmpreg = SDIO->CMD;
+ /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */
+ tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */
+ /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */
+ /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */
+ /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response
+ | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM;
+
+ /* Write to SDIO CMD */
+ SDIO->CMD = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
+{
+ /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */
+ SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00;
+ SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00;
+ SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No;
+ SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No;
+ SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns command index of last command for which response received.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received.
+ */
+uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void)
+{
+ return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns response received from the card for the last command.
+ * @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1.
+ * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2.
+ * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3.
+ * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4.
+ * @retval The Corresponding response register value.
+ */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP));
+
+ tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
+
+ return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group4 Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions
+ * @brief Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Data path
+ state machine (DPSM).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct.
+ * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM));
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */
+ SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut;
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */
+ SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength;
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/
+ /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */
+ tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL;
+ /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */
+ tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */
+ /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */
+ /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */
+ /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir
+ | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM;
+
+ /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */
+ SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
+{
+ /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00;
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b;
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard;
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block;
+ SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
+ */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void)
+{
+ return SDIO->DCOUNT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read one data word from Rx FIFO.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Data received
+ */
+uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void)
+{
+ return SDIO->FIFO;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write one data word to Tx FIFO.
+ * @param Data: 32-bit data word to write.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data)
+{
+ SDIO->FIFO = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval Remaining number of words.
+ */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void)
+{
+ return SDIO->FIFOCNT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group5 SDIO IO Cards mode management functions
+ * @brief SDIO IO Cards mode management functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### SDIO IO Cards mode management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the SDIO IO
+ Cards.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
+ * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
+ * This parametre can be:
+ * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK.
+ * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation.
+ * @param NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group6 CE-ATA mode management functions
+ * @brief CE-ATA mode management functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### CE-ATA mode management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the CE-ATA
+ card.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the command completion signal.
+ * @param NewState: new state of command completion signal.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt.
+ * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61).
+ * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+
+
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ @endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts.
+ * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
+ * bus mode interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */
+ SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */
+ SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not.
+ * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
+ * bus mode.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61.
+ * @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
+
+ if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the SDIO's pending flags.
+ * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
+ * bus mode.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed).
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received.
+ * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
+
+ SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
+ * bus mode interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt.
+ * @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT));
+ if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
+ * bus mode interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt.
+ * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT));
+
+ SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54599fa966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_sdio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_sdio.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_SDIO_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_SDIO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SDIO
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is
+ enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or
+ disabled when the bus is idle.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */
+
+ uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */
+
+} SDIO_InitTypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent
+ to a card as part of a command message. If a command
+ contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register
+ before writing the command to the command register */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_Response; /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait-for-interrupt request is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM)
+ is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */
+} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer
+ is a read or write.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */
+
+ uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM)
+ is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */
+} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \
+ ((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \
+ ((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \
+ ((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \
+ ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \
+ ((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_soucres
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX) ((INDEX) < 0x40)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \
+ ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \
+ ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */
+#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */
+#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */
+#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \
+ ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
+#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \
+ ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
+#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \
+ ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \
+ ((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \
+ ((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \
+ ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \
+ ((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Function used to set the SDIO configuration to the default reset state ****/
+void SDIO_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
+void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
+void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void);
+
+/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/
+void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions *********************/
+void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
+void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
+uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP);
+
+/* Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ************************/
+void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
+void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void);
+uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void);
+void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void);
+
+/* SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ************************************/
+void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode);
+void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* CE-ATA mode management functions *******************************************/
+void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
+void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
+ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
+void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_SDIO_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19edb722e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_spi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI):
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Data transfers functions
+ * + Hardware CRC Calculation
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ [..] The I2S feature is not implemented in STM32L1xx Ultra Low Power
+ Medium-density devices and it's supported only STM32L1xx Ultra Low Power
+ Medium-density Plus and High-density devices.
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE)
+ function for SPI1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE)
+ function for SPI2 or using RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE)
+ for SPI3.
+
+ (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function.
+
+ (#) Peripherals alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF.
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+
+ (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave
+ Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init()
+ function.In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK
+ Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function.
+
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+
+ (#) When using the DMA mode
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function.
+
+ (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using
+ I2S_Cmd().
+
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode.
+
+ (#) Optionally, you can enable/configure the following parameters without
+ re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function):
+ (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)
+ is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init()
+ function it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx
+ or SPI_Direction_Rx using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function.
+ (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter
+ using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the
+ NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function.
+ (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function.
+ (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function.
+
+ (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral
+ CRC hardware Calculation subsection.
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_spi.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI
+ * @brief SPI driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040)
+#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF040)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI
+ Direction, SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS
+ Management, SPI Baud Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial.
+ [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for
+ Master mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available
+ in reference manual (RM0038)).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default
+ * reset values.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ if (SPIx == SPI1)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI1 reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI1 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (SPIx == SPI2)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI2 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI2 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SPIx == SPI3)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI3 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI3 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Check the SPI parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial));
+
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR1;
+ /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler
+ master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */
+ /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */
+ /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */
+ /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */
+ /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode |
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL |
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS |
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit);
+ /* Write to SPIx CR1 */
+ SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+ /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */
+ SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral
+ * (configured in I2S mode).
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral
+ * configured in I2S mode.
+ * @note
+ * The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most
+ * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values
+ * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater
+ * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+ uint32_t sourceclock = 0;
+
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL));
+
+/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
+ SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+
+ /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR;
+
+ /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)
+ {
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
+ i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;
+ }
+ /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b)
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 16 bits */
+ packetlength = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+ packetlength = 2;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+
+ /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+ sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
+
+ /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a flaoting point */
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable)
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is enabled */
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is disabled */
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the flaoting point */
+ tmp = tmp / 10;
+
+ /* Check the parity of the divider */
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
+
+ /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+ i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
+
+ /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
+ }
+
+ /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+ if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
+ {
+ /* Set the default values */
+ i2sdiv = 2;
+ i2sodd = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+ SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
+
+ /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \
+ (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \
+ (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))));
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
+ /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
+ /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit.
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize));
+ /* Clear DFF bit */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b;
+ /* Set new DFF bit value */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction.
+ * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction));
+ if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx)
+ {
+ /* Set the Tx only mode */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Rx only mode */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally.
+ * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft));
+ if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)
+ {
+ /* Set NSS pin internally by software */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data transfers functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+....[..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data
+ transfers.
+....[..] In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer
+ while In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer
+ before being transmitted.
+....[..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the
+ SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() function and returns the Rx buffered value.
+ Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData()
+ function and stores the written data into Tx buffer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+ * @retval The value of the received data.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Return the data in the DR register */
+ return SPIx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+ * @param Data: Data to be transmitted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
+ SPIx->DR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions
+ * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC
+ hardware calculation SPI communication using CRC is possible through
+ the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate
+ Prescaler, Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial
+ values using the SPI_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit
+ using the SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after
+ transmission of the last data, the CRC should be transmitted.
+ (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC.
+ The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT bit is reset. The CRC is also received and
+ compared against the SPI_RXCRCR value.
+ If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an
+ interrupt can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled.
+ -@-
+ (+@) It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication.
+ (+@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only
+ when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state.
+ If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive
+ to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever
+ the value of the SPE bit.
+ (+@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC.
+ As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC
+ transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC
+ transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception.
+ In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/
+ reception of the last data.
+ (+@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the
+ degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the
+ SPI bandwidth.
+ (+@) When the STM32L15xxx are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is
+ used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC
+ phase.
+ (+@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC
+ calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin.
+ This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the
+ communication master addresses slaves alternately.
+ (+@) Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection
+ (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave
+ sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective
+ CRC calculation.
+ -@- To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below:
+ (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function
+ (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register.
+ * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register.
+ * @retval The selected CRC register value.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC)
+{
+ uint16_t crcreg = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC));
+ if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx)
+ {
+ /* Get the Tx CRC register */
+ crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the Rx CRC register */
+ crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR;
+ }
+ /* Return the selected CRC register */
+ return crcreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Return the CRC polynomial register */
+ return SPIx->CRCPR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI
+ Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
+ The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to
+ manage the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode.
+ *** Polling Mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer
+ register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer
+ register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer
+ of the SPI.
+ (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur.
+ (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs.
+ (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs.
+ (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side.
+ -@- Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.
+ It is better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG).
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG).
+
+ *** Interrupt Mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt
+ sources and 7 pending bits:
+ [..] Pending Bits:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_IT_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur.
+ (#) SPI_IT_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ (#) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs.
+ [..] Interrupt Source:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty
+ interrupt.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not
+ empty interrupt.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT,
+ FunctionalState NewState).
+ (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT).
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT).
+
+ *** DMA Mode ***
+ ================
+ [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel
+ requests:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
+
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function:
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq,
+ FunctionalState NewState).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+
+ * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+ /* Get the SPI IT index */
+ itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+ /* Set the IT mask */
+ itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx flag is set or not.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+
+ * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag.
+ * @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag.
+ * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: Format Error.
+ * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag.
+ * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag.
+ * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */
+ if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+
+ * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear.
+ * This function clears only CRCERR flag.
+
+ * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read
+ * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
+ * @note UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to
+ * SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
+ * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write
+ * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
+ * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */
+ SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+
+ * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt.
+ * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_FRE: Format Error interrupt.
+ * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */
+ itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */
+ itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+ /* Set the IT mask */
+ itmask = 0x01 << itmask;
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */
+ enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ;
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */
+ if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
+
+ * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit.
+
+ * OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software
+ * sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData())
+ * followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
+ * @note UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read
+ * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
+ * @note MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
+ * a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus())
+ * followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable
+ * the SPI).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
+{
+ uint16_t itpos = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S IT index */
+ itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
+
+ /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */
+ SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd205eab61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_spi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_spi.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_SPI_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_SPI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
+ hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
+ used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
+ @note The communication clock is derived from the master
+ clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
+
+ uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */
+}SPI_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+ uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Mode */
+
+ uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Standard */
+
+ uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Data_Format */
+
+ uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output */
+
+ uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency */
+
+ uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity */
+}I2S_InitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == SPI3))
+#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == SPI3))
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000)
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \
+ ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \
+ ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \
+ ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104)
+#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \
+ ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_data_size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \
+ ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \
+ ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \
+ ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \
+ ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038)
+#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \
+ ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \
+ ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Standard
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
+#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \
+ ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \
+ ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \
+ ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \
+ ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Data_Format
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2)
+
+#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \
+ ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \
+ ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \
+ ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
+#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \
+ ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF)
+#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \
+ ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71)
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60)
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50)
+#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53)
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_FRE ((uint8_t)0x58)
+
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \
+ ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR))
+
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56)
+#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55)
+#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54)
+
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR))
+
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \
+ ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) ||\
+ ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_FRE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \
+ ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SPI_DMAReq_Tx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx
+#define SPI_DMAReq_Rx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx
+#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_I2S_IT_TXE
+#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE
+#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_I2S_IT_ERR
+#define SPI_IT_OVR SPI_I2S_IT_OVR
+#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE
+#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE
+#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR
+#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY
+#define SPI_DeInit SPI_I2S_DeInit
+#define SPI_ITConfig SPI_I2S_ITConfig
+#define SPI_DMACmd SPI_I2S_DMACmd
+#define SPI_SendData SPI_I2S_SendData
+#define SPI_ReceiveData SPI_I2S_ReceiveData
+#define SPI_GetFlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus
+#define SPI_ClearFlag SPI_I2S_ClearFlag
+#define SPI_GetITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus
+#define SPI_ClearITPendingBit SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state *****/
+void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
+void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
+void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
+void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
+void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize);
+void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction);
+void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft);
+void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/
+void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+
+/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/
+void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC);
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+
+/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/
+void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
+void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_SPI_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..792bf4e199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_syscfg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the SYSCFG and RI peripherals:
+ * + SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration
+ * + RI Initialization and Configuration
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions for:
+ (#) Remapping the memory accessible in the code area using
+ SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig().
+ (#) Manage the EXTI lines connection to the GPIOs using
+ SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig().
+ (#) Routing of I/Os toward the input captures of timers (TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4).
+ (#) Input routing of COMP1 and COMP2.
+ (#) Routing of internal reference voltage VREFINT to PB0 and PB1.
+ (#) The RI registers can be accessed only when the comparator
+ APB interface clock is enabled.
+ To enable comparator clock use:
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_COMP, ENABLE).
+ Following functions uses RI registers:
+ (++) SYSCFG_RIDeInit()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RITIMSelect()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RIChannelSpeedConfig()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd()
+ (++) SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig()
+ (#) The SYSCFG registers can be accessed only when the SYSCFG
+ interface APB clock is enabled.
+ To enable SYSCFG APB clock use:
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE);
+ Following functions uses SYSCFG registers:
+ (++) SYSCFG_DeInit()
+ (++) SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig()
+ (++) SYSCFG_GetBootMode()
+ (++) SYSCFG_USBPuCmd()
+ (++) SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig()
+@endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_syscfg.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG
+ * @brief SYSCFG driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define TIM_SELECT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) /*!< TIM select mask */
+#define IC_ROUTING_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /*!< Input Capture routing mask */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group1 SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the SYSCFG registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None.
+ * @retval None.
+ * @Note: MEMRMP bits are not reset by APB2 reset.
+ */
+void SYSCFG_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the RI registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RIDeInit(void)
+{
+ RI->ICR = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ICR to reset value */
+ RI->ASCR1 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ASCR1 to reset value */
+ RI->ASCR2 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ASCR2 to reset value */
+ RI->HYSCR1 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR1 to reset value */
+ RI->HYSCR2 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR2 to reset value */
+ RI->HYSCR3 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR3 to reset value */
+ RI->HYSCR4 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR4 to reset value */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified memory.
+ * @param SYSCFG_Memory: selects the memory remapping.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC: FSMC memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap));
+ SYSCFG->MEMRMP = SYSCFG_MemoryRemap;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the boot mode as configured by user.
+ * @param None.
+ * @retval The boot mode as configured by user. The returned value can be one
+ * of the following values:
+ * - 0x00000000: Boot is configured in Main Flash memory
+ * - 0x00000100: Boot is configured in System Flash memory
+ * - 0x00000200: Boot is configured in FSMC memory
+ * - 0x00000300: Boot is configured in Embedded SRAM memory
+ */
+uint32_t SYSCFG_GetBootMode(void)
+{
+ return (SYSCFG->MEMRMP & SYSCFG_MEMRMP_BOOT_MODE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Control the internal pull-up on USB DP line.
+ * @param NewState: New state of the internal pull-up on USB DP line.
+ * This parameter can be ENABLE: Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line.
+ * or DISABLE: Disconnect internal pull-up on USB DP line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_USBPuCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line */
+ SYSCFG->PMC |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disconnect internal pull-up on USB DP line */
+ SYSCFG->PMC &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line.
+ * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source
+ * for EXTI lines where x can be (A, B, C, D, E, F, G or H).
+ * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex));
+
+ tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp;
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group2 RI Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief RI Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RI Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the routing interface to select which Timer to be routed.
+ * @note Routing capability can be applied only on one of the three timers
+ * (TIM2, TIM3 or TIM4) at a time.
+ * @param TIM_Select: Timer select.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Select_None: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled.
+ * @arg TIM_Select_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed.
+ * @arg TIM_Select_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed.
+ * @arg TIM_Select_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(uint32_t TIM_Select)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(TIM_Select));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = RI->ICR;
+
+ /* Clear the TIMx select bits */
+ tmpreg &= TIM_SELECT_MASK;
+
+ /* Select the Timer */
+ tmpreg |= (TIM_Select);
+
+ /* Write to RI->ICR register */
+ RI->ICR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * to a selected I/O pin.
+ * @param RI_InputCapture selects which input capture to be routed.
+ * This parameter can be one (or combination) of the following parameters:
+ * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC1: Input capture 1 is selected.
+ * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC2: Input capture 2 is selected.
+ * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC3: Input capture 3 is selected.
+ * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC4: Input capture 4 is selected.
+ * @param RI_InputCaptureRouting: selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @param RI_InputCaptureRouting_0 to RI_InputCaptureRouting_15
+ * e.g.
+ * SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(TIM_Select_TIM2)
+ * SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(RI_InputCapture_IC1, RI_InputCaptureRouting_1)
+ * allows routing of Input capture IC1 of TIM2 to PA4.
+ * For details about correspondence between RI_InputCaptureRouting_x
+ * and I/O pins refer to the parameters' description in the header file
+ * or refer to the product reference manual.
+ * @note Input capture selection bits are not reset by this function.
+ * To reset input capture selection bits, use SYSCFG_RIDeInit() function.
+ * @note The I/O should be configured in alternate function mode (AF14) using
+ * GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(uint32_t RI_InputCapture, uint32_t RI_InputCaptureRouting)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE(RI_InputCapture));
+ assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(RI_InputCaptureRouting));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = RI->ICR;
+
+ /* Select input captures to be routed */
+ tmpreg |= (RI_InputCapture);
+
+ if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC1) == RI_InputCapture_IC1)
+ {
+ /* Clear the input capture select bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~IC_ROUTING_MASK);
+
+ /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( RI_InputCaptureRouting);
+ }
+
+ if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC2) == RI_InputCapture_IC2)
+ {
+ /* Clear the input capture select bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 4));
+
+ /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 4));
+ }
+
+ if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC3) == RI_InputCapture_IC3)
+ {
+ /* Clear the input capture select bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 8));
+
+ /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 8));
+ }
+
+ if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC4) == RI_InputCapture_IC4)
+ {
+ /* Clear the input capture select bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 12));
+
+ /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 12));
+ }
+
+ /* Write to RI->ICR register */
+ RI->ICR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Pull-up and Pull-down Resistors
+ * @param RI_Resistor selects the resistor to connect.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RI_Resistor_10KPU: 10K pull-up resistor.
+ * @arg RI_Resistor_400KPU: 400K pull-up resistor.
+ * @arg RI_Resistor_10KPD: 10K pull-down resistor.
+ * @arg RI_Resistor_400KPD: 400K pull-down resistor.
+ * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch associated to the selected
+ * resistor.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * ENABLE so the selected resistor is connected
+ * or DISABLE so the selected resistor is disconnected.
+ * @note To avoid extra power consumption, only one resistor should be enabled
+ * at a time.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig(uint32_t RI_Resistor, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_RESISTOR(RI_Resistor));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the resistor */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) RI_Resistor;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Resistor */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t) (~RI_Resistor);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the ADC channels speed.
+ * @param RI_Channel selects the channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RI_Channel_3: Channel 3 is selected.
+ * @arg RI_Channel_8: Channel 8 is selected.
+ * @arg RI_Channel_13: Channel 13 is selected.
+ * @param RI_ChannelSpeed: The speed of the selected ADC channel
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * RI_ChannelSpeed_Fast: The selected channel is a fast ADC channel
+ * or RI_ChannelSpeed_Slow: The selected channel is a slow ADC channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RIChannelSpeedConfig(uint32_t RI_Channel, uint32_t RI_ChannelSpeed)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_CHANNEL(RI_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_RI_CHANNELSPEED(RI_ChannelSpeed));
+
+ if(RI_ChannelSpeed != RI_ChannelSpeed_Fast)
+ {
+ /* Set the selected channel as a slow ADC channel */
+ COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t) (~RI_Channel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the selected channel as a fast ADC channel */
+ COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) (RI_Channel);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Close or Open the routing interface Input Output switches.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch: selects the I/O analog switch number.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_CH0 --> RI_IOSwitch_CH15.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_CH18 --> RI_IOSwitch_CH25.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3.
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP
+ * RI_IOSwitch_CH27
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_CH28 --> RI_IOSwitch_CH30
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR4_4
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_CH0b --> RI_IOSwitch_CH3b
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_CH6b --> RI_IOSwitch_CH12b
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR6_3
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR6_4
+ * @param RI_IOSwitch_GR5_4
+
+ * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch.
+ * This parameter can be
+ * ENABLE so the Input Output switch is closed
+ * or DISABLE so the Input Output switch is open.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig(uint32_t RI_IOSwitch, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t ioswitchmask = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_IOSWITCH(RI_IOSwitch));
+
+ /* Read Analog switch register index */
+ ioswitchmask = RI_IOSwitch >> 31;
+
+ /* Get Bits[30:0] of the IO switch */
+ RI_IOSwitch &= 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ if (ioswitchmask != 0)
+ {
+ /* Close the analog switches */
+ RI->ASCR1 |= RI_IOSwitch;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Open the analog switches */
+ RI->ASCR2 |= RI_IOSwitch;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ioswitchmask != 0)
+ {
+ /* Close the analog switches */
+ RI->ASCR1 &= (~ (uint32_t)RI_IOSwitch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Open the analog switches */
+ RI->ASCR2 &= (~ (uint32_t)RI_IOSwitch);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable the switch control mode.
+ * @param NewState: New state of the switch control mode. This parameter can
+ * be ENABLE: ADC analog switches closed if the corresponding
+ * I/O switch is also closed.
+ * When using COMP1, switch control mode must be enabled.
+ * or DISABLE: ADC analog switches open or controlled by the ADC interface.
+ * When using the ADC for acquisition, switch control mode
+ * must be disabled.
+ * @note COMP1 comparator and ADC cannot be used at the same time since
+ * they share the ADC switch matrix.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Switch control mode */
+ RI->ASCR1 |= (uint32_t) RI_ASCR1_SCM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Switch control mode */
+ RI->ASCR1 &= (uint32_t)(~RI_ASCR1_SCM);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports A..E
+ * When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+ * registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+ * When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+ * corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+ * @param RI_Port: selects the GPIO Port.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RI_PortA: Port A is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortB: Port B is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortC: Port C is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortD: Port D is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortE: Port E is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortF: Port F is selected
+ * @arg RI_PortG: Port G is selected
+ * @param RI_Pin : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+ * This parameter can any value from RI_Pin_x where x can be (0..15) or RI_Pin_All.
+ * @param NewState new state of the Hysteresis.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * ENABLE so the Hysteresis is on
+ * or DISABLE so the Hysteresis is off
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig(uint8_t RI_Port, uint16_t RI_Pin,
+ FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RI_PORT(RI_Port));
+ assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(RI_Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(RI_Port == RI_PortA)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)RI_Pin);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR1 |= (uint32_t) RI_Pin;
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if(RI_Port == RI_PortB)
+ {
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR1 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin) << 16);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR1 |= (uint32_t) ((uint32_t)(RI_Pin) << 16);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if(RI_Port == RI_PortC)
+ {
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR2 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR2 |= (uint32_t) (RI_Pin );
+ }
+ }
+ else if(RI_Port == RI_PortD)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR2 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin) << 16);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR2 |= (uint32_t) ((uint32_t)(RI_Pin) << 16);
+
+ }
+ }
+ else if(RI_Port == RI_PortE)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR3 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR3 |= (uint32_t) (RI_Pin );
+ }
+ }
+ else if(RI_Port == RI_PortF)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR3 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin) << 16);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR3 |= (uint32_t) ((uint32_t)(RI_Pin) << 16);
+ }
+ }
+ else /* RI_Port == RI_PortG */
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis on */
+ RI->HYSCR4 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Hysteresis off */
+ RI->HYSCR4 |= (uint32_t) (RI_Pin);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8d529662d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_syscfg.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/*!< Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*!< Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SYSCFG
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Port_Sources
+ * @{
+ */
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x07)
+
+#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG) || \
+ ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Pin_sources
+ * @{
+ */
+#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
+#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
+#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
+#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \
+ ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03)
+
+#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \
+ ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \
+ ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC) || \
+ ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Resistor
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RI_Resistor_10KPU COMP_CSR_10KPU
+#define RI_Resistor_400KPU COMP_CSR_400KPU
+#define RI_Resistor_10KPD COMP_CSR_10KPD
+#define RI_Resistor_400KPD COMP_CSR_400KPD
+
+#define IS_RI_RESISTOR(RESISTOR) (((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_10KPU) || \
+ ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_400KPU) || \
+ ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_10KPD) || \
+ ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_400KPD))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Channel
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RI_Channel_3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define RI_Channel_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define RI_Channel_13 ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+
+#define IS_RI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == RI_Channel_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == RI_Channel_8) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == RI_Channel_13))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_ChannelSpeed
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RI_ChannelSpeed_Fast ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RI_ChannelSpeed_Slow ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+
+#define IS_RI_CHANNELSPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == RI_ChannelSpeed_Fast) || \
+ ((SPEED) == RI_ChannelSpeed_Slow))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_InputCapture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RI_InputCapture_IC1 RI_ICR_IC1 /*!< Input Capture 1 */
+#define RI_InputCapture_IC2 RI_ICR_IC2 /*!< Input Capture 2 */
+#define RI_InputCapture_IC3 RI_ICR_IC3 /*!< Input Capture 3 */
+#define RI_InputCapture_IC4 RI_ICR_IC4 /*!< Input Capture 4 */
+
+#define IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE(INPUTCAPTURE) ((((INPUTCAPTURE) & (uint32_t)0xFFC2FFFF) == 0x00) && ((INPUTCAPTURE) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Select
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_Select_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< None selected */
+#define TIM_Select_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Timer 2 selected */
+#define TIM_Select_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Timer 3 selected */
+#define TIM_Select_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Timer 4 selected */
+
+#define IS_RI_TIM(TIM) (((TIM) == TIM_Select_None) || \
+ ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM2) || \
+ ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM3) || \
+ ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM4))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_InputCaptureRouting
+ * @{
+ */
+ /* TIMx_IC1 TIMx_IC2 TIMx_IC3 TIMx_IC4 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* PA8 PA9 PA10 PA11 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /* PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /* PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /* PC8 PC9 PC10 PC11 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /* PC12 PC13 PC14 PC15 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /* PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) /* PD8 PD9 PD10 PD11 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PD12 PD13 PD14 PD15 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /* PE0 PE1 PE2 PE3 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) /* PE4 PE5 PE6 PE7 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) /* PE8 PE9 PE10 PE11 */
+#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /* PE12 PE13 PE14 PE15 */
+
+#define IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(ROUTING) (((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_0) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_1) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_2) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_3) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_4) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_5) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_6) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_7) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_8) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_9) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_10) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_11) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_12) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_13) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_14) || \
+ ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_15))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_IOSwitch
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* ASCR1 I/O switch: bit 31 is set to '1' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR1 register */
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH0 ((uint32_t)0x80000001)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH1 ((uint32_t)0x80000002)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH2 ((uint32_t)0x80000004)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH3 ((uint32_t)0x80000008)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH4 ((uint32_t)0x80000010)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH5 ((uint32_t)0x80000020)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH6 ((uint32_t)0x80000040)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH7 ((uint32_t)0x80000080)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH8 ((uint32_t)0x80000100)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH9 ((uint32_t)0x80000200)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH10 ((uint32_t)0x80000400)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH11 ((uint32_t)0x80000800)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH12 ((uint32_t)0x80001000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH13 ((uint32_t)0x80002000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH14 ((uint32_t)0x80004000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH15 ((uint32_t)0x80008000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH31 ((uint32_t)0x80010000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH18 ((uint32_t)0x80040000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH19 ((uint32_t)0x80080000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH20 ((uint32_t)0x80100000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH21 ((uint32_t)0x80200000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH22 ((uint32_t)0x80400000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH23 ((uint32_t)0x80800000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH24 ((uint32_t)0x81000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH25 ((uint32_t)0x82000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP ((uint32_t)0x84000000) /* VCOMP is an internal switch used to connect
+ selected channel to COMP1 non inverting input */
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH27 ((uint32_t)0x88000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH28 ((uint32_t)0x90000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH29 ((uint32_t)0xA0000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH30 ((uint32_t)0xC0000000)
+
+/* ASCR2 IO switch: bit 31 is set to '0' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR2 register */
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH0b ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH1b ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH2b ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH3b ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH6b ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH7b ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH8b ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH9b ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH11b ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_CH12b ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_4 ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+
+
+#define IS_RI_IOSWITCH(IOSWITCH) (((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH0) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH1) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH2) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH3) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH4) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH5) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH6) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH7) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH8) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH9) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH10) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH11) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH12) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH13) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH14) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH15) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH18) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH19) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH20) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH21) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH22) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH23) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH24) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH25) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH27) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH28) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH29) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH30) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH31) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_2) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_3) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_3) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_4) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_2) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_4) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_2) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_4) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH0b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH1b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH2b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH3b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH6b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH7b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH8b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH9b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH10b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH11b) || \
+ ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH12b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Port
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define RI_PortA ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< GPIOA selected */
+#define RI_PortB ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< GPIOB selected */
+#define RI_PortC ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< GPIOC selected */
+#define RI_PortD ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< GPIOD selected */
+#define RI_PortE ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< GPIOE selected */
+#define RI_PortF ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< GPIOF selected */
+#define RI_PortG ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< GPIOG selected */
+
+#define IS_RI_PORT(PORT) (((PORT) == RI_PortA) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortB) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortC) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortD) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortE) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortF) || \
+ ((PORT) == RI_PortG))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Pin define
+ * @{
+ */
+#define RI_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */
+#define RI_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */
+
+#define IS_RI_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the SYSCFG and RI configuration to the default reset state **/
+void SYSCFG_DeInit(void);
+void SYSCFG_RIDeInit(void);
+
+/* SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions **************************/
+void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap);
+uint32_t SYSCFG_GetBootMode(void);
+void SYSCFG_USBPuCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex);
+
+/* RI Initialization and Configuration functions ******************************/
+void SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(uint32_t TIM_Select);
+void SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(uint32_t RI_InputCapture, uint32_t RI_InputCaptureRouting);
+void SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig(uint32_t RI_Resistor, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SYSCFG_RIChannelSpeedConfig(uint32_t RI_Channel, uint32_t RI_ChannelSpeed);
+void SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig(uint32_t RI_IOSwitch, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig(uint8_t RI_Port, uint16_t RI_Pin, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ff431947b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2843 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_tim.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the TIM peripheral:
+ * + TimeBase management
+ * + Output Compare management
+ * + Input Capture management
+ * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management
+ * + Clocks management
+ * + Synchronization management
+ * + Specific interface management
+ * + Specific remapping management
+ *
+* @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM
+ of all STM32L1xx devices These functions are split in 8 groups:
+ (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions
+ to configure the TM Timebase unit:
+ (++) Set/Get Prescaler.
+ (++) Set/Get Autoreload.
+ (++) Counter modes configuration.
+ (++) Set Clock division.
+ (++) Select the One Pulse mode.
+ (++) Update Request Configuration.
+ (++) Update Disable Configuration.
+ (++) Auto-Preload Configuration.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the counter.
+
+ (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed
+ functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output
+ compare mode:
+ (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode.
+ (++) Select the output compare modes.
+ (++) Select the Polarities of each channel.
+ (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values.
+ (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode.
+ (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode.
+ (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration.
+ (++) Clear Output Compare Reference.
+ (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal.
+ (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels.
+
+ (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed
+ functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in
+ Input Capture mode:
+ (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode.
+ (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode.
+ (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler.
+ (++) Get the Capture/Compare values.
+
+ (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management.
+ (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources.
+ (++) Get flags status.
+ (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits.
+ (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests.
+ (++) Configure DMA burst mode.
+ (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request.
+
+ (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions
+ to configure the clock controller unit:
+ (++) Select internal/External clock.
+ (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx.
+
+ (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed.
+ functions to configure the Synchronization unit:
+ (++) Select Input Trigger.
+ (++) Select Output Trigger.
+ (++) Select Master Slave Mode.
+ (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger.
+
+ (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all
+ needed functions to use the specific TIM interface:
+ (++) Encoder Interface Configuration.
+ (++) Select Hall Sensor.
+
+ (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping
+ configuration of specific timers
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_tim.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM
+ * @brief TIM driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF)
+#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions
+ * @brief TimeBase management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### TimeBase management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode ***
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are
+ mandatory:
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using
+ RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function.
+ (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters.
+ (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure
+ the Time Base unit with the corresponding configuration.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt.
+ (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update).
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used seperatly to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ *
+ */
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ if (TIMx == TIM2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM5)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM6)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM7)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE);
+ }
+
+ else if (TIMx == TIM9)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM10)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (TIMx == TIM11)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to
+ * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for
+ * the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision));
+
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ if(((TIMx) == TIM2) || ((TIMx) == TIM3) || ((TIMx) == TIM4) || ((TIMx) == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode;
+ }
+
+ if(((TIMx) != TIM6) && ((TIMx) != TIM7))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD));
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision;
+ }
+
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler;
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler value immediatly */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value.
+ * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event.
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode));
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = Prescaler;
+ /* Set or reset the UG Bit */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode.
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode.
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1.
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2.
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode));
+
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+ /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+ /* Set the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode;
+ /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Counter Register value */
+ TIMx->CNT = Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload Register value */
+ TIMx->ARR = Autoreload;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Counter Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Counter Register value */
+ return TIMx->CNT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Prescaler Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Prescaler Register value */
+ return TIMx->PSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_UDIS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
+ or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
+ through the slave mode controller.
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource));
+
+ if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global)
+ {
+ /* Set the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_URS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_ARPE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single:: TIM One Pulse Single Mode (Counter stops counting
+ * at the next update event (clearing the bit CEN)).
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive: TIM One Pulse Repetitive Mode
+ * (Counter is not stopped at update event).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode));
+
+ /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_OPM);
+ /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following value:
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim.
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim.
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD));
+
+ /* Reset the CKD Bits */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD);
+ /* Set the CKD value */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CEN));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions
+ * @brief Output Compare management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output Compare management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode ***
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory:
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using
+ RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function.
+ (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins
+ (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this
+ driver, if needed, else the Timer will run with the default
+ configuration:
+ (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF.
+ (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000.
+ (++) Counter mode = Up counting.
+ (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1.
+ (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
+ (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode.
+ (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState.
+ (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse.
+ (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity.
+ (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired
+ channel with the corresponding configuration.
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+ (@) In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory:
+ TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE).
+ (@) If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should:
+ (#@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests).
+ (#@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M));
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity;
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output
+ * Compare Mode.
+ * User has to enable this channel using TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4.
+ * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing: TIM Output Compare Timing mode.
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active: TIM Output Compare Active mode.
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Inactive: TIM Output Compare Inactive mode.
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle: TIM Output Compare Toggle mode.
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1: TIM Output Compare PWM1 mode.
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2: TIM Output Compare PWM2 mode.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: TIM Forced Action Active mode.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: TIM Forced Action Inactive mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx;
+ tmp += CCMR_OFFSET;
+
+ tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1;
+
+ if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3))
+ {
+ tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1);
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1;
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF.
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable: Enable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable: Disable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable: Enable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable: Disable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable: Enable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable: Disable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable: Enable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable: Disable TIM output compare Preload
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable .
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable.
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high.
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high.
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high.
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high.
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the OCReference Clear source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCReferenceClear: specifies the OCReference Clear source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to ETRF.
+ * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to OCREF_CLR input.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(TIM_OCReferenceClear));
+
+ /* Set the TIM_OCReferenceClear source */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_OCReferenceClear;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3.
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4.
+ * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx)
+{
+ uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx));
+
+ tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions
+ * @brief Input Capture management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Input Capture management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode ***
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory:
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE)
+ function.
+ (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins.
+ (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this
+ driver, if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration:
+ (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF.
+ (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000.
+ (++) Counter mode = Up counting.
+ (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1.
+ (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
+ (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel.
+ (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity.
+ (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection.
+ (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler.
+ (++) TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter.
+ (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired
+ channel with the corresponding configuration and to measure only
+ frequency or duty cycle of the input signal,or, Call
+ TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired
+ channels with the corresponding configuration and to measure the
+ frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency.
+ (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read
+ the Captured value, using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx)
+ (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)).
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+ (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter));
+
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2)
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)
+ {
+ /* TI3 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI4 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising)
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ }
+ /* Select the Opposite Input */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI)
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ }
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC);
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+ /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC);
+ /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC);
+ /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source.
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update interrupt.
+ * @note TIM_IT_CC2, TIM_IT_CC3, TIM_IT_CC4 and TIM_IT_Trigger can not be used with TIM10 and TIM11.
+ * @note TIM_IT_CC3, TIM_IT_CC4 can not be used with TIM9.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source.
+ * This parameter can be one or more of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source.
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source.
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source.
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source.
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source.
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source.
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
+ * @note TIM9 can only generate an update event, Capture Compare 1 event,
+ * Capture Compare 2 event and TIM_EventSource_Trigger.
+ * @note TIM10 and TIM11 can only generate an update event and Capture Compare 1 event.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource));
+ /* Set the event sources */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag.
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * @note TIM9 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1, TIM_FLAG_CC2 and TIM_FLAG_Trigger,
+ * TIM_FLAG_CC1OF or TIM_FLAG_CC2OF flags.
+ * @note TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1 or TIM_FLAG_CC1OF flags
+ * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+
+ if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag.
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag.
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * @note TIM9 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1, TIM_FLAG_CC2 and TIM_FLAG_Trigger flags
+ * TIM_FLAG_CC1OF or TIM_FLAG_CC2OF flags.
+ * @note TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1
+ * or TIM_FLAG_CC1OF flags
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source.
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * @note TIM9 can have only update interrupt, TIM_FLAG_CC1 or TIM_FLAG_CC2,
+ * interrupt and TIM_IT_Trigger interrupt.
+ * @note TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update interrupt or TIM_FLAG_CC1
+ * interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT));
+
+ itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT;
+
+ itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT;
+ if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source.
+ * @note
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * @note TIM9 can have only update interrupt, TIM_IT_CC1 or TIM_IT_CC2,
+ * and TIM_IT_Trigger interrupt.
+ * @note TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update interrupt or TIM_IT_CC1
+ * interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+
+ /* Clear the IT pending Bit */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1: TIM CR1 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2: TIM CR2 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR: TIM SMCR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER: TIM DIER register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_SR: TIM SR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR: TIM EGR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1: TIM CCMR1 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2: TIM CCMR2 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER: TIM CCER register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT: TIM CNT register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC: TIM PSC register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR: TIM ARR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1: TIM CCR1 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2: TIM CCR2 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3: TIM CCR3 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4: TIM CCR4 register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR: TIM DCR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_OR: TIM OR register as TIM DMA Base.
+ * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length.
+ * This parameter can be one value between:
+ * TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength));
+ /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */
+ TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source.
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source.
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source.
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source.
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source.
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCDS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Clocks management functions
+ * @brief Clocks management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Clocks management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0.
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1.
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2.
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+ /* Select the Internal Trigger */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector.
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1.
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling:
+ * @param ICFilter : specifies the filter value.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */
+ if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2)
+ {
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource);
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+ /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF;
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+ /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Synchronization management functions
+ * @brief Synchronization management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Synchronization management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode ***
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] Case of two/several Timers
+ (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx,
+ uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource).
+ (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx,
+ uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
+ (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx,
+ uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+ [..] Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin)
+ (#) Configure the Etrenal trigger using this function:
+ (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+ (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx,
+ uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2.
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the TS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource;
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source.
+ * This paramter can be one of the following values:
+ *
+ * @param For all TIMx
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ *
+ * @param For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
+ * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+
+ * @param For all TIMx except TIM6, TIM7, TIM10 and TIM11
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+
+ * @param For TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource));
+
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_MMS);
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode.
+ * This paramter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal (TRGI) re-initializes
+ * the counter and triggers an update of the registers.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode));
+
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS);
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode.
+ * This paramter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer
+ * and its slaves (through TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode));
+
+ /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_MSM);
+
+ /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK;
+ /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+ tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8)));
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Specific interface management functions
+ * @brief Specific interface management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Specific interface management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
+ * on the level of the other input.
+ * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity.
+ * This parmeter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity
+ * This parmeter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+ uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set the encoder Mode */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode;
+ /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0;
+ /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P)));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4));
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 5 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_TI1S);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific remapping management function
+ * @brief Specific remapping management function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Specific remapping management function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM3, TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 Remapping input
+ * Capabilities.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM2_TIM10_OC: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to TIM10 output compare(default).
+ * @arg TIM2_TIM5_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to TIM5 Trigger output.
+ * @arg TIM3_TIM11_OC: TIM3 ITR2 is connected to TIM11 output compare(default).
+ * @arg TIM3_TIM5_TRGO: TIM3 ITR2 is connected to TIM5 Trigger output.
+ * @arg TIM9_GPIO: TIM9 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default).
+ * @arg TIM9_LSE: TIM9 Channel 1 is connected to LSE clock.
+ * @arg TIM9_TIM3_TRGO: TIM9 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO.
+ * @arg TIM9_TS_IO: TIM9 ITR1 is connected to Touch Sense IO.
+ * @arg TIM10_GPIO: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default).
+ * @arg TIM10_LSI: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to LSI clock.
+ * @arg TIM10_LSE: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to LSE clock.
+ * @arg TIM10_RTC: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to RTC Output event.
+ * @arg TIM10_RI: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to Routing Interface (RI).
+ * @arg TIM10_ETR_LSE: TIM10 ETR input is connected to LSE Clock.
+ * @arg TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TRGO: TIM10 ETR input is connected to TIM9 Trigger Output.
+ * @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default).
+ * @arg TIM11_MSI: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to MSI clock.
+ * @arg TIM11_HSE_RTC: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock.
+ * @arg TIM11_RI: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to Routing Interface (RI).
+ * @arg TIM11_ETR_LSE: TIM11 ETR input is connected to LSE Clock.
+ * @arg TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TRGO: TIM11 ETR input is connected to TIM9 Trigger Output.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Remap)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap));
+
+ /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
+ TIMx->OR &= (uint16_t)(TIM_Remap >> 16);
+ TIMx->OR |= (uint16_t)TIM_Remap;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1F)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2F)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3F)));
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4F)));
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d644009428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_tim.h
@@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_tim.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware
+ * library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_TIM_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_TIM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition
+ * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7.
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock.
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active
+ Auto-Reload Register at the next update event.
+ This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */
+
+} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_state */
+
+ uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */
+
+} TIM_OCInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+ uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
+
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */
+} TIM_ICInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM11))
+
+/* LIST1: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM11))
+
+/* LIST3: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM5 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5))
+
+/* LIST2: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5 and TIM9 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM9))
+
+/* LIST5: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM9 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5) ||\
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM7) ||\
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM9))
+
+/* LIST4: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6 and TIM7 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM5) ||\
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM7))
+
+/* LIST6: TIM2, TIM3, TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == TIM11))
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2))
+#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Channel
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C)
+
+#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4))
+
+#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \
+ ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \
+ ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \
+ ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_state
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_state
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \
+ ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \
+ ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \
+ ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
+ connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */
+#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
+ connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */
+#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */
+#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */
+#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFA0) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000))
+
+#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \
+ ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \
+ ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \
+ ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \
+ ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \
+ ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009)
+#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012)
+#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \
+ ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xA0FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF))
+#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
+ ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \
+ ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \
+ ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
+ ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFFA0) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
+ or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
+ through the slave mode controller. */
+#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */
+#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
+#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \
+ ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF))
+#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xE1A0) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_OCReferenceClear
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Remap
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM2_TIM10_OC ((uint32_t)0xFFFE0000)
+#define TIM2_TIM5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0xFFFE0001)
+
+#define TIM3_TIM11_OC ((uint32_t)0xFFFE0000)
+#define TIM3_TIM5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0xFFFE0001)
+
+#define TIM9_GPIO ((uint32_t)0xFFFC0000)
+#define TIM9_LSE ((uint32_t)0xFFFC0001)
+
+#define TIM9_TIM3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0000)
+#define TIM9_TS_IO ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0004)
+
+#define TIM10_GPIO ((uint32_t)0xFFF40000)
+#define TIM10_LSI ((uint32_t)0xFFF40001)
+#define TIM10_LSE ((uint32_t)0xFFF40002)
+#define TIM10_RTC ((uint32_t)0xFFF40003)
+#define TIM10_RI ((uint32_t)0xFFF40008)
+
+#define TIM10_ETR_LSE ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0000)
+#define TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0004)
+
+#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint32_t)0xFFF40000)
+#define TIM11_MSI ((uint32_t)0xFFF40001)
+#define TIM11_HSE_RTC ((uint32_t)0xFFF40002)
+#define TIM11_RI ((uint32_t)0xFFF40008)
+
+#define TIM11_ETR_LSE ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0000)
+#define TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0xFFFB0004)
+
+#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM10_OC)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM5_TRGO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM3_TIM11_OC)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM3_TIM5_TRGO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_GPIO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_LSE)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_TIM3_TRGO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_TS_IO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_GPIO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_LSI)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_LSE)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_RTC)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_RI)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_ETR_LSE)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TRGO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_MSI)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE_RTC)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_RI)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_ETR_LSE)|| \
+ ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TRGO))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode);
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode);
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter);
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload);
+uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource);
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode);
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD);
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Output Compare management **************************************************/
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode);
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1);
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2);
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3);
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4);
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear);
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx);
+
+/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+
+/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource);
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength);
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Clocks management **********************************************************/
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter);
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+
+
+/* Synchronization management *************************************************/
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+
+/* Specific interface management **********************************************/
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+ uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity);
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/
+void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Remap);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32L1xx_TIM_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f31a6592c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1459 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_usart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver
+ * transmitter (USART):
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Data transfers
+ * + Multi-Processor Communication
+ * + LIN mode
+ * + Half-duplex mode
+ * + Smartcard mode
+ * + IrDA mode
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE) function for
+ USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE)
+ function for USART2 and USART3.
+ (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS,
+ or and SCLK).
+ (#) Peripheral's alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF.
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+ flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity,
+ phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+ (#) When using the DMA mode.
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode.
+ [..]
+ Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections
+ for more details.
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_usart.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART
+ * @brief USART driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xE9F3)) */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \
+ USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+ USART_CR1_RE))
+
+/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xF0FF)) */
+#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \
+ USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL))
+
+/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xFCFF)) */
+#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE))
+
+/*!< USART Interrupts mask */
+#define IT_MASK ((uint16_t)0x001F)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
+ in asynchronous and in synchronous modes.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+ (+) Baud Rate.
+ (+) Word Length.
+ (+) Stop Bit.
+ (+) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
+ the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table:
+ [..]
+ +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame |
+ |---------------------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+ [..]
+ (+) Hardware flow control.
+ (+) Receiver/transmitter modes.
+ [..] The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration
+ procedure(details for the procedure are available in reference manual
+ (RM0038)).
+ (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters
+ these parameters should be also configured:
+ (++) USART Clock Enabled.
+ (++) USART polarity.
+ (++) USART phase.
+ (++) USART LastBit.
+ [..] These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values: USART1, USART2, USART3,
+ * UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == UART4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USARTx == UART5)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the USART_InitStruct.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values: USART1, USART2, USART3,
+ * UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00;
+ uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00;
+ uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl));
+
+ /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2 and USART3 */
+ if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP);
+
+ /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+ /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR1;
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK);
+
+ /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */
+ /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */
+ /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */
+ /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity |
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR1 */
+ USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR3;
+ /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK);
+
+ /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */
+ tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR3 */
+ USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus);
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine the integer part */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */
+ integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
+ }
+ else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+ {
+ /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */
+ integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
+ }
+ tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4;
+
+ /* Determine the fractional part */
+ fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4));
+
+ /* Implement the fractional part in the register */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0)
+ {
+ tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07);
+ }
+ else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+ {
+ tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to USART BRR */
+ USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_InitStruct members default value */
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the
+ * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+ * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
+ * USART peripheral.
+ * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit));
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK);
+ /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+ /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */
+ /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL |
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit;
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_UE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
+ * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT;
+ /* Set the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init()
+ * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_OVER8);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group2 Data transfers functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data transfers functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage
+ the USART data transfers.
+ [..] During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first
+ through the RX pin. In this mode, the USART_DR register consists of
+ a buffer (RDR) between the internal bus and the received shift register.
+ When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to
+ the USART_DR register stores the data in the TDR register and which is
+ copied in the shift register at the end of the current transmission.
+ [..] The read access of the USART_DR register can be done using
+ the USART_ReceiveData() function and returns the RDR buffered value.
+ Whereas a write access to the USART_DR can be done using USART_SendData()
+ function and stores the written data into TDR buffer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param Data: the data to transmit.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data));
+
+ /* Transmit Data */
+ USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval The received data.
+ */
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Receive Data */
+ return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group3 MultiProcessor Communication functions
+ * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ multiprocessor communication.
+ [..] For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is
+ connected to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves,
+ their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected
+ to the RX input of the master. USART multiprocessor communication is
+ possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function.
+ (#) Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or
+ USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only
+ for the slaves.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd()
+ function.
+
+ [..] The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the address of the USART node.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address));
+
+ /* Clear the USART address */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_ADD);
+ /* Set the USART address node */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_RWU);
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection.
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp));
+
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_WAKE);
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group4 LIN mode functions
+ * @brief LIN mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### LIN mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ LIN Mode communication.
+ [..] In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance
+ with the LIN standard.
+ [..] Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP:
+ (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break
+ detection capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break
+ detection.
+ [..] USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the
+ following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function.
+ (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function.
+ [..] USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the
+ following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Configures the break detection length
+ using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function.
+ -@- In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection.
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength));
+
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LBDL);
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LINEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits break characters.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Send break characters */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group5 Halfduplex mode function
+ * @brief Half-duplex mode function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Half-duplex mode function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ Half-duplex communication.
+ [..] The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol
+ where the TX and RX lines are internally connected.
+ [..] USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter
+ or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function.
+ -@- The RX pin is no longer used.
+ -@- In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group6 Smartcard mode functions
+ * @brief Smartcard mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Smartcard mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ Smartcard communication.
+ [..] The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol
+ Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART can provide
+ a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard mode,
+ SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from
+ the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler.
+ [..] Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Configures the Smartcard Prsecaler using the USART_SetPrescaler()
+ function.
+ (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime()
+ function.
+ (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following:
+ (++) USART Clock enabled.
+ (++) USART CPOL Low.
+ (++) USART CPHA on first edge.
+ (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled.
+ (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as
+ following:
+ (++) Word Length = 9 Bits.
+ (++) 1.5 Stop Bit.
+ (++) Even parity.
+ (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud.
+ (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals).
+ (++) Tx and Rx enabled
+ (#) Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using
+ the USART_ITConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function.
+ [..]
+ Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details.
+ [..]
+ (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is
+ recommended to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving
+ to avoid switching between the two configurations.
+ (@) In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART Guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC;
+ /* Set the USART guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_SCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_NACK);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group7 IrDA mode functions
+ * @brief IrDA mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IrDA mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ IrDA communication.
+ [..] IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy,
+ any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder
+ and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will
+ not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be
+ avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted.
+
+ [..] IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity,
+ Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using
+ the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using
+ the USART_SetPrescaler() function.
+ (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal
+ mode using the USART_IrDAConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or
+ may not be rejected.
+ (@) The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical
+ layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between
+ transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol).
+ (@) In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower: USART IrDA Low Power mode selected.
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal: USART IrDA Normal mode selected.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode));
+
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IRLP);
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IREN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group8 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request.
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group9 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the
+ USART Interrupts sources, DMA channels requests and check or clear the
+ flags or pending bits status. The user should identify which mode will
+ be used in his application to manage the communication: Polling mode,
+ Interrupt mode or DMA mode.
+ *** Polling Mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 10 flags:
+ (#) USART_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer register.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG).
+ (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG).
+
+ *** Interrupt Mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..] In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt
+ sources and 10 pending bits:
+ (+) Pending Bits:
+ (##) USART_IT_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer
+ register.
+ (##) USART_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer
+ register.
+ (##) USART_IT_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation.
+ (##) USART_IT_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line.
+ (##) USART_IT_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input.
+ (##) USART_IT_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection.
+ (##) USART_IT_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur.
+ (##) USART_IT_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur.
+ (##) USART_IT_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur.
+ (##) USART_IT_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur
+ (if the RXNEIE or EIE bits are set).
+
+ (+) Interrupt Source:
+ (##) USART_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer
+ empty interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_RXNE: specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer
+ not empty interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transmit
+ complete interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_IDLE: specifies the interrupt source for the Idle Line
+ interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_CTS: specifies the interrupt source for the CTS interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_LBD: specifies the interrupt source for the LIN break
+ detection interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_PE: specifies the interrupt source for theparity error
+ interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_ERR: specifies the interrupt source for the errors
+ interrupt.
+ -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt
+ source or as pending bits.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT,
+ FunctionalState NewState).
+ (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT).
+ (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT).
+
+ *** DMA Mode ***
+ ================
+ [..] In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel
+ requests:
+ (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function:
+ (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq,
+ FunctionalState NewState).
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+ uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK;
+ itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos);
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x0C;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x10;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x14;
+ }
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5).
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag.
+ * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+
+ /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5).
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
+ *
+ *
+ * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun
+ * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software
+ * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus())
+ * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+ * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+
+ /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_ORE_RX: OverRun Error interrupt if the RXNEIE bit is set.
+ * @arg USART_IT_ORE_ER: OverRun Error interrupt if the EIE bit is set.
+ * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00;
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT));
+
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK;
+ itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR1;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR2;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR3;
+ }
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+ bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos;
+ bitpos &= USARTx->SR;
+ if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+ *
+
+ * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun
+ * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by
+ * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register
+ * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * @note RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * @note TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write
+ * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * @note TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT));
+
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+ itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos);
+ USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..590c1ed15f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_usart.h
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_usart.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_USART_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_USART_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief USART Init Structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate.
+ The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
+ - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)))
+ - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5
+ Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */
+
+ uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */
+
+ uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */
+
+ uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity
+ @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
+ at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
+ the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
+ word length is set to 8 data bits). */
+
+ uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */
+
+ uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
+ or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
+} USART_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+ uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */
+
+ uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */
+
+ uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */
+
+ uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted
+ data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */
+} USART_ClockInitTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == UART5))
+
+#define IS_USART_123_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == USART3))
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+
+#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
+#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \
+ ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \
+ ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \
+ ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Parity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600)
+#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \
+ ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \
+ ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control
+ * @{
+ */
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\
+ (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \
+ ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \
+ ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \
+ ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock
+ * @{
+ */
+#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \
+ ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \
+ ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028)
+#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727)
+#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626)
+#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525)
+#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424)
+#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846)
+#define USART_IT_ORE_RX ((uint16_t)0x0325) /* In case interrupt is generated if the RXNEIE bit is set */
+#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A)
+#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define USART_IT_ORE_ER ((uint16_t)0x0360) /* In case interrupt is generated if the EIE bit is set */
+#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260)
+#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160)
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Legacy
+ * @{
+ */
+#define USART_IT_ORE USART_IT_ORE_ER
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR))
+#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_RX) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_ER) || ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_FE))
+#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+ ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \
+ ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \
+ (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \
+ ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \
+ ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE))
+
+#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x003D0901))
+#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF)
+#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler);
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+
+/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address);
+void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp);
+void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength);
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+
+/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime);
+
+/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode);
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_USART_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03029e4184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_wwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+ * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration
+ * + WWDG activation
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WWDG features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+ time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
+ before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+ value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+ [..] An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+ before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+ implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+
+ [..] Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+
+ [..] WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+ reset occurs.
+
+ [..] The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+ by a programmable prescaler.
+
+ [..] WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler.
+ [..] WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value).
+
+ [..] Min-max timeout value @32MHz (PCLK1): ~128us / ~65.6ms.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE)
+ function.
+
+ (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function.
+
+ (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function.
+
+ (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function.
+ When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
+ a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
+
+ (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is
+ generated when the counter reach 0x40.
+ Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+
+ (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+ intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+ WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when
+ the counter value is lower than the refresh window value,
+ programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue().
+
+ * @endverbatim
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_wwdg.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG
+ * @brief WWDG driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* Alias word address of EWI bit */
+#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09
+#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CFR register bit mask */
+#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F)
+#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80)
+#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions
+ * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler.
+ * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler));
+ /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK;
+ /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */
+ tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler;
+ /* Store the new value */
+ WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG window value.
+ * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter.
+ * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue));
+ /* Clear W[6:0] bits */
+
+ tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK;
+
+ /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */
+ tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI).
+ * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_EnableIT(void)
+{
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating
+ * an immediate reset).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+ /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
+ a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */
+ WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions
+ * @brief WWDG activation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WWDG activation function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating
+ * an immediate reset).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+ WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+ WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a17c6e1070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32l1xx_wwdg.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup WWDG
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180)
+#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \
+ ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8))
+#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F)
+#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/
+void WWDG_DeInit(void);
+
+/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/
+void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler);
+void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue);
+void WWDG_EnableIT(void);
+void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
+
+/* WWDG activation functions **************************************************/
+void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void);
+void WWDG_ClearFlag(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e110b88f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file system_stm32l1xx.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 8-January-2014
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File.
+ * This file contains the system clock configuration for STM32L1xx Ultra
+ * Low power devices, and is generated by the clock configuration
+ * tool STM32L1xx_Clock_Configuration_V1.2.0.xls
+ *
+ * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from
+ * user application:
+ * - SystemInit(): Setups the system clock (System clock source, PLL Multiplier
+ * and Divider factors, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings),
+ * depending on the configuration made in the clock xls tool.
+ * This function is called at startup just after reset and
+ * before branch to main program. This call is made inside
+ * the "startup_stm32l1xx_xx.s" file.
+ *
+ * - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used
+ * by the user application to setup the SysTick
+ * timer or configure other parameters.
+ *
+ * - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must
+ * be called whenever the core clock is changed
+ * during program execution.
+ *
+ * 2. After each device reset the MSI (2.1 MHz Range) is used as system clock source.
+ * Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32l1xx_xx.s" file, to
+ * configure the system clock before to branch to main program.
+ *
+ * 3. If the system clock source selected by user fails to startup, the SystemInit()
+ * function will do nothing and MSI still used as system clock source. User can
+ * add some code to deal with this issue inside the SetSysClock() function.
+ *
+ * 4. The default value of HSE crystal is set to 8MHz, refer to "HSE_VALUE" define
+ * in "stm32l1xx.h" file. When HSE is used as system clock source, directly or
+ * through PLL, and you are using different crystal you have to adapt the HSE
+ * value to your own configuration.
+ *
+ * 5. This file configures the system clock as follows:
+ *=============================================================================
+ * System Clock Configuration
+ *=============================================================================
+ * System clock source | HSI
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SYSCLK | 16000000 Hz
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HCLK | 8000000 Hz
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * AHB Prescaler | 2
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * APB1 Prescaler | 1
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * APB2 Prescaler | 1
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HSE Frequency | 8000000 Hz
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PLL DIV | Not Used
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PLL MUL | Not Used
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VDD | 3.3 V
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Vcore | 1.5 V (Range 2)
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Flash Latency | 0 WS
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SDIO clock (SDIOCLK) | NA
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Require 48MHz for USB clock | Disabled
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *=============================================================================
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx_system
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Includes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM mounted
+ on STM32L152D_EVAL board as data memory */
+/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+
+/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in
+ Internal SRAM. */
+/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */
+#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x0 /*!< Vector Table base offset field.
+ This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 16000000;
+__I uint8_t PLLMulTable[9] = {3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48};
+__I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+static void SetSysClock(void);
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void);
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Setup the microcontroller system.
+ * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the
+ * SystemCoreClock variable.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SystemInit (void)
+{
+ /*!< Set MSION bit */
+ RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000100;
+
+ /*!< Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE1[2:0], PPRE2[2:0], MCOSEL[2:0] and MCOPRE[2:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0x88FFC00C;
+
+ /*!< Reset HSION, HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEEFEFFFE;
+
+ /*!< Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
+
+ /*!< Reset PLLSRC, PLLMUL[3:0] and PLLDIV[1:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF02FFFF;
+
+ /*!< Disable all interrupts */
+ RCC->CIR = 0x00000000;
+
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+SystemInit_ExtMemCtl();
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+
+ /* Configure the System clock frequency, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings */
+ SetSysClock();
+
+#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM
+ SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM. */
+#else
+ SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH. */
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Update SystemCoreClock according to Clock Register Values
+ * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can
+ * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure
+ * other parameters.
+ *
+ * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called
+ * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration
+ * based on this variable will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+ * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+ * constant and the selected clock source:
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is MSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the MSI
+ * value as defined by the MSI range.
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*)
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+ * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+ *
+ * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+ * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature.
+ *
+ * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * have wrong result.
+ *
+ * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmul = 0, plldiv = 0, pllsource = 0, msirange = 0;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
+
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00: /* MSI used as system clock */
+ msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE) >> 13;
+ SystemCoreClock = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+ break;
+ case 0x04: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x08: /* HSE used as system clock */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x0C: /* PLL used as system clock */
+ /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+ pllmul = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
+ plldiv = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV;
+ pllmul = PLLMulTable[(pllmul >> 18)];
+ plldiv = (plldiv >> 22) + 1;
+
+ pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+
+ if (pllsource == 0x00)
+ {
+ /* HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry */
+ SystemCoreClock = (((HSI_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* HSE selected as PLL clock entry */
+ SystemCoreClock = (((HSE_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+ }
+ break;
+ default: /* MSI used as system clock */
+ msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE) >> 13;
+ SystemCoreClock = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Compute HCLK clock frequency --------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+ tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)];
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ SystemCoreClock >>= tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the System clock frequency, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash
+ * settings.
+ * @note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration
+ * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function).
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SetSysClock(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSIStatus = 0;
+
+ /* SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK2 and PCLK1 configuration ---------------------------*/
+ /* Enable HSI */
+ RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSION);
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ HSIStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSIRDY;
+ } while((HSIStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT));
+
+ if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ HSIStatus = (uint32_t)0x01;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HSIStatus = (uint32_t)0x00;
+ }
+
+ if (HSIStatus == (uint32_t)0x01)
+ {
+ /* Flash 0 wait state */
+ FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_LATENCY;
+
+ /* Disable Prefetch Buffer */
+ FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN;
+
+ /* Disable 64-bit access */
+ FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_ACC64;
+
+
+ /* Power enable */
+ RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN;
+
+ /* Select the Voltage Range 2 (1.5 V) */
+ PWR->CR = PWR_CR_VOS_1;
+
+
+ /* Wait Until the Voltage Regulator is ready */
+ while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_VOSF) != RESET)
+ {
+ }
+
+ /* HCLK = SYSCLK /2*/
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV2;
+ /* PCLK2 = HCLK /1*/
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1;
+
+ /* PCLK1 = HCLK /1*/
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV1;
+
+ /* Select HSI as system clock source */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW));
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI;
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is used as system clock source */
+ while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS) != (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI)
+ {
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If HSI fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock
+ configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+/**
+ * @brief Setup the external memory controller.
+ * Called in SystemInit() function before jump to main.
+ * This function configures the external SRAM mounted on STM32L152D_EVAL board
+ * This SRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack).
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void)
+{
+/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+
+ + SRAM pins assignment +
+ +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+
+ | PD0 <-> FSMC_D2 | PE0 <-> FSMC_NBL0 | PF0 <-> FSMC_A0 | PG0 <-> FSMC_A10 |
+ | PD1 <-> FSMC_D3 | PE1 <-> FSMC_NBL1 | PF1 <-> FSMC_A1 | PG1 <-> FSMC_A11 |
+ | PD4 <-> FSMC_NOE | PE7 <-> FSMC_D4 | PF2 <-> FSMC_A2 | PG2 <-> FSMC_A12 |
+ | PD5 <-> FSMC_NWE | PE8 <-> FSMC_D5 | PF3 <-> FSMC_A3 | PG3 <-> FSMC_A13 |
+ | PD8 <-> FSMC_D13 | PE9 <-> FSMC_D6 | PF4 <-> FSMC_A4 | PG4 <-> FSMC_A14 |
+ | PD9 <-> FSMC_D14 | PE10 <-> FSMC_D7 | PF5 <-> FSMC_A5 | PG5 <-> FSMC_A15 |
+ | PD10 <-> FSMC_D15 | PE11 <-> FSMC_D8 | PF12 <-> FSMC_A6 | PG10<-> FSMC_NE2 |
+ | PD11 <-> FSMC_A16 | PE12 <-> FSMC_D9 | PF13 <-> FSMC_A7 |------------------+
+ | PD12 <-> FSMC_A17 | PE13 <-> FSMC_D10 | PF14 <-> FSMC_A8 |
+ | PD13 <-> FSMC_A18 | PE14 <-> FSMC_D11 | PF15 <-> FSMC_A9 |
+ | PD14 <-> FSMC_D0 | PE15 <-> FSMC_D12 |------------------+
+ | PD15 <-> FSMC_D1 |--------------------+
+ +-------------------+
+*/
+
+ /* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */
+ RCC->AHBENR = 0x000080D8;
+
+ /* Connect PDx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+ GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00CC00CC;
+ GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
+ /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
+ GPIOD->MODER = 0xAAAA0A0A;
+ /* Configure PDx pins speed to 40 MHz */
+ GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFF0F0F;
+ /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
+ GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
+ /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
+ GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Connect PEx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+ GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00000CC;
+ GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
+ /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */
+ GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA800A;
+ /* Configure PEx pins speed to 40 MHz */
+ GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFFC00F;
+ /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */
+ GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
+ /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */
+ GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Connect PFx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+ GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0x00CCCCCC;
+ GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xCCCC0000;
+ /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */
+ GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA000AAA;
+ /* Configure PFx pins speed to 40 MHz */
+ GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xFF000FFF;
+ /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */
+ GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
+ /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */
+ GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Connect PGx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+ GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0x00CCCCCC;
+ GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0x00000C00;
+ /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */
+ GPIOG->MODER = 0x00200AAA;
+ /* Configure PGx pins speed to 40 MHz */
+ GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x00300FFF;
+ /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */
+ GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
+ /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */
+ GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
+
+/*-- FSMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Enable the FSMC interface clock */
+ RCC->AHBENR = 0x400080D8;
+
+ /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM3 */
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[4] = 0x00001011;
+ FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[5] = 0x00000300;
+ FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[4] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+/*
+ Bank1_SRAM3 is configured as follow:
+
+ p.FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0;
+ p.FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0;
+ p.FSMC_DataSetupTime = 3;
+ p.FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0;
+ p.FSMC_CLKDivision = 0;
+ p.FSMC_DataLatency = 0;
+ p.FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &p;
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = &p;
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure);
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3, ENABLE);
+*/
+
+}
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25ad240969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file system_stm32l1xx.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.0
+ * @date 22-February-2013
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Header File.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx_system
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion
+ */
+#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H
+#define __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Includes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern void SystemInit(void);
+extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PeripheralNames.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PeripheralNames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b392c7a4a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PeripheralNames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_PERIPHERALNAMES_H
+#define MBED_PERIPHERALNAMES_H
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ ADC_1 = (int)ADC1_BASE,
+ ADC_2 = (int)ADC_BASE
+} ADCName;
+
+typedef enum {
+ UART_1 = (int)USART1_BASE,
+ UART_2 = (int)USART2_BASE
+} UARTName;
+
+#define STDIO_UART_TX PA_2
+#define STDIO_UART_RX PA_3
+#define STDIO_UART UART_2
+
+typedef enum {
+ SPI_1 = (int)SPI1_BASE,
+ SPI_2 = (int)SPI2_BASE
+} SPIName;
+
+typedef enum {
+ I2C_1 = (int)I2C1_BASE,
+ I2C_2 = (int)I2C2_BASE
+} I2CName;
+
+typedef enum {
+ PWM_2 = (int)TIM2_BASE,
+ PWM_3 = (int)TIM3_BASE
+} PWMName;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PinNames.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PinNames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b41df132e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PinNames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_PINNAMES_H
+#define MBED_PINNAMES_H
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// MODE (see GPIOMode_TypeDef structure)
+// OTYPE (see GPIOOType_TypeDef structure)
+// PUPD (see GPIOPuPd_TypeDef structure)
+// AFNUM (see AF_mapping constant table)
+#define STM_PIN_DATA(MODE, OTYPE, PUPD, AFNUM) (((AFNUM)<<8)|((PUPD)<<4)|((OTYPE)<<2)|((MODE)<<0))
+#define STM_PIN_MODE(X) (((X)>>0) & 0x3)
+#define STM_PIN_OTYPE(X) (((X)>>2) & 0x1)
+#define STM_PIN_PUPD(X) (((X)>>4) & 0x3)
+#define STM_PIN_AFNUM(X) (((X)>>8) & 0xF)
+
+typedef enum {
+ PIN_INPUT,
+ PIN_OUTPUT
+} PinDirection;
+
+typedef enum {
+
+ // high nibble = port number (0=A, 1=B, 2=C, 3=D, 4=E, 5=F, 6=G, 7=H)
+ // low nibble = pin number
+ PA_0 = 0x00,
+ PA_1 = 0x01,
+ PA_2 = 0x02,
+ PA_3 = 0x03,
+ PA_4 = 0x04,
+ PA_5 = 0x05,
+ PA_6 = 0x06,
+ PA_7 = 0x07,
+ PA_8 = 0x08,
+ PA_9 = 0x09,
+ PA_10 = 0x0A,
+ PA_11 = 0x0B,
+ PA_12 = 0x0C,
+ PA_13 = 0x0D,
+ PA_14 = 0x0E,
+ PA_15 = 0x0F,
+
+ PB_0 = 0x10,
+ PB_1 = 0x11,
+ PB_2 = 0x12,
+ PB_3 = 0x13,
+ PB_4 = 0x14,
+ PB_5 = 0x15,
+ PB_6 = 0x16,
+ PB_7 = 0x17,
+ PB_8 = 0x18,
+ PB_9 = 0x19,
+ PB_10 = 0x1A,
+ PB_11 = 0x1B,
+ PB_12 = 0x1C,
+ PB_13 = 0x1D,
+ PB_14 = 0x1E,
+ PB_15 = 0x1F,
+
+ PC_0 = 0x20,
+ PC_1 = 0x21,
+ PC_2 = 0x22,
+ PC_3 = 0x23,
+ PC_4 = 0x24,
+ PC_5 = 0x25,
+ PC_6 = 0x26,
+ PC_7 = 0x27,
+ PC_8 = 0x28,
+ PC_9 = 0x29,
+ PC_10 = 0x2A,
+ PC_11 = 0x2B,
+ PC_12 = 0x2C,
+ PC_13 = 0x2D,
+ PC_14 = 0x2E,
+ PC_15 = 0x2F,
+
+ PD_0 = 0x30,
+ PD_1 = 0x31,
+ PD_2 = 0x32,
+ PD_3 = 0x33,
+ PD_4 = 0x34,
+ PD_5 = 0x35,
+ PD_6 = 0x36,
+ PD_7 = 0x37,
+ PD_8 = 0x38,
+ PD_9 = 0x39,
+ PD_10 = 0x3A,
+ PD_11 = 0x3B,
+ PD_12 = 0x3C,
+ PD_13 = 0x3D,
+ PD_14 = 0x3E,
+ PD_15 = 0x3F,
+
+ PE_0 = 0x40,
+ PE_1 = 0x41,
+ PE_2 = 0x42,
+ PE_3 = 0x43,
+ PE_4 = 0x44,
+ PE_5 = 0x45,
+ PE_6 = 0x46,
+ PE_7 = 0x47,
+ PE_8 = 0x48,
+ PE_9 = 0x49,
+ PE_10 = 0x4A,
+ PE_11 = 0x4B,
+ PE_12 = 0x4C,
+ PE_13 = 0x4D,
+ PE_14 = 0x4E,
+ PE_15 = 0x4F,
+
+ PF_0 = 0x50,
+ PF_1 = 0x51,
+ PF_2 = 0x52,
+ PF_3 = 0x53,
+ PF_4 = 0x54,
+ PF_5 = 0x55,
+ PF_6 = 0x56,
+ PF_7 = 0x57,
+ PF_8 = 0x58,
+ PF_9 = 0x59,
+ PF_10 = 0x5A,
+ PF_11 = 0x5B,
+ PF_12 = 0x5C,
+ PF_13 = 0x5D,
+ PF_14 = 0x5E,
+ PF_15 = 0x5F,
+
+ PG_0 = 0x60,
+ PG_1 = 0x61,
+ PG_2 = 0x62,
+ PG_3 = 0x63,
+ PG_4 = 0x64,
+ PG_5 = 0x65,
+ PG_6 = 0x66,
+ PG_7 = 0x67,
+ PG_8 = 0x68,
+ PG_9 = 0x69,
+ PG_10 = 0x6A,
+ PG_11 = 0x6B,
+ PG_12 = 0x6C,
+ PG_13 = 0x6D,
+ PG_14 = 0x6E,
+ PG_15 = 0x6F,
+
+ PH_0 = 0x70,
+ PH_1 = 0x71,
+ PH_2 = 0x72,
+
+ // Arduino connector namings
+ A0 = PA_0,
+ A1 = PA_1,
+ A2 = PA_4,
+ A3 = PB_0,
+ A4 = PC_1,
+ A5 = PC_0,
+ D0 = PA_3,
+ D1 = PA_2,
+ D2 = PA_10,
+ D3 = PB_3,
+ D4 = PB_5,
+ D5 = PB_4,
+ D6 = PB_10,
+ D7 = PA_8,
+ D8 = PA_9,
+ D9 = PC_7,
+ D10 = PB_6,
+ D11 = PA_7,
+ D12 = PA_6,
+ D13 = PA_5,
+ D14 = PB_9,
+ D15 = PB_8,
+
+ // Generic signals namings
+ LED1 = PA_5,
+ LED2 = PA_5,
+ LED3 = PA_5,
+ LED4 = PA_5,
+ USER_BUTTON = PC_13,
+ SERIAL_TX = PA_2,
+ SERIAL_RX = PA_3,
+ I2C_SCL = PB_8,
+ I2C_SDA = PB_9,
+ SPI_MOSI = PA_7,
+ SPI_MISO = PA_6,
+ SPI_SCK = PA_5,
+ SPI_CS = PB_6,
+ PWM_OUT = PB_3,
+
+ // Not connected
+ NC = (int)0xFFFFFFFF
+} PinName;
+
+typedef enum {
+ PullNone = 0,
+ PullUp = 1,
+ PullDown = 2,
+ OpenDrain = 3
+} PinMode;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PortNames.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PortNames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f9af48f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PortNames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_PORTNAMES_H
+#define MBED_PORTNAMES_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ PortA = 0,
+ PortB = 1,
+ PortC = 2,
+ PortD = 3,
+ PortE = 4,
+ PortF = 5,
+ PortG = 6,
+ PortH = 7
+} PortName;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/analogin_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/analogin_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..538a89fd24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/analogin_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include "analogin_api.h"
+#include "wait_api.h"
+
+#if DEVICE_ANALOGIN
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = {
+ {PA_0, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {PA_1, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {PA_4, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {PB_0, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {PC_1, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {PC_0, ADC_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AIN, 0)},
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+int adc_inited = 0;
+
+void analogin_init(analogin_t *obj, PinName pin) {
+
+ ADC_TypeDef *adc;
+ ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_InitStructure;
+
+ // Get the peripheral name (ADC_1, ADC_2...) from the pin and assign it to the object
+ obj->adc = (ADCName)pinmap_peripheral(pin, PinMap_ADC);
+
+ if (obj->adc == (ADCName)NC) {
+ error("ADC pin mapping failed");
+ }
+
+ // Configure GPIO
+ pinmap_pinout(pin, PinMap_ADC);
+
+ // Save pin number for the read function
+ obj->pin = pin;
+
+ // The ADC initialization is done once
+ if (adc_inited == 0) {
+ adc_inited = 1;
+
+ // Get ADC registers structure address
+ adc = (ADC_TypeDef *)(obj->adc);
+
+ // Enable ADC clock
+ RCC_ADCCLKConfig(RCC_PCLK2_Div4);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE);
+
+ // Configure ADC
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent;
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE;
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE;
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None;
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right;
+ ADC_InitStructure.ADC_NbrOfChannel = 1;
+ ADC_Init(adc, &ADC_InitStructure);
+
+ // Enable ADC
+ ADC_Cmd(adc, ENABLE);
+
+ // Calibrate ADC
+ ADC_ResetCalibration(adc);
+ while(ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(adc));
+ ADC_StartCalibration(adc);
+ while(ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(adc));
+ }
+}
+
+static inline uint16_t adc_read(analogin_t *obj) {
+ // Get ADC registers structure address
+ ADC_TypeDef *adc = (ADC_TypeDef *)(obj->adc);
+
+ // Configure ADC channel
+ switch (obj->pin) {
+ case PA_0:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_0, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ case PA_1:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_1, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ case PA_4:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_4, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ case PB_0:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_8, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ case PC_1:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_11, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ case PC_0:
+ ADC_RegularChannelConfig(adc, ADC_Channel_10, 1, ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5);
+ break;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(adc, ENABLE); // Start conversion
+
+ while(ADC_GetFlagStatus(adc, ADC_FLAG_EOC) == RESET); // Wait end of conversion
+
+ return(ADC_GetConversionValue(adc)); // Get conversion value
+}
+
+uint16_t analogin_read_u16(analogin_t *obj) {
+ return(adc_read(obj));
+}
+
+float analogin_read(analogin_t *obj) {
+ uint16_t value = adc_read(obj);
+ return (float)value * (1.0f / (float)0xFFF); // 12 bits range
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/device.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/device.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bc2ff249c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_DEVICE_H
+#define MBED_DEVICE_H
+
+#define DEVICE_PORTIN 1
+#define DEVICE_PORTOUT 1
+#define DEVICE_PORTINOUT 1
+
+#define DEVICE_INTERRUPTIN 0
+
+#define DEVICE_ANALOGIN 0
+#define DEVICE_ANALOGOUT 0
+
+#define DEVICE_SERIAL 0
+
+#define DEVICE_I2C 0
+#define DEVICE_I2CSLAVE 0
+
+#define DEVICE_SPI 0
+#define DEVICE_SPISLAVE 0
+
+#define DEVICE_RTC 0
+
+#define DEVICE_PWMOUT 0
+
+#define DEVICE_SLEEP 0
+
+//=======================================
+
+#define DEVICE_SEMIHOST 0
+#define DEVICE_LOCALFILESYSTEM 0
+#define DEVICE_ID_LENGTH 24
+
+#define DEVICE_DEBUG_AWARENESS 0
+
+#define DEVICE_STDIO_MESSAGES 0
+
+//#define DEVICE_ERROR_RED 0
+
+#include "objects.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85b83b720c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "gpio_api.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+uint32_t gpio_set(PinName pin) {
+ if (pin == NC) return 0;
+
+ pin_function(pin, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN, 0, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+
+ return (uint32_t)(1 << ((uint32_t)pin & 0xF)); // Return the pin mask
+}
+
+void gpio_init(gpio_t *obj, PinName pin, PinDirection direction) {
+ GPIO_TypeDef *gpio;
+
+ if (pin == NC) return;
+
+ // Get GPIO structure base address
+ uint32_t pin_number = (uint32_t)pin;
+ uint32_t port_index = (pin_number >> 4);
+
+ switch (port_index) {
+ case 0:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOA_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOB_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOC_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOD_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOE_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOF_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOG_BASE;
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOH_BASE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ error("GPIO port number is not correct.");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Fill GPIO object structure for future use
+ obj->pin = pin;
+ obj->mask = gpio_set(pin);
+ obj->reg_in = &gpio->IDR;
+ obj->reg_set = &gpio->BSRRL;
+ obj->reg_clr = &gpio->BSRRH;
+
+ // Configure GPIO
+ if (direction == PIN_OUTPUT) {
+ pin_function(pin, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_OUT, GPIO_OType_PP, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+ else { // PIN_INPUT
+ pin_function(pin, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN, 0, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+}
+
+void gpio_mode(gpio_t *obj, PinMode mode) {
+ pin_mode(obj->pin, mode);
+}
+
+void gpio_dir(gpio_t *obj, PinDirection direction) {
+ if (direction == PIN_OUTPUT) {
+ pin_function(obj->pin, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_OUT, GPIO_OType_PP, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+ else { // PIN_INPUT
+ pin_function(obj->pin, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN, 0, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_irq_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_irq_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a53f2f624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_irq_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include
+#include "cmsis.h"
+
+#include "gpio_irq_api.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#define EDGE_NONE (0)
+#define EDGE_RISE (1)
+#define EDGE_FALL (2)
+#define EDGE_BOTH (3)
+
+#define CHANNEL_NUM (16)
+
+static uint32_t channel_ids[CHANNEL_NUM] = {0};
+
+static gpio_irq_handler irq_handler;
+
+static void handle_interrupt_in(uint32_t channel) {
+ if (channel_ids[channel] == 0) return;
+
+ uint32_t exti_line = (uint32_t)(1 << channel);
+ if (EXTI_GetITStatus(exti_line) != RESET)
+ {
+ EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(exti_line);
+ }
+
+ // Warning:
+ // On this device we don't know if a rising or falling event occured.
+ // In case both rise and fall events are set, only the FALL event will be reported.
+ if (EXTI->FTSR & (uint32_t)(1 << channel)) {
+ irq_handler(channel_ids[channel], IRQ_FALL);
+ }
+ else {
+ irq_handler(channel_ids[channel], IRQ_RISE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void gpio_irq0(void) {handle_interrupt_in(0);}
+static void gpio_irq1(void) {handle_interrupt_in(1);}
+static void gpio_irq2(void) {handle_interrupt_in(2);}
+static void gpio_irq3(void) {handle_interrupt_in(3);}
+static void gpio_irq4(void) {handle_interrupt_in(4);}
+static void gpio_irq5(void) {handle_interrupt_in(5);}
+static void gpio_irq6(void) {handle_interrupt_in(6);}
+static void gpio_irq7(void) {handle_interrupt_in(7);}
+static void gpio_irq8(void) {handle_interrupt_in(8);}
+static void gpio_irq9(void) {handle_interrupt_in(9);}
+static void gpio_irq10(void) {handle_interrupt_in(10);}
+static void gpio_irq11(void) {handle_interrupt_in(11);}
+static void gpio_irq12(void) {handle_interrupt_in(12);}
+static void gpio_irq13(void) {handle_interrupt_in(13);}
+static void gpio_irq14(void) {handle_interrupt_in(14);}
+static void gpio_irq15(void) {handle_interrupt_in(15);}
+
+int gpio_irq_init(gpio_irq_t *obj, PinName pin, gpio_irq_handler handler, uint32_t id) {
+ IRQn_Type irq_n = (IRQn_Type)0;
+ uint32_t vector = 0;
+
+ if (pin == NC) return -1;
+
+ uint32_t pin_number = (uint32_t)pin;
+ uint32_t pin_index = (pin_number & 0xF);
+ uint32_t port_index = (pin_number >> 4);
+
+ // Select irq number and vector
+ switch (pin_index) {
+ case 0:
+ irq_n = EXTI0_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq0;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ irq_n = EXTI1_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq1;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ irq_n = EXTI2_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq2;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ irq_n = EXTI3_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq3;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ irq_n = EXTI4_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq4;
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ irq_n = EXTI9_5_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq5;
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ irq_n = EXTI9_5_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq6;
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ irq_n = EXTI9_5_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq7;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ irq_n = EXTI9_5_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq8;
+ break;
+ case 9:
+ irq_n = EXTI9_5_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq9;
+ break;
+ case 10:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq10;
+ break;
+ case 11:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq11;
+ break;
+ case 12:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq12;
+ break;
+ case 13:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq13;
+ break;
+ case 14:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq14;
+ break;
+ case 15:
+ irq_n = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&gpio_irq15;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ // Enable GPIO and AFIO clocks
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd((uint32_t)(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA << port_index), ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE);
+
+ // Connect EXTI line to pin
+ GPIO_EXTILineConfig(port_index, pin_index);
+
+ // Configure EXTI line
+ EXTI_InitTypeDef EXTI_InitStructure;
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Line = (uint32_t)(1 << pin_index);
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_LineCmd = ENABLE;
+ EXTI_Init(&EXTI_InitStructure);
+
+ // Enable and set EXTI interrupt to the lowest priority
+ NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_InitStructure;
+ NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannel = irq_n;
+ NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 0x0F;
+ NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 0x0F;
+ NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
+ NVIC_Init(&NVIC_InitStructure);
+
+ NVIC_SetVector(irq_n, vector);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq_n);
+
+ // Save for future use
+ obj->ch = pin_index;
+ obj->irq_n = irq_n;
+ obj->event = EDGE_NONE;
+
+ channel_ids[obj->ch] = id;
+
+ irq_handler = handler;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void gpio_irq_free(gpio_irq_t *obj) {
+ channel_ids[obj->ch] = 0;
+ // Disable EXTI line
+ EXTI_InitTypeDef EXTI_InitStructure;
+ EXTI_StructInit(&EXTI_InitStructure);
+ EXTI_Init(&EXTI_InitStructure);
+ obj->event = EDGE_NONE;
+}
+
+void gpio_irq_set(gpio_irq_t *obj, gpio_irq_event event, uint32_t enable) {
+ EXTI_InitTypeDef EXTI_InitStructure;
+
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Line = (uint32_t)(1 << obj->ch);
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
+
+ if (event == IRQ_RISE) {
+ if ((obj->event == EDGE_FALL) || (obj->event == EDGE_BOTH)) {
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling;
+ obj->event = EDGE_BOTH;
+ }
+ else { // NONE or RISE
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Rising;
+ obj->event = EDGE_RISE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (event == IRQ_FALL) {
+ if ((obj->event == EDGE_RISE) || (obj->event == EDGE_BOTH)) {
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling;
+ obj->event = EDGE_BOTH;
+ }
+ else { // NONE or FALL
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
+ obj->event = EDGE_FALL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (enable) {
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_LineCmd = ENABLE;
+ }
+ else {
+ EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
+ }
+
+ EXTI_Init(&EXTI_InitStructure);
+}
+
+void gpio_irq_enable(gpio_irq_t *obj) {
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(obj->irq_n);
+}
+
+void gpio_irq_disable(gpio_irq_t *obj) {
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(obj->irq_n);
+ obj->event = EDGE_NONE;
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_object.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_object.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8c380f492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/gpio_object.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_GPIO_OBJECT_H
+#define MBED_GPIO_OBJECT_H
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "PortNames.h"
+#include "PeripheralNames.h"
+#include "PinNames.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ PinName pin;
+ uint32_t mask;
+ __IO uint16_t *reg_in;
+ __IO uint16_t *reg_set;
+ __IO uint16_t *reg_clr;
+} gpio_t;
+
+static inline void gpio_write(gpio_t *obj, int value) {
+ if (value) {
+ *obj->reg_set = obj->mask;
+ }
+ else {
+ *obj->reg_clr = obj->mask;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline int gpio_read(gpio_t *obj) {
+ return ((*obj->reg_in & obj->mask) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/i2c_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/i2c_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9fa5603a4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/i2c_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "i2c_api.h"
+
+#if DEVICE_I2C
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* Timeout values for flags and events waiting loops. These timeouts are
+ not based on accurate values, they just guarantee that the application will
+ not remain stuck if the I2C communication is corrupted. */
+#define FLAG_TIMEOUT ((int)0x1000)
+#define LONG_TIMEOUT ((int)0x8000)
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = {
+ {PB_9, I2C_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_OD, 8)}, // GPIO_Remap_I2C1
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = {
+ {PB_8, I2C_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_OD, 8)}, // GPIO_Remap_I2C1
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+void i2c_init(i2c_t *obj, PinName sda, PinName scl) {
+ // Determine the I2C to use
+ I2CName i2c_sda = (I2CName)pinmap_peripheral(sda, PinMap_I2C_SDA);
+ I2CName i2c_scl = (I2CName)pinmap_peripheral(scl, PinMap_I2C_SCL);
+
+ obj->i2c = (I2CName)pinmap_merge(i2c_sda, i2c_scl);
+
+ if (obj->i2c == (I2CName)NC) {
+ error("I2C pin mapping failed");
+ }
+
+ // Enable I2C clock
+ if (obj->i2c == I2C_1) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
+ }
+ if (obj->i2c == I2C_2) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
+ }
+
+ // Configure I2C pins
+ pinmap_pinout(sda, PinMap_I2C_SDA);
+ pinmap_pinout(scl, PinMap_I2C_SCL);
+ pin_mode(sda, OpenDrain);
+ pin_mode(scl, OpenDrain);
+
+ // Reset to clear pending flags if any
+ i2c_reset(obj);
+
+ // I2C configuration
+ i2c_frequency(obj, 100000); // 100 kHz per default
+}
+
+void i2c_frequency(i2c_t *obj, int hz) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ I2C_InitTypeDef I2C_InitStructure;
+
+ if ((hz != 0) && (hz <= 400000)) {
+ // I2C configuration
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Enable;
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
+ I2C_InitStructure.I2C_ClockSpeed = hz;
+ I2C_Cmd(i2c, ENABLE);
+ I2C_Init(i2c, &I2C_InitStructure);
+ }
+}
+
+inline int i2c_start(i2c_t *obj) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ int timeout;
+
+ I2C_ClearFlag(i2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); // Clear Acknowledge failure flag
+
+ // Generate the START condition
+ I2C_GenerateSTART(i2c, ENABLE);
+
+ // Wait the START condition has been correctly sent
+ timeout = FLAG_TIMEOUT;
+ //while (I2C_CheckEvent(i2c, I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) == ERROR) {
+ while (I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_SB) == RESET) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+inline int i2c_stop(i2c_t *obj) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+
+ I2C_GenerateSTOP(i2c, ENABLE);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int i2c_read(i2c_t *obj, int address, char *data, int length, int stop) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ int timeout;
+ int count;
+ int value;
+
+ if (length == 0) return 0;
+
+/*
+ // Wait until the bus is not busy anymore
+ timeout = LONG_TIMEOUT;
+ while (I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+*/
+
+ i2c_start(obj);
+
+ // Send slave address for read
+ I2C_Send7bitAddress(i2c, address, I2C_Direction_Receiver);
+
+ // Wait address is acknowledged
+ timeout = FLAG_TIMEOUT;
+ while (I2C_CheckEvent(i2c, I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) == ERROR) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Read all bytes except last one
+ for (count = 0; count < (length - 1); count++) {
+ value = i2c_byte_read(obj, 0);
+ data[count] = (char)value;
+ }
+
+ // If not repeated start, send stop.
+ // Warning: must be done BEFORE the data is read.
+ if (stop) {
+ i2c_stop(obj);
+ }
+
+ // Read the last byte
+ value = i2c_byte_read(obj, 1);
+ data[count] = (char)value;
+
+ return length;
+}
+
+int i2c_write(i2c_t *obj, int address, const char *data, int length, int stop) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ int timeout;
+ int count;
+
+/*
+ // Wait until the bus is not busy anymore
+ timeout = LONG_TIMEOUT;
+ while (I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+*/
+
+ i2c_start(obj);
+
+ // Send slave address for write
+ I2C_Send7bitAddress(i2c, address, I2C_Direction_Transmitter);
+
+ // Wait address is acknowledged
+ timeout = FLAG_TIMEOUT;
+ while (I2C_CheckEvent(i2c, I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) == ERROR) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (count = 0; count < length; count++) {
+ if (i2c_byte_write(obj, data[count]) != 1) {
+ i2c_stop(obj);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If not repeated start, send stop.
+ if (stop) {
+ i2c_stop(obj);
+ }
+
+ return count;
+}
+
+int i2c_byte_read(i2c_t *obj, int last) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ uint8_t data;
+ int timeout;
+
+ if (last) {
+ // Don't acknowledge the last byte
+ I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(i2c, DISABLE);
+ } else {
+ // Acknowledge the byte
+ I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(i2c, ENABLE);
+ }
+
+ // Wait until the byte is received
+ timeout = FLAG_TIMEOUT;
+ while (I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ data = I2C_ReceiveData(i2c);
+
+ return (int)data;
+}
+
+int i2c_byte_write(i2c_t *obj, int data) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ int timeout;
+
+ I2C_SendData(i2c, (uint8_t)data);
+
+ // Wait until the byte is transmitted
+ timeout = FLAG_TIMEOUT;
+ //while (I2C_CheckEvent(i2c, I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) == ERROR) {
+ while ((I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) &&
+ (I2C_GetFlagStatus(i2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) {
+ if ((timeout--) == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void i2c_reset(i2c_t *obj) {
+ if (obj->i2c == I2C_1) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ if (obj->i2c == I2C_2) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE);
+ }
+}
+
+#if DEVICE_I2CSLAVE
+
+void i2c_slave_address(i2c_t *obj, int idx, uint32_t address, uint32_t mask) {
+ I2C_TypeDef *i2c = (I2C_TypeDef *)(obj->i2c);
+ uint16_t tmpreg;
+
+ // Get the old register value
+ tmpreg = i2c->OAR1;
+ // Reset address bits
+ tmpreg &= 0xFC00;
+ // Set new address
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); // 7-bits
+ // Store the new register value
+ i2c->OAR1 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+void i2c_slave_mode(i2c_t *obj, int enable_slave) {
+ // Nothing to do
+}
+
+// See I2CSlave.h
+#define NoData 0 // the slave has not been addressed
+#define ReadAddressed 1 // the master has requested a read from this slave (slave = transmitter)
+#define WriteGeneral 2 // the master is writing to all slave
+#define WriteAddressed 3 // the master is writing to this slave (slave = receiver)
+
+int i2c_slave_receive(i2c_t *obj) {
+ // TO BE DONE
+ return(0);
+}
+
+int i2c_slave_read(i2c_t *obj, char *data, int length) {
+ int count = 0;
+
+ // Read all bytes
+ for (count = 0; count < length; count++) {
+ data[count] = i2c_byte_read(obj, 0);
+ }
+
+ return count;
+}
+
+int i2c_slave_write(i2c_t *obj, const char *data, int length) {
+ int count = 0;
+
+ // Write all bytes
+ for (count = 0; count < length; count++) {
+ i2c_byte_write(obj, data[count]);
+ }
+
+ return count;
+}
+
+
+#endif // DEVICE_I2CSLAVE
+
+#endif // DEVICE_I2C
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/objects.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/objects.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d546e5137c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/objects.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef MBED_OBJECTS_H
+#define MBED_OBJECTS_H
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "PortNames.h"
+#include "PeripheralNames.h"
+#include "PinNames.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct gpio_irq_s {
+ uint32_t ch;
+ IRQn_Type irq_n;
+ uint32_t event; // 0=none, 1=rise, 2=fall, 3=rise+fall
+};
+
+struct port_s {
+ PortName port;
+ uint32_t mask;
+ PinDirection direction;
+ __IO uint16_t *reg_in;
+ __IO uint16_t *reg_out;
+};
+
+struct analogin_s {
+ ADCName adc;
+ PinName pin;
+};
+
+struct serial_s {
+ UARTName uart;
+ int index; // Used by irq
+ uint32_t baudrate;
+ uint32_t databits;
+ uint32_t stopbits;
+ uint32_t parity;
+};
+
+struct spi_s {
+ SPIName spi;
+ uint32_t bits;
+ uint32_t cpol;
+ uint32_t cpha;
+ uint32_t mode;
+ uint32_t nss;
+ uint32_t br_presc;
+};
+
+struct i2c_s {
+ I2CName i2c;
+};
+
+struct pwmout_s {
+ PWMName pwm;
+ PinName pin;
+ uint32_t period;
+ uint32_t pulse;
+};
+
+#include "gpio_object.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pinmap.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pinmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6b5ff591a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pinmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+/**
+ * Configure pin (mode, speed, output type and pull-up/pull-down)
+ */
+void pin_function(PinName pin, int data) {
+ GPIO_TypeDef *gpio;
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+
+ if (pin == NC) return;
+
+ // Get the pin informations
+ uint32_t mode = STM_PIN_MODE(data);
+ uint32_t otype = STM_PIN_OTYPE(data);
+ uint32_t pupd = STM_PIN_PUPD(data);
+ uint32_t afnum = STM_PIN_AFNUM(data);
+
+ // Get GPIO structure base address and enable clock
+ uint32_t pin_number = (uint32_t)pin;
+ uint32_t pin_index = (pin_number & 0xF);
+ uint32_t port_index = (pin_number >> 4);
+
+ switch (port_index) {
+ case 0:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOA_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOB_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOC_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOD_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOE_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOF_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOG_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOH_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ default:
+ error("GPIO port number is not correct.");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Configure GPIO
+ GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = (uint16_t)(1 << pin_index);
+ GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = (GPIOMode_TypeDef)mode;
+ GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_40MHz;
+ GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = (GPIOOType_TypeDef)otype;
+ GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = (GPIOPuPd_TypeDef)pupd;
+ GPIO_Init(gpio, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+
+ // Configure Alternate Function
+ if (afnum > 0) {
+ GPIO_PinAFConfig(gpio, (uint16_t)(1 << pin_index), afnum);
+ }
+
+ // *** TODO ***
+ // Disconnect JTAG-DP + SW-DP signals.
+ // Warning: Need to reconnect under reset
+ //if ((pin == PA_13) || (pin == PA_14)) {
+ //
+ //}
+ //if ((pin == PA_15) || (pin == PB_3) || (pin == PB_4)) {
+ //
+ //}
+}
+
+/**
+ * Configure pin pull-up/pull-down
+ */
+void pin_mode(PinName pin, PinMode mode) {
+ GPIO_TypeDef *gpio;
+
+ if (pin == NC) return;
+
+ // Get GPIO structure base address and enable clock
+ uint32_t pin_number = (uint32_t)pin;
+ uint32_t port_index = (pin_number >> 4);
+
+ switch (port_index) {
+ case 0:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOA_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOB_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOC_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOD_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOE_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOF_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOG_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOH_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ default:
+ error("GPIO port number is not correct.");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Configure pull-up/pull-down resistors
+ uint32_t pupd = (uint32_t)mode;
+ if (pupd > 2) pupd = 0; // Open-drain = No pull-up/No pull-down
+ gpio->PUPDR &= (uint32_t)(~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (pin_number * 2)));
+ gpio->PUPDR |= (uint32_t)(pupd << (pin_number * 2));
+
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/port_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/port_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca90d93b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/port_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "port_api.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "gpio_api.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#if DEVICE_PORTIN || DEVICE_PORTOUT
+
+// high nibble = port number (0=A, 1=B, 2=C, 3=D, 4=E, 5=F, ...)
+// low nibble = pin number
+PinName port_pin(PortName port, int pin_n) {
+ return (PinName)(pin_n + (port << 4));
+}
+
+void port_init(port_t *obj, PortName port, int mask, PinDirection dir) {
+ GPIO_TypeDef *gpio;
+
+ uint32_t port_index = (uint32_t)port;
+
+ // Get GPIO structure base address and enable clock
+ switch (port_index) {
+ case 0:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOA_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOB_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOC_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOD_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOE_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOF_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOG_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ gpio = (GPIO_TypeDef *)GPIOH_BASE;
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, ENABLE);
+ break;
+ default:
+ error("GPIO port number is not correct.");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Fill PORT object structure for future use
+ obj->port = port;
+ obj->mask = mask;
+ obj->direction = dir;
+ obj->reg_in = &gpio->IDR;
+ obj->reg_out = &gpio->ODR;
+
+ port_dir(obj, dir);
+}
+
+void port_dir(port_t *obj, PinDirection dir) {
+ uint32_t i;
+ obj->direction = dir;
+ for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { // Process all pins
+ if (obj->mask & (1 << i)) { // If the pin is used
+ if (dir == PIN_OUTPUT) {
+ pin_function(port_pin(obj->port, i), STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_OUT, GPIO_OType_PP, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+ else { // PIN_INPUT
+ pin_function(port_pin(obj->port, i), STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN, 0, GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL, 0));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void port_mode(port_t *obj, PinMode mode) {
+ uint32_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { // Process all pins
+ if (obj->mask & (1 << i)) { // If the pin is used
+ pin_mode(port_pin(obj->port, i), mode);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void port_write(port_t *obj, int value) {
+ *obj->reg_out = (*obj->reg_out & ~obj->mask) | (value & obj->mask);
+}
+
+int port_read(port_t *obj) {
+ if (obj->direction == PIN_OUTPUT) {
+ return (*obj->reg_out & obj->mask);
+ }
+ else { // PIN_INPUT
+ return (*obj->reg_in & obj->mask);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pwmout_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pwmout_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..995cf58c5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/pwmout_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "pwmout_api.h"
+
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+// Only TIM2 and TIM3 can be used (TIM1 and TIM4 are used by the us_ticker)
+static const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = {
+ // TIM2 default
+ //{PA_2, PWM_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 - ARDUINO D1
+ //{PA_3, PWM_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 - ARDUINO D0
+ // TIM2 full remap
+ {PB_3, PWM_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 5)}, // TIM2fr_CH2 - ARDUINO D3
+ //{PB_10, PWM_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 5)}, // TIM2fr_CH3 - ARDUINO D6
+ // TIM3 default
+ //{PA_6, PWM_3, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 - ARDUINO D12
+ //{PA_7, PWM_3, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 - ARDUINO D11
+ // TIM3 full remap
+ //{PC_7, PWM_3, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 6)}, // TIM3fr_CH2 - ARDUINO D9
+ // TIM3 partial remap
+ {PB_4, PWM_3, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 7)}, // TIM3pr_CH1 - ARDUINO D5
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+void pwmout_init(pwmout_t* obj, PinName pin) {
+ // Get the peripheral name from the pin and assign it to the object
+ obj->pwm = (PWMName)pinmap_peripheral(pin, PinMap_PWM);
+
+ if (obj->pwm == (PWMName)NC) {
+ error("PWM pinout mapping failed");
+ }
+
+ // Enable TIM clock
+ if (obj->pwm == PWM_2) RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
+ if (obj->pwm == PWM_3) RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+
+ // Configure GPIO
+ pinmap_pinout(pin, PinMap_PWM);
+
+ obj->pin = pin;
+ obj->period = 0;
+ obj->pulse = 0;
+
+ pwmout_period_us(obj, 20000); // 20 ms per default
+}
+
+void pwmout_free(pwmout_t* obj) {
+ TIM_TypeDef *tim = (TIM_TypeDef *)(obj->pwm);
+ TIM_DeInit(tim);
+}
+
+void pwmout_write(pwmout_t* obj, float value) {
+ TIM_TypeDef *tim = (TIM_TypeDef *)(obj->pwm);
+ TIM_OCInitTypeDef TIM_OCInitStructure;
+
+ if (value < 0.0) {
+ value = 0.0;
+ } else if (value > 1.0) {
+ value = 1.0;
+ }
+
+ //while(TIM_GetFlagStatus(tim, TIM_FLAG_Update) == RESET);
+ //TIM_ClearFlag(tim, TIM_FLAG_Update);
+
+ obj->pulse = (uint32_t)((float)obj->period * value);
+
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_PWM1;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Enable;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_Pulse = obj->pulse;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+
+ // Configure channel 1
+ if (obj->pin == PB_4) {
+ TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(tim, TIM_OCPreload_Enable);
+ TIM_OC1Init(tim, &TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ }
+
+ // Configure channel 2
+ if (obj->pin == PB_3) {
+ TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(tim, TIM_OCPreload_Enable);
+ TIM_OC2Init(tim, &TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ }
+
+ // Configure channel 3
+ //if (obj->pin == PB_10) {
+ // TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(tim, TIM_OCPreload_Enable);
+ // TIM_OC3Init(tim, &TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ //}
+
+ // Configure channel 4
+ //if (obj->pin == PA_3) {
+ // TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(tim, TIM_OCPreload_Enable);
+ // TIM_OC4Init(tim, &TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ //}
+}
+
+float pwmout_read(pwmout_t* obj) {
+ float value = 0;
+ if (obj->period > 0) {
+ value = (float)(obj->pulse) / (float)(obj->period);
+ }
+ return ((value > 1.0) ? (1.0) : (value));
+}
+
+void pwmout_period(pwmout_t* obj, float seconds) {
+ pwmout_period_us(obj, seconds * 1000000.0f);
+}
+
+void pwmout_period_ms(pwmout_t* obj, int ms) {
+ pwmout_period_us(obj, ms * 1000);
+}
+
+void pwmout_period_us(pwmout_t* obj, int us) {
+ TIM_TypeDef *tim = (TIM_TypeDef *)(obj->pwm);
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef TIM_TimeBaseStructure;
+ float dc = pwmout_read(obj);
+
+ TIM_Cmd(tim, DISABLE);
+
+ obj->period = us;
+
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Period = obj->period - 1;
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Prescaler = (uint16_t)(SystemCoreClock / 1000000) - 1; // 1 µs tick
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_ClockDivision = 0;
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInit(tim, &TIM_TimeBaseStructure);
+
+ // Set duty cycle again
+ pwmout_write(obj, dc);
+
+ TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(tim, ENABLE);
+ TIM_Cmd(tim, ENABLE);
+}
+
+void pwmout_pulsewidth(pwmout_t* obj, float seconds) {
+ pwmout_pulsewidth_us(obj, seconds * 1000000.0f);
+}
+
+void pwmout_pulsewidth_ms(pwmout_t* obj, int ms) {
+ pwmout_pulsewidth_us(obj, ms * 1000);
+}
+
+void pwmout_pulsewidth_us(pwmout_t* obj, int us) {
+ float value = (float)us / (float)obj->period;
+ pwmout_write(obj, value);
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/rtc_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/rtc_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3a88b10fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/rtc_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "rtc_api.h"
+
+static int rtc_inited = 0;
+
+void rtc_init(void) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR | RCC_APB1Periph_BKP, ENABLE); // Enable PWR and Backup clock
+
+ PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE); // Allow access to Backup Domain
+
+ BKP_DeInit(); // Reset Backup Domain
+
+ // Uncomment these lines if you use the LSE
+ // Enable LSE and wait till it's ready
+ //RCC_LSEConfig(RCC_LSE_ON);
+ //while (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) {}
+ //RCC_RTCCLKConfig(RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE); // Select LSE as RTC Clock Source
+
+ // Uncomment these lines if you use the LSI
+ // Enable LSI and wait till it's ready
+ RCC_LSICmd(ENABLE);
+ while (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) {}
+ RCC_RTCCLKConfig(RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI); // Select LSI as RTC Clock Source
+
+ RCC_RTCCLKCmd(ENABLE); // Enable RTC Clock
+
+ RTC_WaitForSynchro(); // Wait for RTC registers synchronization
+
+ RTC_WaitForLastTask(); // Wait until last write operation on RTC registers has finished
+
+ // Set RTC period to 1 sec
+ // For LSE: prescaler = RTCCLK/RTC period = 32768Hz/1Hz = 32768
+ // For LSI: prescaler = RTCCLK/RTC period = 40000Hz/1Hz = 40000
+ RTC_SetPrescaler(39999);
+
+ RTC_WaitForLastTask(); // Wait until last write operation on RTC registers has finished
+
+ rtc_inited = 1;
+}
+
+void rtc_free(void) {
+ RCC_DeInit(); // Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state
+ rtc_inited = 0;
+}
+
+int rtc_isenabled(void) {
+ return rtc_inited;
+}
+
+time_t rtc_read(void) {
+ return (time_t)RTC_GetCounter();
+}
+
+void rtc_write(time_t t) {
+ RTC_WaitForLastTask(); // Wait until last write operation on RTC registers has finished
+ RTC_SetCounter(t); // Change the current time
+ RTC_WaitForLastTask(); // Wait until last write operation on RTC registers has finished
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/serial_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/serial_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d5eb9fbed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/serial_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "serial_api.h"
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = {
+ {PA_9, UART_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)},
+ {PA_2, UART_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)},
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = {
+ {PA_10, UART_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING, 0)},
+ {PA_3, UART_2, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING, 0)},
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+#define UART_NUM (2)
+
+static uint32_t serial_irq_ids[UART_NUM] = {0};
+
+static uart_irq_handler irq_handler;
+
+int stdio_uart_inited = 0;
+serial_t stdio_uart;
+
+static void init_usart(serial_t *obj) {
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ USART_InitTypeDef USART_InitStructure;
+
+ USART_Cmd(usart, DISABLE);
+
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_BaudRate = obj->baudrate;
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_WordLength = obj->databits;
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_StopBits = obj->stopbits;
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_Parity = obj->parity;
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+ USART_InitStructure.USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+ USART_Init(usart, &USART_InitStructure);
+
+ USART_Cmd(usart, ENABLE);
+}
+
+void serial_init(serial_t *obj, PinName tx, PinName rx) {
+ // Determine the UART to use (UART_1, UART_2, ...)
+ UARTName uart_tx = (UARTName)pinmap_peripheral(tx, PinMap_UART_TX);
+ UARTName uart_rx = (UARTName)pinmap_peripheral(rx, PinMap_UART_RX);
+
+ // Get the peripheral name (UART_1, UART_2, ...) from the pin and assign it to the object
+ obj->uart = (UARTName)pinmap_merge(uart_tx, uart_rx);
+
+ if (obj->uart == (UARTName)NC) {
+ error("Serial pinout mapping failed");
+ }
+
+ // Enable USART clock
+ if (obj->uart == UART_1) {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+ }
+ if (obj->uart == UART_2) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+ }
+
+ // Configure the UART pins
+ pinmap_pinout(tx, PinMap_UART_TX);
+ pinmap_pinout(rx, PinMap_UART_RX);
+
+ // Configure UART
+ obj->baudrate = 9600;
+ obj->databits = USART_WordLength_8b;
+ obj->stopbits = USART_StopBits_1;
+ obj->parity = USART_Parity_No;
+
+ init_usart(obj);
+
+ // The index is used by irq
+ if (obj->uart == UART_1) obj->index = 0;
+ if (obj->uart == UART_2) obj->index = 1;
+
+ // For stdio management
+ if (obj->uart == STDIO_UART) {
+ stdio_uart_inited = 1;
+ memcpy(&stdio_uart, obj, sizeof(serial_t));
+ }
+
+}
+
+void serial_free(serial_t *obj) {
+ serial_irq_ids[obj->index] = 0;
+}
+
+void serial_baud(serial_t *obj, int baudrate) {
+ obj->baudrate = baudrate;
+ init_usart(obj);
+}
+
+void serial_format(serial_t *obj, int data_bits, SerialParity parity, int stop_bits) {
+ if (data_bits == 8) {
+ obj->databits = USART_WordLength_8b;
+ }
+ else {
+ obj->databits = USART_WordLength_9b;
+ }
+
+ switch (parity) {
+ case ParityOdd:
+ case ParityForced0:
+ obj->parity = USART_Parity_Odd;
+ break;
+ case ParityEven:
+ case ParityForced1:
+ obj->parity = USART_Parity_Even;
+ break;
+ default: // ParityNone
+ obj->parity = USART_Parity_No;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (stop_bits == 2) {
+ obj->stopbits = USART_StopBits_2;
+ }
+ else {
+ obj->stopbits = USART_StopBits_1;
+ }
+
+ init_usart(obj);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * INTERRUPTS HANDLING
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+// not api
+static void uart_irq(USART_TypeDef* usart, int id) {
+ if (serial_irq_ids[id] != 0) {
+ if (USART_GetITStatus(usart, USART_IT_TC) != RESET) {
+ irq_handler(serial_irq_ids[id], TxIrq);
+ USART_ClearITPendingBit(usart, USART_IT_TC);
+ }
+ if (USART_GetITStatus(usart, USART_IT_RXNE) != RESET) {
+ irq_handler(serial_irq_ids[id], RxIrq);
+ USART_ClearITPendingBit(usart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void uart1_irq(void) {uart_irq((USART_TypeDef*)UART_1, 0);}
+static void uart2_irq(void) {uart_irq((USART_TypeDef*)UART_2, 1);}
+
+void serial_irq_handler(serial_t *obj, uart_irq_handler handler, uint32_t id) {
+ irq_handler = handler;
+ serial_irq_ids[obj->index] = id;
+}
+
+void serial_irq_set(serial_t *obj, SerialIrq irq, uint32_t enable) {
+ IRQn_Type irq_n = (IRQn_Type)0;
+ uint32_t vector = 0;
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+
+ if (obj->uart == UART_1) {
+ irq_n = USART1_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&uart1_irq;
+ }
+
+ if (obj->uart == UART_2) {
+ irq_n = USART2_IRQn;
+ vector = (uint32_t)&uart2_irq;
+ }
+
+ if (enable) {
+
+ if (irq == RxIrq) {
+ USART_ITConfig(usart, USART_IT_RXNE, ENABLE);
+ }
+ else { // TxIrq
+ USART_ITConfig(usart, USART_IT_TC, ENABLE);
+ }
+
+ NVIC_SetVector(irq_n, vector);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq_n);
+
+ } else { // disable
+
+ int all_disabled = 0;
+
+ if (irq == RxIrq) {
+ USART_ITConfig(usart, USART_IT_RXNE, DISABLE);
+ // Check if TxIrq is disabled too
+ if ((usart->CR1 & USART_CR1_TXEIE) == 0) all_disabled = 1;
+ }
+ else { // TxIrq
+ USART_ITConfig(usart, USART_IT_TXE, DISABLE);
+ // Check if RxIrq is disabled too
+ if ((usart->CR1 & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) == 0) all_disabled = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (all_disabled) NVIC_DisableIRQ(irq_n);
+
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * READ/WRITE
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+int serial_getc(serial_t *obj) {
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ while (!serial_readable(obj));
+ return (int)(USART_ReceiveData(usart));
+}
+
+void serial_putc(serial_t *obj, int c) {
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ while (!serial_writable(obj));
+ USART_SendData(usart, (uint16_t)c);
+}
+
+int serial_readable(serial_t *obj) {
+ int status;
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ // Check if data is received
+ status = ((USART_GetFlagStatus(usart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) ? 1 : 0);
+ return status;
+}
+
+int serial_writable(serial_t *obj) {
+ int status;
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ // Check if data is transmitted
+ status = ((USART_GetFlagStatus(usart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) ? 1 : 0);
+ return status;
+}
+
+void serial_clear(serial_t *obj) {
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ USART_ClearFlag(usart, USART_FLAG_TXE);
+ USART_ClearFlag(usart, USART_FLAG_RXNE);
+}
+
+void serial_pinout_tx(PinName tx) {
+ pinmap_pinout(tx, PinMap_UART_TX);
+}
+
+void serial_break_set(serial_t *obj) {
+ USART_TypeDef *usart = (USART_TypeDef *)(obj->uart);
+ USART_SendBreak(usart);
+}
+
+void serial_break_clear(serial_t *obj) {
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/sleep.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/sleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bea4eb96c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/sleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "sleep_api.h"
+#include "cmsis.h"
+
+// This function is only necessary if the HSE is used.
+/*
+static void SYSCLKConfig_STOP(void)
+{
+ ErrorStatus HSEStartUpStatus;
+
+ RCC_HSEConfig(RCC_HSE_ON); // Enable HSE
+
+ HSEStartUpStatus = RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(); // Wait till HSE is ready
+
+ if (HSEStartUpStatus == SUCCESS) {
+ RCC_PLLCmd(ENABLE); // Enable PLL
+ while(RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) {} // Wait till PLL is ready
+ RCC_SYSCLKConfig(RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK); // Select PLL as system clock source
+ while(RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() != 0x08) {} // Wait till PLL is used as system clock source
+ }
+}
+*/
+
+void sleep(void)
+{
+ SCB->SCR = 0; // Normal sleep mode for ARM core
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+void deepsleep(void)
+{
+ // Enable PWR clock
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
+
+ // Request to enter STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
+ PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower, PWR_STOPEntry_WFI);
+
+ // At this stage the system has resumed from STOP mode.
+ // Re-configure the system clock: enable HSE, PLL and select
+ // PLL as system clock source (because HSE and PLL are disabled in STOP mode).
+ //SYSCLKConfig_STOP();
+}
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/spi_api.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/spi_api.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad671e4c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/spi_api.c
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+#include "spi_api.h"
+
+#if DEVICE_SPI
+
+#include
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "pinmap.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = {
+ {PA_7, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)},
+ {PB_5, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 1)}, // Remap
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = {
+ {PA_6, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)},
+ {PB_4, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 1)}, // Remap
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+static const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = {
+ {PA_5, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 0)},
+ {PB_3, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_AF_PP, 1)}, // Remap
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+// Only used in Slave mode
+static const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = {
+ {PB_6, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING, 0)}, // Generic IO, not real H/W NSS pin
+ //{PA_4, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING, 0)},
+ //{PA_15, SPI_1, STM_PIN_DATA(GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING, 1)}, // Remap
+ {NC, NC, 0}
+};
+
+static void init_spi(spi_t *obj) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ SPI_InitTypeDef SPI_InitStructure;
+
+ SPI_Cmd(spi, DISABLE);
+
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = obj->mode;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = obj->nss;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_DataSize = obj->bits;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPOL = obj->cpol;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPHA = obj->cpha;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = obj->br_presc;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
+ SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
+ SPI_Init(spi, &SPI_InitStructure);
+
+ SPI_Cmd(spi, ENABLE);
+}
+
+void spi_init(spi_t *obj, PinName mosi, PinName miso, PinName sclk, PinName ssel) {
+ // Determine the SPI to use
+ SPIName spi_mosi = (SPIName)pinmap_peripheral(mosi, PinMap_SPI_MOSI);
+ SPIName spi_miso = (SPIName)pinmap_peripheral(miso, PinMap_SPI_MISO);
+ SPIName spi_sclk = (SPIName)pinmap_peripheral(sclk, PinMap_SPI_SCLK);
+ SPIName spi_ssel = (SPIName)pinmap_peripheral(ssel, PinMap_SPI_SSEL);
+
+ SPIName spi_data = (SPIName)pinmap_merge(spi_mosi, spi_miso);
+ SPIName spi_cntl = (SPIName)pinmap_merge(spi_sclk, spi_ssel);
+
+ obj->spi = (SPIName)pinmap_merge(spi_data, spi_cntl);
+
+ if (obj->spi == (SPIName)NC) {
+ error("SPI pinout mapping failed");
+ }
+
+ // Enable SPI clock
+ if (obj->spi == SPI_1) {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
+ }
+ if (obj->spi == SPI_2) {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
+ }
+
+ // Configure the SPI pins
+ pinmap_pinout(mosi, PinMap_SPI_MOSI);
+ pinmap_pinout(miso, PinMap_SPI_MISO);
+ pinmap_pinout(sclk, PinMap_SPI_SCLK);
+
+ // Save new values
+ obj->bits = SPI_DataSize_8b;
+ obj->cpol = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+ obj->cpha = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+ obj->br_presc = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64; // Closest to 1MHz (72MHz/64 = 1.125MHz)
+
+ if (ssel == NC) { // Master
+ obj->mode = SPI_Mode_Master;
+ obj->nss = SPI_NSS_Soft;
+ }
+ else { // Slave
+ pinmap_pinout(ssel, PinMap_SPI_SSEL);
+ obj->mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
+ obj->nss = SPI_NSS_Soft;
+ }
+
+ init_spi(obj);
+}
+
+void spi_free(spi_t *obj) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ SPI_I2S_DeInit(spi);
+}
+
+void spi_format(spi_t *obj, int bits, int mode, int slave) {
+ // Save new values
+ if (bits == 8) {
+ obj->bits = SPI_DataSize_8b;
+ }
+ else {
+ obj->bits = SPI_DataSize_16b;
+ }
+
+ switch (mode) {
+ case 0:
+ obj->cpol = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+ obj->cpha = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ obj->cpol = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+ obj->cpha = SPI_CPHA_2Edge;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ obj->cpol = SPI_CPOL_High;
+ obj->cpha = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+ break;
+ default:
+ obj->cpol = SPI_CPOL_High;
+ obj->cpha = SPI_CPHA_2Edge;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (slave == 0) {
+ obj->mode = SPI_Mode_Master;
+ obj->nss = SPI_NSS_Soft;
+ }
+ else {
+ obj->mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
+ obj->nss = SPI_NSS_Hard;
+ }
+
+ init_spi(obj);
+}
+
+void spi_frequency(spi_t *obj, int hz) {
+ // Get SPI clock frequency
+ uint32_t PCLK = SystemCoreClock >> 1;
+
+ // Choose the baud rate divisor (between 2 and 256)
+ uint32_t divisor = PCLK / hz;
+
+ // Find the nearest power-of-2
+ divisor = (divisor > 0 ? divisor-1 : 0);
+ divisor |= divisor >> 1;
+ divisor |= divisor >> 2;
+ divisor |= divisor >> 4;
+ divisor |= divisor >> 8;
+ divisor |= divisor >> 16;
+ divisor++;
+
+ uint32_t baud_rate = __builtin_ffs(divisor) - 2;
+
+ // Save new value
+ obj->br_presc = ((baud_rate > 7) ? (7 << 3) : (baud_rate << 3));
+
+ init_spi(obj);
+}
+
+static inline int ssp_readable(spi_t *obj) {
+ int status;
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ // Check if data is received
+ status = ((SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(spi, SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) ? 1 : 0);
+ return status;
+}
+
+static inline int ssp_writeable(spi_t *obj) {
+ int status;
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ // Check if data is transmitted
+ status = ((SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(spi, SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) ? 1 : 0);
+ return status;
+}
+
+static inline void ssp_write(spi_t *obj, int value) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ while (!ssp_writeable(obj));
+ SPI_I2S_SendData(spi, (uint16_t)value);
+}
+
+static inline int ssp_read(spi_t *obj) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ while (!ssp_readable(obj));
+ return (int)SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(spi);
+}
+
+static inline int ssp_busy(spi_t *obj) {
+ int status;
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ status = ((SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(spi, SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) != RESET) ? 1 : 0);
+ return status;
+}
+
+int spi_master_write(spi_t *obj, int value) {
+ ssp_write(obj, value);
+ return ssp_read(obj);
+}
+
+int spi_slave_receive(spi_t *obj) {
+ return (ssp_readable(obj) && !ssp_busy(obj)) ? (1) : (0);
+};
+
+int spi_slave_read(spi_t *obj) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ return (int)SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(spi);
+}
+
+void spi_slave_write(spi_t *obj, int value) {
+ SPI_TypeDef *spi = (SPI_TypeDef *)(obj->spi);
+ while (!ssp_writeable(obj));
+ SPI_I2S_SendData(spi, (uint16_t)value);
+}
+
+int spi_busy(spi_t *obj) {
+ return ssp_busy(obj);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/us_ticker.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/us_ticker.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a1f20ae70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/us_ticker.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include
+#include "us_ticker_api.h"
+#include "PeripheralNames.h"
+
+int us_ticker_inited = 0;
+
+void us_ticker_init(void) {
+
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef TIM_TimeBaseStructure;
+ TIM_OCInitTypeDef TIM_OCInitStructure;
+
+ if (us_ticker_inited) return;
+ us_ticker_inited = 1;
+
+ // Enable Timers clock
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
+
+ // Time base configuration
+ // TIM3 is used as "master", "TIM4" as "slave". TIM4 is clocked by TIM3.
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(&TIM_TimeBaseStructure);
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Period = 0xFFFF;
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Prescaler = (uint16_t)(SystemCoreClock / 1000000) - 1; // 1 µs tick
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_ClockDivision = 0;
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM3, &TIM_TimeBaseStructure);
+ TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Prescaler = 0;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM4, &TIM_TimeBaseStructure);
+
+ // Master timer configuration
+ TIM_OCStructInit(&TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Toggle;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Enable;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_Pulse = 0;
+ TIM_OCInitStructure.TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+ TIM_OC1Init(TIM3, &TIM_OCInitStructure);
+ TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM3, TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable);
+ TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM3, TIM_TRGOSource_Update);
+
+ // Slave timer configuration
+ TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM4, TIM_SlaveMode_External1);
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM4, TIM_TS_ITR2); // Warning: connection between TIM3 and TIM4
+
+ // Enable timers
+ TIM_Cmd(TIM4, ENABLE);
+ TIM_Cmd(TIM3, ENABLE);
+}
+
+uint32_t us_ticker_read() {
+ uint32_t counter, counter2;
+ if (!us_ticker_inited) us_ticker_init();
+ // A situation might appear when Master overflows right after Slave is read and before the
+ // new (overflowed) value of Master is read. Which would make the code below consider the
+ // previous (incorrect) value of Slave and the new value of Master, which would return a
+ // value in the past. Avoid this by computing consecutive values of the timer until they
+ // are properly ordered.
+ counter = counter2 = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_GetCounter(TIM4) << 16) + (uint32_t)TIM_GetCounter(TIM3);
+ while (1) {
+ counter2 = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_GetCounter(TIM4) << 16) + (uint32_t)TIM_GetCounter(TIM3);
+ if (counter2 > counter) {
+ break;
+ }
+ counter = counter2;
+ }
+ return counter2;
+}
+
+void us_ticker_set_interrupt(unsigned int timestamp) {
+ if (timestamp > 0xFFFF) {
+ TIM_SetCompare1(TIM4, (uint16_t)((timestamp >> 16) & 0xFFFF));
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIM4, TIM_IT_CC1, ENABLE);
+ NVIC_SetVector(TIM4_IRQn, (uint32_t)us_ticker_irq_handler);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM4_IRQn);
+ }
+ else {
+ TIM_SetCompare1(TIM3, (uint16_t)timestamp);
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIM3, TIM_IT_CC1, ENABLE);
+ NVIC_SetVector(TIM3_IRQn, (uint32_t)us_ticker_irq_handler);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM3_IRQn);
+ }
+}
+
+void us_ticker_disable_interrupt(void) {
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIM3, TIM_IT_CC1, DISABLE);
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIM4, TIM_IT_CC1, DISABLE);
+}
+
+void us_ticker_clear_interrupt(void) {
+ TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM3, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM4, TIM_IT_CC1);
+}
diff --git a/workspace_tools/build_release.py b/workspace_tools/build_release.py
index 3092f5d5a4..d3093e5b5c 100644
--- a/workspace_tools/build_release.py
+++ b/workspace_tools/build_release.py
@@ -35,8 +35,11 @@ OFFICIAL_MBED_LIBRARY_BUILD = (
('LPC4088', ('ARM', 'GCC_ARM', 'GCC_CR')),
('LPC1114', ('uARM',)),
('KL46Z', ('ARM', 'GCC_ARM')),
- ('NUCLEO_F103RB', ('ARM',)),
('LPC11U35_401', ('ARM', 'uARM')),
+ ('NUCLEO_F103RB', ('ARM',)),
+ ('NUCLEO_L152RE', ('ARM',)),
+ ('NUCLEO_F401RE', ('ARM',)),
+ ('NUCLEO_F030R8', ('ARM',)),
)
diff --git a/workspace_tools/export/iar.py b/workspace_tools/export/iar.py
index 8803f1d883..1fd7db8dd2 100644
--- a/workspace_tools/export/iar.py
+++ b/workspace_tools/export/iar.py
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ from exporters import Exporter
class IAREmbeddedWorkbench(Exporter):
NAME = 'IAR'
- TARGETS = ['LPC1768']
+ TARGETS = ['LPC1768', 'NUCLEO_F401RE']
TOOLCHAIN = 'IAR'
def generate(self):
diff --git a/workspace_tools/export/uvision4.py b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4.py
index 7954489603..88a403c2b4 100644
--- a/workspace_tools/export/uvision4.py
+++ b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4.py
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ from os.path import basename
class Uvision4(Exporter):
NAME = 'uVision4'
- TARGETS = ['LPC1768', 'LPC11U24', 'KL05Z', 'KL25Z', 'KL46Z', 'K20D5M', 'LPC1347', 'LPC1114', 'LPC11C24', 'LPC4088', 'LPC812', 'NUCLEO_F103RB']
+ TARGETS = ['LPC1768', 'LPC11U24', 'KL05Z', 'KL25Z', 'KL46Z', 'K20D5M', 'LPC1347', 'LPC1114', 'LPC11C24', 'LPC4088', 'LPC812', 'NUCLEO_F103RB', 'NUCLEO_L152RE', 'NUCLEO_F030R8']
- USING_MICROLIB = ['LPC11U24', 'LPC1114', 'LPC11C24', 'LPC812', 'NUCLEO_F103RB']
+ USING_MICROLIB = ['LPC11U24', 'LPC1114', 'LPC11C24', 'LPC812', 'NUCLEO_F103RB', 'NUCLEO_L152RE', 'NUCLEO_F030R8']
FILE_TYPES = {
'c_sources':'1',
diff --git a/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvopt.tmpl b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvopt.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5fba3232fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvopt.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+
+ 1.0
+
+ ### uVision Project, (C) Keil Software
+
+
+ *.c
+ *.s*; *.src; *.a*
+ *.obj
+ *.lib
+ *.txt; *.h; *.inc
+ *.plm
+ *.cpp
+
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+
+ mbed NUCLEO_L152RE
+ 0x4
+ ARM-ADS
+
+ 8000000
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+
+
+ 1
+ 65535
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 79
+ 66
+ 8
+ .\build\
+
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+
+ 255
+
+
+ 0
+ Datasheet
+ DATASHTS\ST\STM32L151_152xE_DS.PDF
+
+
+ 1
+ Technical Reference Manual
+ datashts\arm\cortex_m3\r1p1\DDI0337E_CORTEX_M3_R1P1_TRM.PDF
+
+
+ 2
+ Generic User Guide
+ datashts\arm\cortex_m3\r2p1\DUI0552A_CORTEX_M3_DGUG.PDF
+
+
+
+ SARMCM3.DLL
+
+ DARMSTM.DLL
+ -pSTM32L152RE
+ SARMCM3.DLL
+
+ TARMSTM.DLL
+ -pSTM32L152RE
+
+
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 13
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ STLink\ST-LINKIII-KEIL_SWO.dll
+
+
+
+ 0
+ DLGTARM
+ (1010=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1007=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1008=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1009=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(100=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(110=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(111=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1011=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(180=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(120=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(121=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(122=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(123=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(140=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(240=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(190=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(200=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(170=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(130=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(131=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(132=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(133=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(160=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(161=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(162=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(210=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(211=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(220=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(221=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(230=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(231=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(232=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(233=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(150=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(151=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)
+
+
+ 0
+ ARMDBGFLAGS
+
+
+
+ 0
+ DLGUARM
+ (105=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)
+
+
+ 0
+ ST-LINKIII-KEIL_SWO
+ -U-O206 -O206 -S3 -C0 -N00("ARM CoreSight SW-DP") -D00(1BA01477) -L00(0) -TO18 -TC10000000 -TP21 -TDS8004 -TDT0 -TDC1F -TIEFFFFFFFF -TIP8 -FO15 -FD20000000 -FC800 -FN1 -FF0STM32F10x_128 -FS08000000 -FL020000
+
+
+ 0
+ UL2CM3
+ UL2CM3(-O14 -S0 -C0 -N00("ARM Cortex-M3") -D00(1BA00477) -L00(4) -FO7 -FN1 -FC800 -FD20000000 -FF0STM32F10x_128 -FL020000 -FS08000000
+
+
+ 0
+ ULP2CM3
+ -O2510 -S0 -C0 -FO15 -FN1 -FC800 -FD20000000 -FF0MK_P128_48MHZ -FL020000 -FS00
+
+
+ 0
+ CMSIS_AGDI
+ -X"MBED CMSIS-DAP" -UA000000001 -O462 -S0 -C0 -N00("ARM CoreSight SW-DP") -D00(0BC11477) -L00(0) -FO15 -FD20000000 -FC800 -FN1 -FF0MK_P128_48MHZ -FS00 -FL020000
+
+
+
+
+ 0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ src
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ main.cpp
+ main.cpp
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvproj.tmpl b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvproj.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c157f2112
--- /dev/null
+++ b/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvproj.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+
+
+
+ 1.1
+
+ ### uVision Project, (C) Keil Software
+
+
+
+ mbed NUCLEO_L152RE
+ 0x4
+ ARM-ADS
+
+
+ STM32L152RE
+ STMicroelectronics
+ IRAM(0x20000000-0x20003FFF) IROM(0x8000000-0x801FFFF) CLOCK(8000000) CPUTYPE("Cortex-M3")
+
+ "STARTUP\ST\STM32L1xx\startup_stm32l1xx_hd.s" ("STM32L15xx High density Startup Code")
+ UL2CM3(-O14 -S0 -C0 -N00("ARM Cortex-M3") -D00(1BA00477) -L00(4) -FO7 -FD20000000 -FC800 -FN1 -FF0STM32L15x_128 -FS08000000 -FL020000)
+ 5249
+ stm32l1xx.h
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SFD\ST\STM32L15x\STM32L15x.sfr
+ 0
+
+
+
+ ST\STM32L1xx\
+ ST\STM32L1xx\
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+
+ .\build\
+ {{name}}
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ .\build\
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0
+ fromelf --bin -o build\{{name}}_NUCLEO_L152RE.bin build\{{name}}.axf
+
+ 0
+ 0
+
+ 0
+
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+ SARMCM3.DLL
+
+ DARMSTM.DLL
+ -pSTM32L152RE
+ SARMCM3.DLL
+
+ TARMSTM.DLL
+ -pSTM32L152RE
+
+
+
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 16
+
+
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+
+ 0
+ 13
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ STLink\ST-LINKIII-KEIL_SWO.dll
+
+
+
+
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 4104
+
+ 1
+ BIN\CMSIS_AGDI.dll
+ "" ()
+
+
+
+
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ "Cortex-M3"
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 8
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 3
+ 3
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x20000000
+ 0x4000
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x8000000
+ 0x20000
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x8000000
+ 0x20000
+
+
+ 1
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x20000000
+ 0x4000
+
+
+ 0
+ 0x0
+ 0x0
+
+
+
+
+
+ 1
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+ --gnu
+ {% for s in symbols %} {{s}}, {% endfor %}
+
+ {% for path in include_paths %} {{path}}; {% endfor %}
+
+
+
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0x00000000
+ 0x10000000
+ {{scatter_file}}
+
+
+
+ {% for file in object_files %}
+ {{file}}
+ {% endfor %}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ {% for group,files in source_files %}
+
+ {{group}}
+
+ {% for file in files %}
+
+ {{file.name}}
+ {{file.type}}
+ {{file.path}}
+
+
+ 2
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 1
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ {% endfor %}
+
+
+ {% endfor %}
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/workspace_tools/export_test.py b/workspace_tools/export_test.py
index ff414afc13..caafaffddd 100644
--- a/workspace_tools/export_test.py
+++ b/workspace_tools/export_test.py
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ if __name__ == '__main__':
for toolchain, target in [
('uvision', 'LPC1768'), ('uvision', 'LPC11U24'), ('uvision', 'KL25Z'), ('uvision', 'LPC1347'), ('uvision', 'LPC1114'), ('uvision', 'LPC4088'),
- ('uvision', 'NUCLEO_F103RB'),
+ ('uvision', 'NUCLEO_F103RB'), ('uvision', 'NUCLEO_L152RE'), ('uvision', 'NUCLEO_F401RE'), ('uvision', 'NUCLEO_F030R8'),
('codered', 'LPC1768'), ('codered', 'LPC4088'),
diff --git a/workspace_tools/targets.py b/workspace_tools/targets.py
index cdae34a3c6..c3bf5d20e8 100644
--- a/workspace_tools/targets.py
+++ b/workspace_tools/targets.py
@@ -267,11 +267,44 @@ class NUCLEO_F103RB(Target):
self.core = "Cortex-M3"
- self.extra_labels = ['STM', 'STM32F10X', 'STM32F103RB']
+ self.extra_labels = ['STM', 'STM32F1', 'STM32F103RB']
self.supported_toolchains = ["ARM", "uARM", "GCC_ARM"]
+class NUCLEO_L152RE(Target):
+ def __init__(self):
+ Target.__init__(self)
+
+ self.core = "Cortex-M3"
+
+ self.extra_labels = ['STM', 'STM32L1', 'STM32L152RE']
+
+ self.supported_toolchains = ["ARM", "uARM", "GCC_ARM"]
+
+
+class NUCLEO_F401RE(Target):
+ def __init__(self):
+ Target.__init__(self)
+
+ self.core = "Cortex-M4"
+
+ self.extra_labels = ['STM', 'STM32F4', 'STM32F401RE']
+
+ self.supported_toolchains = ["ARM", "uARM", "GCC_ARM"]
+
+
+class NUCLEO_F030R8(Target):
+ def __init__(self):
+ Target.__init__(self)
+
+ self.core = "Cortex-M0"
+
+ self.extra_labels = ['STM', 'STM32F0', 'STM32F030R8']
+
+ self.supported_toolchains = ["ARM", "uARM", "GCC_ARM"]
+
+
class MBED_MCU(Target):
def __init__(self):
Target.__init__(self)
@@ -354,6 +387,9 @@ TARGETS = [
LPC4330_M4(),
STM32F407(),
NUCLEO_F103RB(),
+ NUCLEO_L152RE(),
+ NUCLEO_F401RE(),
+ NUCLEO_F030R8(),
MBED_MCU(),
LPC1347(),
LPC1114(),